<?xml version="1.0" encoding="ISO-8859-1"?>

<helptopics vbversion="3.8.4" product="vbulletin" hasphrases="1">
	<helpscript name="accessmask">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Access Masks</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usertools&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=banning&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=accessmask&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>Access Masks:</b><br />
Access Masks allow you grant permission to view a forum, or alternatively to deny permission to view a forum, on a per-user basis without making an additional usergroup. This works in conjunction with the Forum Permission system.<br /><br />

Note that inheritance applies here; if you allow a user to view a parent forum, they will also have access to any children forums.<br /><br />

You must enable access masks in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>, otherwise changes made here will do nothing.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Access Masks For This Forum</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Below is a list of all users who have access mask permissions set for this forum.  Here you can edit forum access for these users at the user level (as opposed to the group level).
<br /><br />
Make sure access masks are enabled <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&amp;do=options" target="_blank"><b>here</b></a> or these user-level permissions will not work.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying User Forum Access</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can see at a glance which forums have access masks. (Remember, inheritance applies here! If a user is granted or denied permission to a parent forum, this will be inherited through all child forums of that parent unless there is an opposite access mask somewhere in the lineage.)<br /><br />

You can also view a list of the users who are granted access, denied access, or all users with access masks related to a given forum. You can remove all access masks from a forum by clicking the Reset link next to it.<br /><br />

At the top of the page you can use the 'Delete All Access Masks' link to remove every access mask from all forums. (You will be prompted for confirmation, but be careful as this is not undoable!)<br /><br />

The 'Access Masks Quick Editor' allows you to list every access on a page, with Yes, No, and Default buttons for each mask to quickly mass-modify masks.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Access Masks Quick Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are given a list of every access mask currently in the system. For each mask, a row containing the affected user's name, the forum it applies to, and Yes/No/Default buttons appear. Yes means grant access, No means deny access, and Default means use the default usergroup/forum permission for that forum. (Setting any row to Default will remove that mask.) The 'All Yes', 'All No', and 'All Default' buttons allow you to quickly mass-set all radio buttons to the selection you choose.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="resetall">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete All Access Masks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Yes" button below to delete all access masks.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="admincalendar">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Calendars</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Calendars</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=calendarpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Calendar Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Calendars:</b><br />
vBulletin's calendar system is very advanced. In addition to allowing both public and private events, it allows you to have multiple calendars with usergroup permissions for each.<br /><br />

Calendar administration is relatively easy. vBulletin ships with a default calendar, with most options turned on. You can reach this calendar by clicking Calendar Manager under Calendars &amp; Moderators in the left navigation bar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=modify">Modifying Calendars</a>)<br /><br />

You can also assign moderators to each calendar. Follow the steps above to reach the calendar modification screen, then select 'Add' on the Moderator drop-down across from the appropriate calendar to start the process. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=addmod">Adding a Calendar Moderator</a>)<br /><br />

Also on the Modify screen you can edit any existing moderators - simply select their name from the moderator drop-down and press Go. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=editmod">Editing a Calendar Moderator</a>)<br /><br />

From the Modify screen, you can select to edit any calendar by choosing Edit from the Controls drop-down menu across from that calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing a Calendar</a>)<br /><br />

After you have modified the default calendar, you may wish to add more. Click Add New Calendar under Calendars &amp; Moderators in the left nav bar to add another calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=add">Adding a Calendar</a>)<br /><br />

After adding a calendar, you can add custom fields to facilitate easy entry of information that is particular to a given calendar. From the Modify screen, select Edit from the Controls drop-down across from the calendar you wish to add fields to, then select Add Field next to Custom Fields. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=addcustom">Adding/Editing Custom Calendar Fields</a>)<br /><br />

Permissions are usually the last thing to be given to a calendar, since it obviously must exist before they can be added. Each usergroup has default calendar permissions that are assigned to it when a new calendar is created. You can change these by clicking Calendar Permissions under Calendars and Moderators in the left nav bar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=calendarpermission&amp;pageaction=modify">Modifying Usergroup Calendar Permissions</a>)<br /><br />

The Holiday Manager allows you to add or remove holidays from the calendar system. Each calendar can be set separately to show or hide holidays; the Holiday Manager is where you determine what holidays show when holidays are turned on for a  calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=modifyholiday">Modifying Holidays</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a New Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Each calendar you add shows events that are only assigned to it. Holidays and birthdays are shown on all calendars unless specifically selected otherwise. Each calendar can have different permissions and different moderators.<br /><br />
An example of usage of this would be if you have a forum for multiple high school sports teams, and each team is a different usergroup. You could have a calendar for each team, and each calendar could be configured to allow only those who are in the usergroup that corresponds to that team to add events while allowing everyone to view it.<br /><br />
The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the calendar, e.g. East High Basketball or No Birthdays.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the order in which calendars are displayed in the "Jump to Calendar" drop-down menu on the calendar page, and in the Admin CP. Set this to 0 to not show the calendar to the end-user. If this is set to 0, the user can still access this calendar by typing in the direct URL to it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="customfields">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Fields</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Until you have saved your calendar settings for the first time, you will be unable to add custom fields. Once you have saved it, you will be able to add and then edit custom fields. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar.php&amp;pageaction=addcustom">Adding/Editing Custom Calendar Fields</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="neweventemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Addresses to Notify When There is a New Event</title>
			<text date="1172226865" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.5">Entering email addresses here will cause an email to be sent to each address when a new event is posted to this calendar. Separate each address with a space or line break.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="moderatenew">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the moderators you assign to this calendar or you as the administrator must view and approve each event before it is displayed on the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="75" act="add,edit" opt="daterange">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Date Range</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the first and last year that should show on your calendar separated by a dash, e.g. <b>2000-2006</b>. Due to the way PHP works, the maximum range is 1970 to 2037; entering dates outside this range may result in errors or problems.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="76" act="add,edit" opt="default">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This sets the default display of the calendar. You can choose either Monthly, Weekly or Yearly.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="startofweek">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start of the Week</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This sets the default first day of the week for this calendar. If the user is logged in and has selected a different day in their User CP, it will override this setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="cutoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Event Title Cutoff</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to anything greater than 0 will only show that many characters of the event title on the Monthly View of this calendar. Setting it to 0 will always display the complete title, no matter how long, on the Monthly View.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="eventcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Event Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Determines how many events should be listed on the Monthly View for a single day before a single link to all of the day's events is displayed instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="birthdaycount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Determines how many birthdays should be listed on the Monthly View for a single day before a single link to all of the day's events is displayed instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="showbirthdays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Birthdays on this calendar?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether or not birthdays are shown on this calendar. No matter who has access to this calendar, all users birthdays will be shown if this is set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit" opt="showholidays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show admin defined holidays on this Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Any holidays that you have added to the system, or those that appear on the Holiday Manager by default, will be shown if you set this to Yes. (Due to complex methods of determining the actual date of several holidays, including Easter, Ash Wednesday, Palm Sunday, and Pentecost, these are built-in, with a separate option to disable them below.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="135" act="add,edit" opt="holidays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show predefined holidays on this Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The holidays listed here can not be calculated using the methods we provide in the holiday manager. You can choose which of these holidays that you wish to have appear on your calendar(s).<br /><br />
For all other holidays - those that appear in the Holiday Manager - use the "Show admin defined holidays on this calendar" option above to enable or disable their display.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="showweekends">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Saturday/Sunday on this calendar?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this option to No will make the calendar show only Monday through Friday. This will not take into account a user's "start of week" option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="145" act="add,edit" opt="showupcoming">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show upcoming events from this Calendar on forumhome?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this option to Yes will display upcoming events from this calendar on the forum index.  You must also enable <i>Display Calendar Events?</i> under <i>Forums Home Page Options</i> in the vBulletin Options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows users to use HTML while posting an event. It is strongly recommended that you DO NOT turn this on as it can severely compromise security and/or severely mess up layout if users insert malformed HTML. Even if you set this to Yes, users still cannot use certain tags, including javascript: and about:.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB Code</title>
			<text date="1206964356" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">This will allow users to use BB code in their events. Even if this is set to Yes, users will not be able to use the IMG code unless the below option is also set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="allowimgcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB IMG Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows users to display images inline on the event page. If you set this to No, a link to the image will be displayed instead of showing the actual image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow your users to type things such as :) and :( and have them automatically turned into the corresponding image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addcustom">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding/Editing Custom Calendar Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This allows you to add or edit a custom field that will be displayed when someone is entering a new calendar event for the calendar you are adding the field to. Keep in mind that if you need the same field in multiple calendars you will need to manually duplicate it in them.<br /><br />

The options on this page are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addcustom" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the field as shown on the screen where events are entered and the screen where they are displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="25" act="addcustom" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This description will appear next to this custom field on event posting pages.  You should enter a description of and instructions for filling in this custom field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addcustom" opt="options">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter one or more options for the user to select from for this field. Make sure to press Enter after each option. If you do not enter anything in this field, the user will be given an empty box in which to type their entry for this field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="addcustom" opt="allowentry">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow user to input their own value for this Custom Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will allow the user to enter their own value for this custom field instead of being forced to choose from the values you have defined.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="addcustom" opt="length">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max length of allowed user input</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum number of characters a user is allowed to enter if they are allowed to enter their own text for this field. You can select any number between 1 and 255, inclusive.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="addcustom" opt="required">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Field Required</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you select Yes, the user will be required to fill in this field when entering a new event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addmod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Calendar Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A calendar moderator is a user who has the ability, by permission, to approve events if you have event moderation turned on for that calendar, and/or edit or delete events already on the calendar.<br /><br />

The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addmod" opt="modusername">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderator Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of the moderator. This must be accurate or your moderator will not be added.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addmod,editmod" opt="calendarid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the calendar that this moderator will have permissions on. If you wish for a user to have permissions in multiple calendars, you must add them as a moderator to each calendar separately.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="addmod,editmod" opt="caneditevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select whether the moderator may edit events on the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="addmod,editmod" opt="candeleteevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select whether the moderator can remove events from the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="55" act="addmod,editmod" opt="canmoveevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Move Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, this moderator will be able to move events from this calendar to other calendars.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="addmod,editmod" opt="canmoderateevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you have the moderation queue for this calendar turned on, select whether or not you want this moderator to be able to approve and deny events from being added to the calendar.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="addmod,editmod" opt="canviewips">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether the moderator can view the IP addresses of event posters.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="deletecustom">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Custom Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this custom field.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  Deleting this field will lose values entered into it for events on this calendar.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Each calendar you have shows events that are only assigned to it. Holidays and birthdays are shown on all calendars unless specifically selected otherwise. Each calendar can have different permissions and different moderators.<br /><br />
An example of usage of this would be if you have a forum for multiple high school sports teams, and each team is a different usergroup. You could have a calendar for each team, and each calendar could be configured to allow only those who are in the usergroup that corresponds to that team to add events while allowing everyone to view it.<br /><br />
This screen allows you to edit the settings and options of an existing calendar. The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editmod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Calendar Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A calendar moderator is a user who has the ability, by permission, to approve events if you have event moderation turned on for that calendar, and/or edit or delete events already on the calendar.<br /><br />

At the top of the screen, clicking the Delete Moderator button will prompt you for confirmation to delete this moderator from this calendar.<br /><br />

The options on this screen are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Calendars</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this screen, all of your calendars are listed. You can perform various actions on them from here, including changing display order and viewing the calendar.<br /><br />

Next to each calendar, in the Controls column, is a drop-down menu with a number of options. These are:<br />
<b>Edit Calendar</b>: This will link you to the Edit Calendar page to change your calendar's settings. You can also edit a calendar by clicking on its title. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing Calendars</a>)<br />
<b>View Calendar</b>: This will take you to view your calendar as your users see it.<br />
<b>Remove Calendar</b>: After confirming your choice, this will remove the selected calendar and all of its' custom profile fields and moderator list.<br />
<b>Edit Permissions</b>: This allows you to set per-calendar, per-usergroup permissions for various functions of the calendar. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=calendarpermission&amp;pageaction=modify">Modifying Calendar Permissions</a>)<br /><br />

Next to the options are the display order of your calendars. The display order affects the order in which the calendars are displayed in the "Jump To" menu in the frontend, and on this screen in the backend. Setting a display order to 0 will prevent that calendar from showing in the Jump To menu, but a user will still be able to access it by typing in the direct URL to it. If you modify the display orders, be sure to click Update Display Order at the bottom of the screen to save the changes.<br /><br />

On the extreme right are a list of each calendar's moderators. You can modify the moderator by selecting their name, or add a new moderator by selecting "Add New Moderator". (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=editmod">Editing Calendar Moderators</a> and <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=addmod">Adding Calendar Moderators</a>)<br /><br />

At the bottom of the screen is a link to add a new calendar.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modifyholiday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Holidays</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all of the holidays for your calendars are listed. You can choose to edit or remove any holiday, or add a new one using the button at the bottom of the screen.<br /><br />

Note that due to the complex methods used in determining the actual dates each year, several holidays are built-in and you cannot edit or remove them. (They can be disabled through a separate option on the Add / Edit Calendar screen.) These holidays include Easter, Ash Wednesday, Palm Sunday, and Pentecost.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this calendar.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  Deleting this calendar will lose all of its events.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removeholiday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Holiday</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this holiday.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removemod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you delete this moderator.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updateholiday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding/Updating Holidays</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, you add a new holiday or modify an existing holiday. Each holiday you add will appear on all calendars that have "Show holidays on this calendar" set to Yes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updateholiday" opt="description">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The holiday description is displayed on the View Event screen.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="updateholiday" opt="varname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Short Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a short name for the event and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="updateholiday" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The title of the holiday is shown on the Weekly and  Monthly views of the calendar as well as at the top of the View Event screen.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="updateholiday" opt="event">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="1206964370" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">The description of the holiday accepts BB code as well as smilies. You can choose to not convert smilies if you wish. This field will not convert HTML.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="updateholiday" opt="recurring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Recurring Option</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can set this holiday to recur once every year on a certain date, or a particular day in a particular month (i.e. the first Sunday in June).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="updateholiday" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Convert smilies?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, typing smilies in the description (just as when typing a post) will be converted to their graphical equivalents.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="admininfraction">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">About User Infractions</title>
			<text date="1153498962" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[The User Infraction system is designed to automate the management of misbehaving users.
<br /><br />
The first step in the system is the creation of Infraction Levels.  These levels will vary based on the content of the forum and the scale of the system that you wish to create.  You can create just a few levels or can get very detailed with many levels covering a myriad of forum infractions.
<br /><br />
When creating levels, keep in mind a point total at which you wish to start penalizing users by taking away permissions.  If you envision taking away a certain permission when a user accumulates 10 infraction points then you need to consider how many points will be given for each infraction and how quickly the user can get to 10 points.
<br /><br />
Each infraction level has an expiration time. When the infraction expires, the associated points are removed from the user's point total and the user's infraction groups are recalculated.
<br /><br />
Infraction levels can also be allowed to be given as warnings. A warning does not add any infraction points to the user's point total.  Warnings serve as a method to remind user's of your forum's rules and encourage them to be followed without awarding infraction points. Moderators have the ability to give an infraction or a warning for those levels that have the warning ability enabled.
<br /><br />
The second step in the system is to create Infraction Groups that penalize users in the manner that you wish.
<br /><br />
Normal permissions work by combining all of a user's usergroup permissions and granting a permission for any that have a yes. Infraction group permissions work in the reverse as all infraction group permissions are combined and any permission with a No is taken from the user.  You should set up your infraction usergroups (in the Usergroup Manager) by setting all permissions to Yes and then setting those that you wish to take away to No.
<br /><br />
A user can have multiple infraction groups as they will gain all groups that apply to their primary usergroupid that have a point total less than or equal to their accumulated points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editbangroup" opt="amount">
			<title date="1199285737" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Amount</title>
			<text date="1199285737" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[The amount of what you have selected for "Method" to automatically ban on.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="editbangroup" opt="method">
			<title date="1199285800" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Method</title>
			<text date="1199285800" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[The Method (Infractions or Points) by which to automatically ban. This uses the value specified in "Amount" as a triggering limit.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="editbangroup" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="1199285860" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Primary Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1201134345" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 5"><![CDATA[Which Primary Usergroup does this apply to? Select "-- All Usergroups --" to make this apply to everyone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="editbangroup" opt="banusergroupid">
			<title date="1199285893" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Move User to Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1199285893" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The usergroup to move the user to during the ban.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="editbangroup" opt="period">
			<title date="1199285962" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Lift Ban After</title>
			<text date="1207649690" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">The amount of time to ban the user for. Also allows you to set a permanent ban.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editgroup">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Adding/Editing Infraction Groups</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[On this screen, you add a new infraction group or modify an existing infraction group.

Infraction groups are awarded based on a user's cumulative infraction points. Infraction groups only apply to a user if the group's primary usergroup matches the user's primary usergroup or if the group's primary usergroup is set to <em>-- All Usergroups --</em>.

Every infraction group that pertains to a user's primary usergroup will be added to a user's infraction groups when the user's infraction points are greater than or equal to the infraction group's points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editgroup" opt="override">
			<title date="1154615488" username="freddie" version="3.6.0">Override Display</title>
			<text date="1154615488" username="freddie" version="3.6.0"><![CDATA[This option will override the user's username markup and user title with the markup and user title from the infraction usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="editgroup" opt="pointlevel">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Points</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is user's infraction point total at which this infraction group will apply.

Every infraction group that pertains to a user's primary usergroup will be added to a user's infraction groups when the user's infraction points are greater than or equal to the infraction group's points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editgroup" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Primary Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the usergroup for which this infraction group applies to.  Setting this to <em>-- All Usergroups--</em> will apply this infraction group to all users. Otherwise this infraction group will be added to a user's infraction groups when their Primary Usergroup matches this one and the user accumulates infraction points greater than or equal to the points given for this group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="editgroup" opt="orusergroupid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Override with Permissions from Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this infraction group is given to an user, this user group will be used to apply permissions from.

Infraction groups work in the opposite manner of normal usergroups.  When an infraction usergroup is given to a user, the user's normal permissions will be determined and then the users combined infraction groups permissions will be determined.

If any permission in an infraction usergroup is set to <strong>No</strong> then the user will lose that permission.

<strong>No</strong> permissions override <strong>Yes</strong> permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editlevel" opt="title">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the title of the infraction level.  It is displayed on the screen from which infractions are given and it is also send to user's as the title of their notification pm/email.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="editlevel" opt="expires">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Expires</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Infractions can either be set to expire within a defined timeframe or they can be set to never expire.  When an infraction expires, any associated points that were given with the infraction will be removed from the user's points total and the user's infraction groups will be recalculated.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="7" act="editlevel" opt="points">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Points</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the number of points that are awarded for an infraction.  Every infraction level must award at least 1 point.  A users combined point score is used to determine which infraction groups to place him or her into.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editlevel" opt="warning">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Warning</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Infraction Levels can have the option of allowing a warning to be given.  If an infraction allows warnings, the user giving the infraction will have the choice of giving a warning or giving the infraction's allotted points.

Warnings do not add any points to a user and have no effect on the user's infraction groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="15" act="editlevel" opt="extend">
			<title date="1155944185" username="freddie" version="3.6.1">Extend</title>
			<text date="1155944185" username="freddie" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[When this option is enabled a user will receive extended expiration times if given a second infraction that matches an existing active infraction.

For example, a user is given an infraction for spamming posts that expires in 1 day.  An hour later this user is given another spamming posts infraction.  Since the user already had an active spamming posts infraction, this new infraction's expiration time is added to the end time of the previous infraction.  Effectively, this new infraction  will now end 1 day and 23 hours later instead of the default of 1 day. If the user was given a third infraction, it would be added to the end of the second infraction as well.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">User Infractions</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">From this screen you can view and modify your current infraction levels and infraction groups.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="adminlog">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Control Panel Log</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=stats&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=modlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=cronlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Control Panel Log:</b><br />
The Administrator's Log allows you to keep tabs on your co-admins, or have a record of IP address(es) and activity in case of a break-in. Each time an action is performed in the Administrator's Control Panel, it is logged. The information stored includes the username, their IP address, the script involved, the script section in use, and additional information which varies depending on the action being performed.<br /><br />

You can restrict other administrators from viewing and/or pruning the Administrator's Log by modifying your includes/config.php file. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=adminlog&amp;pageaction=restrict">Restricting Access to the Admin Log</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Selecting Admin Log Viewing Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[From this screen you can view, and if you have permission, prune, your admin log.<br /><br />

Under Viewing, you have four options to limit your log search. These are explained below.<br /><br />

Once you have made your selection, press View Logs.<br /><br />

If you wish to prune your log, the pruning selector is very similar. The options are also described below.<br /><br />

Keep in mind that these options are cumulative. If you select JoeBlow for option #2 and enter 40 for option #3, you will remove all entries by JoeBlow that are more than 40 days old.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose" opt="enddate">
			<title date="1220959288" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">End Date</title>
			<text date="1220959288" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">You can filter log entries that were created within a time period.  Here you can select the end of that time period.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose" opt="startdate">
			<title date="1220959263" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Start Date</title>
			<text date="1220959263" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">You can filter log entries that were created within a time period.  Here you can select the start of that time period.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Log Entries to Display Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This limits how many entries are shown on each page. If you have a slower connection it is recommended you select a lower number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="script">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Show only access to this script</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Allows you to only view accesses to a particular script, such as announcement.php or forum.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="userid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Show only logs generated by</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to only view logs that were generated by the actions of one person, select their username here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="choose" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Order log entries by</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can order the entries by date created, script accessed, or the user who performed the action.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="choose" opt="pscript">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove entries relating script</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can remove entries based on which script was being used at the time the entry was made, such as forum.php or template.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="choose" opt="puserid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove entries logged by user</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to delete entries from one particular admin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="choose" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove entries older than days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can easily remove old logs using this option. Logs found that are older than this date will be removed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prunelog">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Prune Control Panel Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete the matching log entries from the control panel log.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="resolveip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reasons for an IP address not resolving</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">There are many reasons why your IP address might not have been able to be resolved. These include a server being down, not allowing reverse DNS, or your server timing out while waiting for a response.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="restrict">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Restricting access to the Admin Log</title>
			<text date="1207652855" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[You can restrict access and pruning access to the Admin Log by adding or modifying two variables in config.php.<br /><br />

Access control to the admin log is <b>not</b> controlled through the control panel for security reasons.<br />
Access to the admin log is controlled with two variables which are located in includes/config.php file.<br /><br />

Both variables can take either a single number, or a list of numbers separated by commas, each representing userids which have access to the admin log.<br /><br />

If you would like to change the current access permissions to the adminlog, you may do so by opening <i>includes/config.php</i> in a text editor and modifying the following variables<br /><br />

<pre> $config['SpecialUsers']['canviewadminlog'] = '1,10';
 $config['SpecialUsers']['canpruneadminlog'] = '1';</pre>

This will restrict viewing access to this script to only you (usually userid 1) and the member with userid 10. Access to prune entries from the log would be restricted to you (usually userid 1).<br /><br />

If the $config['SpecialUsers']['canviewadminlog'] line is omitted from config.php, or if the value is blank (<i>$config['SpecialUsers']['canviewadminlog'] = '';</i>), all administrators will have access to view the admin log.<br />
Conversely, if the $config['SpecialUsers']['canpruneadminlog'] line is omitted or blank, <i>nobody</i> will be granted pruning permission.<br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing the Admin Log</title>
			<text date="1205940245" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This screen shows you a portion of the log entries that have been made by you and/or your co-administrators (if applicable) while performing administrative duties. From left to right, the columns tell you:<br /><br />
<b>Log ID</b>: This is simply an internal ID used for cataloging.<br /><br />

<b>Username</b>: This is the person who performed the action.<br /><br />

<b>Date</b>: This is the date and time the action was performed.<br /><br />

<b>Script</b>: This is the script involved. Most scripts' names are self-explanatory. For example, viewing the admin log would generate a log item with the script "adminlog.php".<br /><br />

<b>Action</b>: This is the action that the user performed. This may not always be easily understood, as it is the internal action name, not necessarily a verbose description of the action.<br /><br />

<b>Extra Info</b>: For some actions, this records extra bits, such as what userid was being modified, or which template was being edited.<br /><br />

<b>IP Address</b>: This is the IP address that was logged while the user was performing the action. Clicking on the address will attempt to resolve the IP address; that is, put it into an actual machine name and/or domain name. Sometimes this is not possible to do; see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=adminlog.php&amp;pageaction=resolveip">Reasons for an IP address not resolving</a>.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the page, if there are more entries than could be displayed on one screen, you will find links to view the first page, previous page, next page, and last page. These buttons appear as necessary. For example if you are on the first page, the First Page and Previous Page buttons will not appear.<br /><br />

To return to the main screen, choose Restart from the bottom of any page.<br /><br />

You can restrict access to this script, or just to the pruning function or just to the viewing function. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=adminlog.php&amp;pageaction=restrict">Restricting Access to Admin Log</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="adminpermissions">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Administrator Permissions</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usergroup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Usergroups</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminpermissions&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Administrator Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Administrator Permissions:</b><br />
vBulletin allows you to restrict administrator access to the Admin CP on a per-admin basis.  In this way you can create co-administrators without giving them total access to mess up your forums.<br /><br />

Your userid # must be given access in the config.php file in order for you to access this page.  Please see <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminlog&amp;pageaction=restrict&amp;option=">this</a> help topic for instructions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Administrator Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you see the various permissions you can grant or deny for the user you chose to edit. They are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="canadminmodlog">
			<title date="1207912655" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Administer Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="1207912655" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to view the moderator log via the Statistics & Logs section.<br />
<br />
The ability to prune the moderator logs is still limited by the "users with admin log pruning permissions" setting in includes/config.php.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="dismissednews">
			<title date="1158158296" username="Kier" version="3.6.1">Dismissed vBulletin.com News Items</title>
			<text date="1158158318" username="Kier" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This contains a comma-separated list of news item IDs that have been dismissed by this administrator.<br />
<br />
To reset this, simply remove all contents from this field.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="canadminsettings">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Options area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="canadminstyles">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Styles</title>
			<text date="1161596771" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Styles &amp; Templates area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="canadminlanguages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Languages</title>
			<text date="1161596763" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Languages &amp; Phrases area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit" opt="canadminforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Forums</title>
			<text date="1161596752" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Forums &amp; Moderators area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit" opt="canadminthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Threads</title>
			<text date="1161596779" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Threads &amp; Posts area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit" opt="canadmincalendars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Calendars</title>
			<text date="1161596744" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Calendars &amp; Moderators area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit" opt="canadminusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Users</title>
			<text date="1171896467" username="Scott" version="3.6.5">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Users, Usergroups, User Infractions, User Titles, User Ranks, User Reputations,User Profile Fields and Paid Subscriptions areas of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit" opt="canadminfaq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer FAQs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the FAQ area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit" opt="canadminpermissions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer User Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Usergroup/Forum Permissions and Access Masks areas of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit" opt="canadminimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Avatars/Icons/Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies areas of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="edit" opt="canadminbbcodes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer BB Codes</title>
			<text date="1206965772" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the 'Custom BB Codes' area of the Admin CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit" opt="canadmincron">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Cron</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Scheduled Tasks area of the Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="edit" opt="canadminmaintain">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Run Maintenance Tools</title>
			<text date="1194863484" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Maintenance area of the Admin CP.<br />
<br />
Enabling this allows an admin to potentially run code directly on your server, please ensure you trust the admin prior to enabling this permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="135" act="edit" opt="canadminplugins">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Administer Plugins</title>
			<text date="1194863445" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This setting determines whether or not an admin will be able to manage the plugins used by your forum.<br />
<br />
Enabling this allows an admin to run code directly on your server, please ensure you trust the admin prior to enabling this permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="136" act="edit" opt="canadminnotices">
			<title date="1207912417" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Administer Notices</title>
			<text date="1207912417" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">This setting determines whether an admin will be able to access the Notices section of the Admin Control Panel.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit" opt="cssprefs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Style Choice</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can set the style this admin sees in the Admin CP. (They can override this setting on the login screen - this is merely their default.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Administrator Permissions Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all administrators you have are listed. (An administrator is defined as a user who is in a usergroup that has "can control panel" set to Yes.)<br /><br />

From here you can link to the Admin Log for a particular user by clicking View Administrator Log, or edit their area permissions by clicking Edit Permissions. Click their username to edit the user's profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="adminreputation">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Reputations</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>User Reputations:</b><br />
vBulletin's user reputation system provides a way of rating users based on the quality of their posts.  Users on your forums can add or subtract reputation points from other users by clicking the reputation link in their posts.  You can set restrictions on the giving and taking away of reputation points by users in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=reputation&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

User reputations allow the users in your community to tell vBulletin which users are quality and which users are not.  And in response to user feedback, vBulletin has the ability to label and reward users for the quality of their posts, as is indicated by their reputation.<br /><br />

You can label quality users by defining reputation levels in the <a href="adminreputation.php?do=modify" target="_blank">User Reputation Manager</a>.  User reputation levels work very similar to user titles and user ranks in that they are an indicator of status that are displayed next to names in posts.<br /><br />

You can reward quality users by creating promotions on the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modifypromotion" target="_blank">Promotions</a> page.  Promotions are used to change a user's group memberships when they meet certain conditions, one of which can be their reputation level.  Because forum permissions can be controlled with group memberships, a user's reputation in conjunction with promotions can be used to control a user's forum permissions.  And so by using a combination of user reputations, promotions, and group permissions, you can enable your community to reward and punish good and bad posters on your forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Reputation level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to add a new reputation level.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="level">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Level Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what is displayed for the user when their reputation points are above the amount entered as the minimum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="minimumreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum amount of reputation points required for this level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This can be a positive or a negative amount. When the user's reputation points reaches this amount, the above description will be displayed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="deletereputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Reputation Click</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation page for deleting the specified reputation click.  Click the "Yes" button to confirm the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dolist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Reputation Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a list of reputations clicks that match your search criteria.  You can edit or delete specific clicks by selecting those links to the right of each reputation click.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Reputation Level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to edit an existing reputation level.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Reputation</title>
			<text date="1205940267" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This page allows you to edit a reputation click.  After editing a click it may be necessary to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">Rebuild User Reputation</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="editreputation" opt="reason">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Comment</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the reason this reputation click was given.  Users may be able to view this reason depending on their group permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="editreputation" opt="reputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of reputation points granted by this reputation click.  It can be positive or negative.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Reputation Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to search for reputation comments left by / for specific users over the specified date range.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="list,dolist" opt="leftfor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Comments Left For</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">To limit the comments left for a specific user, enter the username here.  Leave this field empty to receive comments left for every user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list,dolist" opt="leftby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Comments Left By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">To limit the comments left by a specific user, enter the username here.  Leave this field empty to receive comments left by every user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="list,dolist" opt="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a start date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must be no older than this date for it to be included in the report.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="list,dolist" opt="end">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select an end date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must not be newer than this date for it to be included in the report.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the "Start Date" setting to create a window of time for this report.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Reputation Levels</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this screen you can modify the minimum amount required for each reputation level. Make sure you press Update Minimum Levels to save your changes. You cannot set the same minimum amount to more than one level.<br /><br />

From this screen you can also choose to edit or remove any single level. Click the Edit link to modify the Level description (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=adminreputation&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing a Reputation Level</a>) or click Remove to delete a level. If you remove a level or modify the minimum reputation needed to be at a level, all users will be updated to reflect their new level if necessary.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this reputation.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="album">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="storage">
			<title date="1193055819" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Album Picture Storage Type</title>
			<text date="1205940321" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This process will allow you to move your pictures from the database into the file system, or, if they are in the file system, to a different directory in the file system or back into the database. Please note that if you do not have enough disk space in the intended destination, the process will fail, but your pictures will be safe as tests are done first to ensure there is enough space.<br />
<br />
Pictures will not be removed from the database or filesystem and your storage type setting will not be changed until the end of the process.
If the process aborts before the end, you will need to free up space or prune pictures before trying again.<br />
<br />
If you are moving pictures from the file system into the database, you must have enough storage space on the drive and/or partition where your database is located.<br />
<br />
There are two file system methods that you may choose from:
<ul>
<li><strong>Direct browser access to the thumbnails</strong> - this method makes the album pages faster as each thumbnail does not need a database hit. However, if users know the URL to a thumbnail, they will be able to bypass any permissions or contact-only settings and view the thumbnail. Full size pictures will always be accessed via a vBulletin script and thus subject to permission checks.</li>
<li><strong>No direct browser access to the thumbnails</strong> - this method still takes the binary data out of the database, but each thumbnail is accessed via a vBulletin script, which causes a database connection. However, permissions are respected for thumbnails as well as full size pictures.</li>
</ul>
When pictures in the database, permissions are always respected.<br />
<br />
If you are moving pictures into the file system, you will need to make the folder (or folders) writeable by PHP. The easiest way to do this is CHMOD it 777 (consult your FTP, Telnet, or SSH documentation for more info on how to do this). More information on where to put these folder(s) is available on the following pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="album_picpath">
			<title date="1193056141" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Full Picture File Path / Picture and Thumbnail File Path</title>
			<text date="1193056118" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the path where full pictures will be stored if you choose to allow direct access to thumbnails <em>or</em> where pictures and thumbnails will be stored if you do not.<br />
<br />
This folder should be outside of your web root (usually the public_html or www folder). If you put this inside your web root, people will be able to bypass permissions and download any pictures that have been uploaded.<br />
<br />
This folder must be writeable by PHP. The easiest way to do this is CHMOD it 777 (consult your FTP, Telnet, or SSH documentation for more info on how to do this).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="album_thumbpath">
			<title date="1193056102" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Thumbnail File Path</title>
			<text date="1193056102" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the path where your thumbnails are being stored. Unlike the "Full Picture File Path" setting, this path <strong>must</strong> be within your web root. Users will need to be able to access the files in this directory directly.<br />
<br />
It must be writeable by PHP. The easiest way to do this is CHMOD it 777 (consult your FTP, Telnet, or SSH documentation for more info on how to do this).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="album_thumburl">
			<title date="1193056219" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">URL to Thumbnails</title>
			<text date="1193056219" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the URL to the "Thumbnail File Path" you entered. It should be relative to your main forum directory.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="thumb" opt="perpage">
			<title date="1193055118" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Number of Pictures to Process per Cycle</title>
			<text date="1193055118" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">This is the number of thumbnails to rebuild in a cycle. If you set this too large, you may get timeouts on your server. If you set it too low, the process will take longer.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="thumb" opt="quality">
			<title date="1193055289" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Thumbnail Quality</title>
			<text date="1193055289" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The JPEG quality of the thumbnails. This defaults to the value you entered in the global settings page. If you choose a different value here, remember that all pictures uploaded after this rebuild will be built using the global quality setting!<br />
<br />
Enter a value between 0 and 100. 0 is the lowest quality but smallest, while 100 is the highest and largest. 75 or 85 are good general purpose values.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="announcement">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Announcements:</b><br />
vBulletin's announcement system allows you to communicate important information to your users. While there are other methods for doing this (such as Sticky threads), announcements have several distinct advantages: you can use HTML without enabling it in a forum (which is <b>very dangerous</b>), you can set the announcement to not appear until sometime in the future and automatically disappear on a certain date, and you can add an announcement to show up in all forums.<br /><br />

If you have multiple announcements in a forum, global announcements included, they will all be displayed in one thread, which can be accessed by clicking on the title of the most recent announcement on forumdisplay.<br /><br />

Announcements are never automatically removed. When the End Date set for an announcement is reached, it will disappear from end-user view. It can be removed or reactivated from the Admin CP at any time. To reactivate an expired announcement, simply change the End Date to some date in the future.<br /><br />

To add an announcement, click Add New Announcement under Announcements in the left navigation bar, or click New across from the forum it should apply to. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement&amp;pageaction=add">Adding Announcements</a>)<br /><br />

Once you have one or more announcements, you can view a list of them and the forums they belong to. Click Announcement Manager under Announcements in the left navigation bar to see a list of your forums and announcements. From here you can create a new global or forum-specific announcement, or modify or remove an existing one. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement&amp;pageaction=modify">Modifying Announcements</a>)<br /><br />

From here, click Edit to modify the properties or text of an announcement, or Delete to remove it. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing Announcements</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Options on this page are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add" opt="signature">
			<title date="1199283029" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Show Your Signature</title>
			<text date="1199283029" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">When this option is set to yes, your signature will be shown in your announcement.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the forum that the announcement should show in. Selecting "All Forums" will make a global announcement. If you select a forum with sub-forums, the announcement will show in all sub-forums as well as the parent forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what will show on the forum listing screen as the name of the announcement.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="startdate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines how long the announcement is shown. If this date is in the future, the announcement will be hidden until this date arrives.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="enddate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines when the announcement disappears from the end-users view. The announcement will <i>not</i> be deleted after the end date; rather it will simply be hidden from the end-user. You will still be able to view, edit, and/or reactivate the announcement from the Admin CP or Mod CP after the End Date.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="pagetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text</title>
			<text date="1206964390" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">This will accept HTML, BB code, and/or Smilies, depending on how you set the following options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB Code</title>
			<text date="1206964380" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">This lets you use the standard BB code in your announcement, as if you were writing a post on your forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This will translate text such as :) and :( into the actual smilie images, again as if you were writing a post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This lets you use standard HTML in your announcement. Remember to close all tags or it could mess up the layout of your announcement page when viewed by the end-user!</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="parseurl">
			<title date="1199282954" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Automatically parse links in text</title>
			<text date="1199282954" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[When this option is set to yes, vBulletin will automatically make any URL's in the text of your announcement clickable.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Options on this page are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit" opt="reset_views">
			<title date="1154002483" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Reset Views Counter to Zero</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The read status determines if an announcement is displayed on the "New Posts" and "Today's Posts" searches. Once an active announcement is viewed, it no longer will display on these searches for the user.  When this option is set to yes, it resets the status of the announcement for all users so that they will see it as a new announcement again.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, all of your announcements are listed, ordered by start date.<br /><br />

At the top are global announcements; these show in all forums. There is a button labeled New that you can click to add a new global announcement. (If you don't currently have any global announcements, this section will not show. In this case, to add a new global announcement, click Add New Announcement in the navigation bar.)<br /><br />

Below that you will find a list of every forum, along with lists of announcements in each forum. Remember that just because an announcement is listed here does <i>not</i> mean it is viewable by the end-user. Announcements are not automatically deleted after their end date - you must manually remove them (by clicking the Delete link next to the announcement), or you can reactivate them (by clicking the Edit link next to the announcement and choosing a new end date that is after today's date).<br />
You can view the announcements as your users see them by clicking on a forum name.<br /><br />

To create a new announcement in a specific forum, click the New button across from that forum name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Announcement</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this announcement.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="attachment">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Attachments</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=attachment&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Attachments</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=moderate&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderating Content</a><br /><br />

<b>Attachments:</b><br />
vBulletin supports file uploads to posts, called post attachments.  Post attachments are useful in attaching any kind of file that relates to a post including images, text files, pdfs, zips, and any other file type you allow to be attached to posts.<br /><br />

vBulletin provides you with two options for storing post attachments: 1) you can store them in the database or 2) you can store them in the file system on your web server.  Both methods have advantages and disadvantages.  The database is more efficient with storage space and is easier to backup than individual files.  However, storing attachments in the database is also an extra burden on the database when users download attachments.  Other considerations include how you want to restrict access to attachments, whether you want to use vBulletin's permission system or directory permissions like htaccess.<br /><br />

vBulletin's attachment system allows you to specify maximum file sizes for each type of file you allow to be attached.  Some file types tend to belong to larger files (videos and images versus text for example) and this ability allows you to take that into consideration.<br /><br />

On the topic of maximum file sizes, vBulletin allows you to limit the total size of all of a user's attachments at the group level (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>).  This is useful in preventing any one user from taking up too much storage with their attachments.<br /><br />

Another nice feature of vBulletin's attachment system is its support for thumbnails.  When a user posts an image attachment you can configure vBulletin to generate a miniature version of the image (called a thumbnail) that is linked to the larger version of the image.  This is useful in preventing large inline image attachments from stretching your forum layout.  You can configure thumbnails and many other attachment options in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=attachment&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.  If you are using the ImageMagick library, then you may be able to create thumbnails from additional image types: BMP, TIF, PSD, and PDF.  You should have the latest versions of ImageMagick and Ghostscript installed for creating thumbnails from PDF files. Thumbnailing large PDF files may still cause problems so use this option with caution.<br /><br />

Like other forum permissions in vBulletin, the ability of a user to post attachments can be set at the group level (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>), and at the group level for a specific forum (see <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Attachment</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation before this attachment is deleted.  Please confirm the correct attachment name below and click the "Yes" button to continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing an Attachment</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can edit or replace an existing attachment on this screen. The options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="upload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an attachment from your computer. The current attachment will be replaced with the selected file. The current attachmentid will be retained.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="url">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remote Upload</title>
			<text date="1205943297" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Specify a complete URL to a file to have vBulletin retrieve the file and attach it to the post.  Example:<br /><br />

http://www.google.com/intl/en/images/logo.gif]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="a_filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can change the filename of an existing attachment here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="a_counter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Views</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of times that the attachment has been viewed (or downloaded).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="a_visible">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Visible</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you select No to this option, it will not be visible on showthread.php with the post. Instead it will act as if it is waiting for moderation; you can find it under Attachments > Moderate.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Searching for Specific Attachments</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this screen you have several different options for searching attachments. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=attachment&amp;pageaction=search">Results of Searching Attachments</a>)<br /><br />

At the top are several links to common searches. These are:<br />
<b>Largest Attachments</b>: This searches attachments, ordering them by size, largest first.<br /><br />

<b>Most Popular Attachments</b>: This sorts a search of attachments by number of downloads, most downloads first.<br /><br />

<b>Newest Attachments</b>: This searches attachments and sorts them by date, newest first.<br /><br />

<b>Oldest Attachments</b>: Selecting this shows all attachments, sorted by date with oldest first.<br /><br /><br />

Attachment Pruning finds attachments older than a certain date, with 30 days being the default. Enter the desired age and press View Results.<br /><br />

Under Advanced Attachment Search, you can use specific criteria to do a custom search. The criteria entry boxes are described below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="intro" opt="prunedate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Find All Attachments Older Than X Days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can search for attachments older than X days and on the following screen quickly prune them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="15" act="intro" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a case-insensitive search of the filenames to see if the string you enter is contained in it. This includes extensions (e.g. .jpg or .txt).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="intro" opt="attachedby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attached By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to limit the search to attachments posted by one user, enter their username here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="intro" opt="datelinebefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attached Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a date that attachments must have been attached before. The format is YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. For example, 2002-04-30 12:02:01. Use a 24 hour clock; that is, convert 01:02:02 PM into 13:02:02.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="intro" opt="datelineafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attached After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can also set a starting date, where the attachment must have been attached after this date. The format is YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. For example, 2002-04-30 12:02:01. Use a 24 hour clock; that is, convert 01:02:02 PM into 13:02:02. Note if you use both Attached Before and Attached After, Attached After must be a date before Attached Before or there will be no search period!</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="intro" opt="downloadsmore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">More Than X Downloads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Finds attachments that have had more than X downloads, X being the number you specify.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="intro" opt="downloadsless">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Less Than X Downloads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Finds attachments that have had less than X downloads, X being the number you specify. Note if you use both More Than and Less Than X Downloads, the More Than number must be less than the Less Than number or there will be no search range!</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="intro" opt="sizemore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filesize Greater Than</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the size, in bytes, that the attachment must be larger than. Remember this is in bytes, <i>not</i> KiloBytes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="intro" opt="sizeless">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filesize Less Than</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the size, in bytes, that the attachment must be smaller than. Remember this is in bytes, <i>not</i> KiloBytes! Note that if you are using both Filesize Greater Than and Filesize Less Than, Filesize Greater Than must be less than Filesize Less Than or there will be no range to search!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="intro" opt="visible">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Is Visible</title>
			<text date="1204936607" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If you have attachment moderation and have attachments which have not been moderated yet, or have manually edited an attachment and turned its visibility to Off, setting this option to <b>No</b> will find only those attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="intro" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can order your search results by several options, either ascending or descending. They are Attached By, Downloads, Filename, Filesize, Time Attached, Visible. This will not affect your search, only how the results are displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="intro" opt="results">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachments to Show Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines how many results are shown on each page after you click Find Attachments. It is recommended you do not set this too high for performance reasons.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="massdelete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete the attachments you selected on the previous page.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Attachment Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this attachment type.  Please confirm the correct attachment type below and click the "Yes" button to continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Results of Searching Attachments</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this screen you are given a lot of information about each attachment that was found as a result of your search. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=attachment.php&amp;pageaction=intro">Searching for Specific Attachments</a>)<br /><br />

From this screen, you are shown the following:<br />
<b>Filename</b>: This is the filename of the attachment. Clicking on the filename will show you the attachment itself if it is an image, or prompt you to download the file if it is another type of attachment.<br /><br />

<b>User Name</b>: This is the user that posted the attachment. Clicking their name will take you to edit their profile.<br /><br />

<b>Date</b>: This is the date the attachment was posted. Next to the date is a link to view the post that the attachment belongs to.<br /><br />

<b>Size</b>: This is the size, in KB (KiloBytes), of the attachment.<br /><br />

<b>Downloads</b>: This is how many times the attachment has been downloaded.<br /><br />

At the extreme left is a column of checkboxes. You can check them individually or click the box in the header row to select them all. Clicking "Delete Checked Attachments" will remove the selected attachments.<br /><br />

At the extreme right is a link to delete an attachment.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="stats">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing Attachment Statistics</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this screen you are given several "top 5s" about the attachments on your forum as well as some general statistics.<br /><br />

From top to bottom:
<b>Statistics:</b><br />
<b>Total Attachments</b>: This is the total number of attachments on your forum.<br /><br />

<b>Disk Space Used</b>: This is how much disk space is consumed by all attachments combined.<br /><br />

<b>Storage Type</b>: Where the attachments are being stored, either in the database or the file system, and if they are in the file system, the actual path to them.<br /><br />

<b>Average Attachment Filesize</b>: This is the average size of an attachment, determined by dividing the number of attachments into the total disk space used.<br /><br />

Under <b>Five Most Popular Attachments</b>, the columns are:<br />
<b>Rank</b>: The rank of the attachment.<br /><br />

<b>Filename</b>: The filename of the attachment. Clicking on it will show you the attachment, if it is an image, or prompt you to download it if it is another file type.<br /><br />

<b>User Name</b>: This is who posted the attachment. Clicking on the username will bring up the edit user page for that individual.<br /><br />

<b>Downloads</b>: This is how many times the attachment has been downloaded by users.<br /><br />

To the left are several other options.<br />
<b>View Post</b> shows you the post that the attachment was attached to.<br /><br />

<b>Delete</b>: Choose this to remove the attachment.<br /><br />

The <b>Five Largest Attachments</b> is nearly identical, save for having a Size column instead of a Downloads column. The Size column indicates the actual byte size of the attachment, in KB (KiloBytes).<br /><br />

<b>Five Users Whose Attachments Take Up The Most Space</b> shows you at a glance who is attachment-happy. For each user in the top five (if there are not five users who have made attachments, only those who have will be shown) their name, number of attachments, and the total size of those attachments is displayed. Clicking View Attachments at the end of each row will find all of the attachments that the user has posted. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=attachment&amp;pageaction=search">Searching Attachments</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="storage,switchtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Switching Attachments from the Database to the File System and vice-versa</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This process will allow you to move your attachments from the database into the file system, or, if they are in the file system, to a different directory in the file system or back into the database. Please note that if you do not have enough disk space in the intended destination, the process will fail, but your attachments will be safe as tests are done first to ensure there is enough space.<br />
Attachments will not be removed from the database or filesystem and your storage type setting will not be changed until the end of the process.<br />
If the process aborts before the end, you will need to free up space or prune attachments before trying again.<br /><br />

If you are moving attachments into the file system, it is recommended that you do *not* place the folder under your web root (usually named public_html or www or www_root) because people will be able to bypass vBulletin's permission system and download them. Also, you will need to make the folder writeable by PHP. The easiest way to do this is CHMOD it 777 (consult your FTP, Telnet, or SSH documentation for more info on how to do this). We do not recommended that you put a folder that is CHMODed 777 under your web root - another good reason to have it located above the document root.<br /><br />

If you are moving attachments from the file system into the database, you must have enough storage space on the drive and/or partition where your database is located.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="attachpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment File Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the file path to store attachments in.

This file path should be readable AND writeable by your web server (usually CHMOD 777). It should be above your web documents root or users will be able to bypass vBulletin's permissions system and download attachments anyway.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="types">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modify Attachment Types</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can see all of the types of attachments that you currently allow to be uploaded. From here you can Edit or Delete any type by clicking the appropriate link, or click Add New Type to add another type of attachment.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updatetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying An Attachment Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can set various options regarding the file type you are editing.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="updatetype" opt="extension">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Extension</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the extension of the file - the letter(s) after the dot in the filename. For example, the filename <b>vb.net</b> has an extension of <b>net</b>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="updatetype" opt="size">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max File Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can set the maximum size of uploaded files per type. This number is in bytes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="updatetype" opt="height">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max Height</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum height that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="updatetype" opt="width">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum width that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="updatetype" opt="mimetype">
			<title date="1210082606" username="Mez" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[MIME Type & Headers]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[In order for a browser to properly recognize a file's type, a content-type header must be sent before the file is. vBulletin will send the header for you automatically, but you must provide the correct MIME type so the header that is sent is correct.<br /><br />

The correct format for this field is<br />
<b>Content-type: type/subtype</b><br />
For example, for JPEG images:<br />
<b>Content-type: image/jpeg</b><br /><br />

You can find a list of types and subtypes <a href="http://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="updatetype" opt="enabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be allowed to upload files of this type. Otherwise they will not be, but this type will still be listed in your Admin CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="updatetype" opt="newwindow">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Open Attachment in New Window</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The setting dictates how the attachment is displayed to the user.  It is common to have image attachments open in a new browser window/tab while you would want compressed files to open in the same window so that the application associated with the file type opens the file directly.  Opening a new window for this type of file will result in a blank window being opened for some browsers.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="attachmentpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="height">
			<title date="1148489948" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Height</title>
			<text date="1148489948" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum height that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="size">
			<title date="1148489915" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Max Filesize</title>
			<text date="1148489915" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">You can set the maximum size of uploaded files per type. This number is in bytes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="useextension">
			<title date="1148490007" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can use this extension</title>
			<text date="1191233783" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If set to no, then the specified usergroup will not be allowed to upload this attachment. Make sure that "Use Custom Permissions" is chosen or this change will not have any effect.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="width">
			<title date="1148489932" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Width</title>
			<text date="1148489932" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If this type is an image, this sets the maximum width that the image may be, otherwise it is ignored.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="avatar">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Picture Storage</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=image&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=avatar&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Picture Storage</a><br /><br />

<b>User Picture Storage:</b><br />
vBulletin supports two storage types for avatars and profile pictures : database or file system.<br /><br />

Both methods have advantages and disadvantages.  The database is easier to backup than individual files.  However, storing user pictures in the database is also an extra burden on the database when images are loaded on forum pages.  Other considerations include how you want to protect access to the images, whether you want to use vBulletin's permission system or directory permissions like htaccess.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="storage,switchtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Switching User Pictures from the Database to the File-System and Vice-Versa</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page will allow you to move your avatars and profile pictures from the database into the file system, or, if they are in the file system, to a different directory in the file system or back into the database. Please note that if you do not have enough disk space in the intended destination, the process will fail, but your images will be safe as the images will not be removed from the database or filesystem and your storage type setting will not be changed until the end of the process. If the process aborts before the end, you will need to free up space or prune avatars before trying again.<br /><br />

If you are moving images into the file system, you will need to create a directory within your forums folder (/images/customavatars is a good one) for their storage. Unlike when you are storing attachments in the file system, this folder <b>must</b> be accessible from the web (usually CHMOD 777).<br /><br />

If you are moving images from the file system into the database, you must have enough storage space on the drive and/or partition where your database is located.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="avatarpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar File Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the directory where the avatars will be stored on your server. It should be relative to your vBulletin forums root directory and must be CHMODed such that your web server can read and write to it (usually 777). Additionally it must be accessible from the web! (This is unlike when you have attachments in the file system, when it is recommended that the folder not be accessible from the web.)<br /><br />

A setting of<br />
./customavatars<br />
would mean a directory called customavatars inside your forums root directory.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="avatarurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">URL to Avatars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to the avatar directory, relative to your forums root directory. If you used a setting of<br /><br /><strong>./customavatars</strong><br /><br />
for the Avatar File Path option, you would set this option to<br />
customavatars]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="profilepicpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Picture Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the directory where the profile pictures will be stored on your server. It should be relative to your vBulletin forums root directory and must be CHMODed such that your web server can read and write to it (usually 777). Additionally it must be accessible from the web! (This is unlike when you have attachments in the file system, when it is recommended that the folder not be accessible from the web.)<br /><br /> A setting of<br /> ./customprofilepics<br /> would mean a directory called customprofilepics inside your forums root directory.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="profilepicurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">URL to Profile Pictures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to the profile picture directory, relative to your forums root directory. If you used a setting of<br /><br /><strong>./customprofilepics</strong><br /><br /> for the Profile Picture File Path option, you would set this option to<br /> customprofilepics]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="sigpicpath">
			<title date="1220959622" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Signature Picture Path</title>
			<text date="1225807294" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This is the path to the directory where the signature pictures will be stored on your server. It should be relative to your vBulletin forums root directory and must be CHMODed such that your web server can read and write to it (usually 777). Additionally it must be accessible from the web! (This is unlike when you have attachments in the file system, when it is recommended that the folder not be accessible from the web.)<br /><br /> A setting of<br /> ./signaturepics<br /> would mean a directory called signaturepics inside your forums root directory.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="sigpicurl">
			<title date="1220959674" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">URL to Signature Pictures</title>
			<text date="1225807347" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This is the URL to the signature picture directory, relative to your forums root directory. If you used a setting of<br /><br /><strong>./signaturepics</strong><br /><br /> for the Profile Picture File Path option, you would set this option to<br /> signaturepics]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="backup">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Database Backup</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=backup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=repair&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=misc&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=diagnostic&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=queries&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Database Backup:</b><br />
vBulletin's backup script can be used to backup your forum's database.  Please note, this backup script is not the recommended way to backup your database because it is subject to PHP timeouts, especially on large databases.  If you use this script to backup your database you might get an incomplete backup.<br /><br />

The recommended backup method is to use the mysqldump command via telnet / SSH.  Please view <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=backup.php&amp;pageaction=mysqldump">these instructions</a> on how to make a backup of your database using the command line via Telnet or SSH.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Making a Backup of Your Database</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[There are three backup options on this page. The first is to make a selective backup of certain tables. This will make a backup of the tables you select and dump it to screen. You then save the resulting page to your local computer. This is likely to make your browser time out if your database is of any significant size. We recommend you check the integrity of this type of backup after you make it and before you would actually need to restore it. e.g. Do It Now. :)<br /><br />

<b>Save data to file on server</b> is similar to how mysqldump works on the command line. This is still subject to PHP timing out, so we cannot recommend this one either if you have a choice. If you must use it, enter the path to and filename of the backup file you want to create. It can have any extension, though you might want to name it .sql to remind you what it is. As is noted on that page, PHP must have write access to the directory you specify. Usually this means you must CHMOD the directory 777. Consult your FTP documentation on how to do this.<br /><br />

<b>CSV Dump of data</b> produces a CSV (comma-separated values) file that can be imported via the command line or phpMyAdmin. This is also subject to PHP timeout as well as browser timeout since this, like the first option, is dumped to screen. You choose one table at a time, the separator character (note this; it is important when you import the file later), what quotes around the data should be, and whether or not to show column names.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="choose" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path and name of file to save backup to</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name and path.  This path is relative to your web user's home directory which is usually one level above your web root directory.  It is recommended you save your backup file in a directory that is not web accessable.<br /><br />

For example, if you want to save the backup file in your user's home directory then just enter a file name here, like "forumbackup.sql".  If you want to save the file in a directory below your user's home directory then enter the path in front of the file name, like "/path/to/directory/forumbackup.sql".<br /><br />

The filename must end with the .sql extension.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="table">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Table Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the database table you want to backup.  The records in this table will be saved to the backup file.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="separator">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Separator Character</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The separator character is used to separate each field, which by default, is a comma.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="quotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quote Character</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Fields containing either the field separator (comma by default) or whitespace must be enclosed by the quote character which is the double quotes ("") by default.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="choose" opt="showhead">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Column Names</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option will add the column names as the first line in the CSV file. This is useful for spreadsheet programs.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="mysqldump">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Making a Backup of your Database via Telnet/SSH</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[It is quite simple to make a backup of your database via Telnet or SSH. The process is the same via either method. After you have logged into your server and are at the command prompt, do the following.<br /><br />
Type <pre>mysqldump --opt -uUSERNAME -p DATABASENAME > /path/to/dump.sql</pre> and press Enter. (Replace USERNAME, DATABASENAME, and /path/to/dump.sql with your MySQL username, the database name, and the path and file name of where you want to place the backup.) You will be prompted for your password. Type it in and press Enter. You will be returned to the command prompt when the command finishes; this should take between 30 seconds and a few minutes to complete, depending on your database size.<br /><br />
Verify that you have a dump.sql in the /path/to area you specified. If you don't, and you didn't receive any errors, double-check the path you entered is where you are looking. If you are positive you are looking where you told it to place the file, ask your host to search the server for your file, or create another backup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="banning">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Banning</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usertools&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=banning&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=accessmask&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>User Banning:</b><br />
The banning pages in the Users tab of the Admin CP allow you to ban users and view users which are currently banned.<br /><br />

You can ban users at the <i>Ban User</i> page of the Moderator Control Panel.  You are given a choice of ban length and banned usergroup to which you want to move the user.  If you want a usergroup to be used for banning then you need to enable the "This Usergroup is a 'Banned' Group" option for that group in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>; all usergroups with this option enabled will show up as selectable banned usergroups on the Ban User page.<br /><br />

Additionally, you can view a list of currently banned users on the View Banned Users page of the Moderator Control Panel.  This page shows you all current temporary and permanent bans and gives you the option to lift any bans you choose.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="banuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Ban User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can ban a user by username.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="banuser" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of the user you want to ban.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="banuser" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Move User to Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select your banned user group.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="banuser" opt="period">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Lift Ban After...</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the length of the ban.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="banuser,editreason" opt="reason">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reason to show the user</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This text will be shown to banned users when they login or try to access a forum page.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Banned Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a list of users that are banned on your forums.  Below are the details of each ban.  You can lift a ban by clicking the "[Lift Ban]" link on the right.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="bbcode">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About BB Code</title>
			<text date="1206965994" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[<b>BB Code:</b><br />
BB code is a special coding system, similar to HTML, where you type in tags around your text and the text is formatted. For example, typing:<br /><br />

[b]My Text[/b]<br /><br />

...would produce:<br /><br />

<b>My Text</b><br /><br />

It is a safe and easy way to allow your users to format their posts. It does not have the security risks of allowing HTML, and users cannot mess up page layouts by accidentally leaving a tag open. You as the admin control what tags are available to your users.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="1206965930" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Adding a new BB code</title>
			<text date="1206965920" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This screen allows you to add a new BB code tag.<br /><br />

Explanations of the options on this screen are listed below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Title</title>
			<text date="1206965906" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[The title of your BB code tag, which will be used on the <a href="../misc.php?do=bbcode" target="_blank">BB code user explanation screen</a>, along with all other below options except "Use Option".<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodetag">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Tag</title>
			<text date="1206965809" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This is the text for the BB code, which goes inside the square brackets.<br />
eg. For the bold tag, you type [b] - the BB code tag for this is simply <b>b</b> without the brackets.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodereplacement">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Replacement</title>
			<text date="1206965793" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This is the HTML code that replaces the user-entered BB code. Make sure that you include '{param}' (without the quotes) to insert the text between the opening and closing BB code tags, and '{option}' for the parameter within the BB code tag. You can only use {option} if 'Use Option' is set to yes below.<br />
eg. [b]My Text[/b] turns into <b>My Text</b>. To create that tag, enter<br />
&lt;b&gt;{param}&lt;/b&gt;<br />
If you were to create a tag like the URL tag, you would use {option}. The URL tag can be used like this:<br />
[url]http://www.example.com[/url]<br />
which turns into<br />
<a href="http://www.example.com/">http://www.example.com/</a><br />
It can alternatively be used like this:<br />
[url=http://www.example.com/]My Site[/url]<br />
which would turn into this:<br />
<a href="http://www.example.com/">My Site</a><br />
This is actually two different tags with the same code to make it easy on the end-user.<br />
To create the first tag, you would enter<br />
&lt;a href="{param}"&gt;{param}&lt;/a&gt;<br />
To create the second, you would enter<br />
&lt;a href="{option}"&gt;{param}&lt;/a&gt;<br />
If you are using options, option is what is entered <b>within</b> the tag, e.g. www.example.com in the following:<br />
[url=www.example.com]<br />
{param} is what is entered <b>between</b> tags, e.g. My Site in the following:<br />
[url=www.example.com]My Site[/url]<br />
You will always use '{param}', but you will only use '{option}' when "Use Option?" is "yes" and you need a second bit of input from the user as in the above example.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodeexample">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Example</title>
			<text date="1206964403" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This is a sample piece of BB code to use as an example for this particular BB code.<br />
e.g. to demonstrate the use of the [b] tag, you would enter [b]Some Text[/b].]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="bbcodeexplanation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">BB Code Explanation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a piece of text to describe the BB code tag. This can include HTML tags if you wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="twoparams">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use {option}</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this option to yes will allow you to create a [tag=option][/tag] style tag, rather than just a [tag][/tag] style tag.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="buttonimage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Button Image (Optional)</title>
			<text date="1206966286" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">If you would like this BB code to appear as a clickable button on the message editor toolbar, enter the URL of an image 21 x 20 pixels in size that will act as the button to insert this BB code.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="strip_empty">
			<title date="1194351163" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Remove Tag if Empty</title>
			<text date="1191575557" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Setting this option will remove empty tags (eg. [tag][/tag]).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="stop_parse">
			<title date="1206965892" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Disable BB Code Use Within This BB Code</title>
			<text date="1206965837" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[Setting this option will make any BB code tags within this BB code tag display as plain text.<br /><br />

For example
<blockquote>[tag][b]some text here[/b][/tag]</blockquote>

Will show as 

<blockquote>[b]some text here[/b]</blockquote>

If set, and

<blockquote><b>some text here</b></blockquote>

If not set]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="disable_smilies">
			<title date="1194351209" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Disable Smilies Within This BB Code</title>
			<text date="1191575937" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Setting this option will make any smilies within this tag show as plain text.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="disable_wordwrap">
			<title date="1194351224" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Disable Word Wrapping Within This BB Code</title>
			<text date="1191575977" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Setting this option will disable word wrapping for text within these tags</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing BB Codes</title>
			<text date="1206965938" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">This screen allows you to modify the properties of an existing BB code. The options are explained below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing/Removing BB Codes</title>
			<text date="1206965967" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This screen displays all of your current BB codes, along with an example of each.<br /><br />

Across, the columns are:<br />
<b>Title</b>: The title of the BB code.<br />
<b>BB Code</b>: The actual code that is used for the BB code.<br />
<b>HTML</b>: The BB code example parsed into HTML.<br />
<b>Replacement</b>: The results of displaying the HTML.<br />
<b>Button Image</b>: If you specified an image for this to appear on the toolbar it will be displayed here.<br />
<b>Controls</b>: Edit or Delete BB codes from here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="modify" opt="text">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Testing Your BB Codes</title>
			<text date="1206965983" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[You can test BB codes by entering text in the "Enter text with BB codes" box and pressing Test This Text. The BB code will be parsed as though you were making a post so you can see how it would look or if your code is working correctly.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete BB Code</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this BB code.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="bookmarksite">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="1207820808" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Active</title>
			<text date="1207820808" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Use this option as a toggle to temporarily disable links without actually deleting them from the database. An inactive link will not appear on thread pages at all until it is made active again by an administrator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="1207820742" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1207820742" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">The number entered here will dictate the placement of this bookmarking link in relation to other bookmarking links on the page. A link with a higher display order such as 20 will be displayed after a link with a display order of 10.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="iconpath">
			<title date="1193058756" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Icon</title>
			<text date="1193058756" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">An icon should be 16 pixels by 16 pixels and placed within the miscellaneous images directory, by default this is images/misc. The icon will be used at the bottom of each thread page and used as a link to the social bookmarking site.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="1207820159" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Title</title>
			<text date="1207820159" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Use this field to enter the name of the social bookmarking site in question, in a form that will be identifiable to your vistors.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="url">
			<title date="1193059505" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">URL</title>
			<text date="1193059505" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The URL is the link used in conjunction with the icon at the bottom of a thread, you can use replacements for constructing a more useful link.<br />
<ul>
<li><strong>{TITLE}</strong> - Title of the current page.</li>
<li><strong>{URL}</strong> - URL of the current page.</li>
</ul>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="1193064753" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Social Bookmarking Manager</title>
			<text date="1205756157" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Social bookmarking is a way for users to store and organise bookmarks of web pages. In a social bookmarking system, a user will save a link to a web page that they want to remember and/or share.<br />
<br />There are a number of third-party services offering social bookmarking facilities. vBulletin provides the ability to link directly to an "add page" for multiple services and pre-populate some of the data.<br />
<br />
Links to the social bookmarking services will be shown when viewing a thread, below the posts. These links will only be shown in threads that guests have permissions to view.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="calendarpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Calendar Permissions</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=admincalendar&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Calendars</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=calendarpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Calendar Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Calendar Permissions:</b><br />
By default, users will have the permissions for their usergroup (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>) for each calendar.  However, you might not want users of a particular usergroup to have access to every calendar.  In that case, vBulletin allows you to create custom permissions for a specific calendar for a specific usergroup.  This is useful in restricting certain calendars for certain usergroups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Calendar Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you set up calendar permissions for the specific calendar and usergroup. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="mode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Usergroup Default/Custom Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you select Use Usergroup Default, the group will be reverted to default permissions for this calendar. If you select any custom permissions and have not set this to Use Custom Settings you will be warned. If you ignore the warning and set custom permissions without setting this to Use Custom Settings, the settings will not be saved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="canviewcalendar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, this usergroup will not be able to see this calendar or view its' contents.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="canpostevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Calendar Events</title>
			<text date="1205940740" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to No, this usergroup will not be able to post new events on this calendar.<br /><br />

Please note, the way events work has been changed from vBulletin 2.2.x. The idea of "public" and "private" events has been changed to a single event type; therefore, there is now only one option regarding posting events. Whether or not events are "public" is determined by the setting Can View Others' Events, below. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=calendarpermission&amp;pageaction=edit&amp;option=canviewothersevent">Can View Others' Events</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit" opt="caneditevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Own Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users in this usergroup will not be able to edit events they have posted on this calendar. This is overridden when a user in this usergroup is a moderator of this calendar and is allowed to edit events according to his moderator permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit" opt="candeleteevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Own Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users from this usergroup will not be allowed to remove events they posted on this calendar. This is overridden if the user is also a moderator of this calendar and has his moderator permissions set to allow him to remove events.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit" opt="canviewothersevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can View Others' Events]]></title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, this usergroup will be able to view events that others have posted on this calendar. Otherwise, those events will not be visible to this group.<br /><br />
Please note, the way events work has been changed from vBulletin 2.2.x. The idea of "public" and "private" events has been changed to a single event type; therefore, there is now only one option regarding posting events. Whether or not events are "public" is determined by this setting. If it is set to Yes, events on this calendar would be "public". Otherwise they would be "private". (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=calendarpermission&amp;pageaction=edit&amp;option=canpostevent">Can Post Calendar Events</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit" opt="isnotmoderated">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Posted Events are Not Moderated</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Event moderation can be enabled for an entire calendar by editing that calendar's settings.  This permission allows you to make an exception for a specific usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Calendar Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">From here you can set custom permissions for any usergroup for a specific calendar. For each calendar you have, each usergroup is listed. If the name of the group is red, they already have custom permissions set. If the name is white, they are using default permissions. To change permissions, click Edit next to the group name you wish to change, under the calendar you wish it to apply to. </text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="cronadmin">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Scheduled Tasks</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=cronadmin&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Scheduled Tasks</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=cronlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Scheduled Tasks Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Scheduled Tasks:</b><br />
vBulletin's scheduled tasks system is used to perform regularly needed tasks at certain time intervals.  Scheduled tasks are basically vBulletin cron jobs.<br /><br />

One benefit of the scheduled tasks system is that common vBulletin tasks, like updating view counters and sending emails, can be queued up and performed all at once which reduces the average server load.  This can make a huge difference on high traffic forums.  You can choose to schedule common vBulletin tasks in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=server&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Scheduled Task</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you add a new scheduled task.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Active</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If this is set to No, the script will no longer be executed automatically though it will still be possible to use the Run Now button if required.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the description of the scheduled task. It is only used for your information in the control panel, and can be anything you wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="add,edit" opt="varname">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Varname</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is a short name for the task and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="3" act="add,edit" opt="logphrase">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Log Phrase</title>
			<text date="1213610500" username="Mez" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">The log phrase allows you to phrase the entries that appear in the admin log. You need to call log_cron_action() with a 1 for the third parameter to invoke the phrase in the log viewer.  Otherwise the value saved in the description field will be displayed as is.  You may also save the description field in serialized form if you have more than one replacement in your phrase.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the scheduled task. It is only used for your information in the control panel, and can be anything you wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="weekday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Day of the Week</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the day of the week the task should run on. Set this to * to have it not apply, or for it to run every day (if Day of the Month is set to * below). Otherwise select a specific day. Note that this will override the day of the month option, unless this is set to *.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="day">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Day of the Month</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Set this to the specific day of the month the task should run. This is overridden by the Day of the Week setting above. Set this to * to have it not apply.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="hour">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hour</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the hour of the day the task should run. Set it to * to have it run every hour.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="minute">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minute</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minute of the hour the task should run. Set it to * to have it run every minute (not really recommended!).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="loglevel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Actions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, every time the scheduled task runs, a log will be made indicating that the task was run, and in certain cases, additional information will be provided (e.g. for the Birthday Email task, the usernames who were sent birthday wishes will be noted).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the most crucial setting. Enter the path to, and filename of, the file to be run. This is in relation to your main forums directory. The default scheduled tasks are located in the directory<br />
./includes/cron/<br />
Note the . at the beginning - this indicates that the following is an absolute path from the current directory, not from the root of the server (as /includes/cron would indicate). You could also write the above as<br />
includes/cron<br />
The file to be run should not echo anything or send output to screen.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Scheduled Tasks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you edit an existing scheduled task.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="product">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls what product this task is associated with. You do not need to worry about this option unless you are planning on making an addon for vBulletin to be released.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Scheduled Tasks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen provides an overview of your scheduled tasks, including when they run, their next run time, and an option to run them right now.<br /><br />

The columns across the top are:<br />
<b>m</b>: (Minute) This is the minute that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every minute.<br />
<b>h</b>: (Hour) This is the hour of the day that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every hour.<br />
<b>D</b>: (Date) This is the day of the month (numerically) that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every day.<br />
<b>M</b>: (Month) This is the month of the year that a task runs. If this is an asterisk it runs every month.<br />
<b>DoW</b>: (Day of Week) This is the day of the week that a task runs. If this is an asterisk, it defers to the Day setting.<br />
<b>Title</b>: This is the title of the task.<br />
<b>Next Time</b>: This is the next time the task is scheduled to run. You can run it immediately using the Run Now button at the far right.<br />
<b>Controls</b>: This column contains a drop-down with Edit and Delete controls, and a Run Now button to run the task immediately.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the screen you can use the Add New Scheduled Task button to add a task.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Scheduled Task</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this scheduled task.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="cronlog">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Scheduled Task Log</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=stats&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=modlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=cronlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Scheduled Task Log:</b><br />
The scheduled task log contains log entries for every scheduled task that has been run since you last pruned the log.  This log is useful in confirming that your scheduled tasks are running at their proper times.  Log files can also be useful sources of information when you are tracking down a problem.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing/Pruning the Scheduled Task Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you select the options to view or prune your Scheduled Task Log. A log entry is generated every time a Scheduled Task runs that has been set to be logged. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Log entries to display per page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines how many log entries are displayed on each results page. Do not set this too high or your browser could crash.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="varname">
			<title date="1161596802" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[Viewing &amp; Pruning]]></title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[<b>Viewing: Show only entries generated by...</b><br />
If you wish to only view logs generated by a particular script, select it from the list here.<br />
<br />
<b>Pruning: Remove Entries Related to Action</b><br />
If you wish to only prune entries related to a certain script, select it from this list.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing: Order Log Entries By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select how you wish to order your results. Choices are Date and Action.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="choose" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning: Remove Entries Older than Days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select how many days old log entries must be before they will be deleted and enter that number here. The default is 30.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prunelog">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Pruning Scheduled Task Logs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are prompted to confirm your choice to prune the Scheduled Task logs. The total number of entries that will be deleted is shown.<br /><br />

If no entries match your pruning criteria, you will be shown an error message.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing Scheduled Task Log Search Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are shown the results of your search of the Scheduled Task Log. At the top you are told the page you are on, the total number of pages of results, and the total number of results.<br /><br />

The Result column displays extended information about each entry, if available.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="css">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=template&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Styles &amp; Templates</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=css&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=replacement&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Replacement Variables</a><br /><br />

<b>Common Templates:</b><br />
The header, headinclude, and footer templates are considered common templates because they are included / parsed on every forum page.<br /><br />

The header, headinclude, and footer templates are respectively represented in the templates by the $header, $headinclude, and $footer variables.  The parsed contents of these three templates are substituted in for these variables when a forum page is loaded.<br /><br />

The header template contains the HTML code that makes up the top portion of your forum layout, including the title image and opening table code for the content table in which your forum content is displayed.<br /><br />

The contents of the headinclude template are inserted within the &lt;head&gt;&lt;/head&gt; tags on each forum page. Meta tags, style sheets, scripts, etc are added here.<br /><br />

The footer template contains the HTML code that makes up the bottom portion of your forum layout, including the closing table tags for the content table in which your forum content is displayed and the vBulletin copyright notice.<br /><br />

<b>StyleVars:</b><br />
The StyleVars on this page include the "Size and Dimensions", "Image Paths", and "Miscellaneous" tables below.  These settings control various style related aspects of your forum pages.  These stylevars are represented in the templates as:<br /><br />

<i>$stylevar[var_name]</i><br /><br />

These stylevar variables are parsed into their corresponding values when a forum page is loaded.  By representing commonly used stylevars as variables in the templates it is very easy to change them - just edit their values on this page and the changes will take effect for all forum pages.<br /><br />

<b>CSS:</b><br />
vBulletin uses CSS classes for its various page elements.  These page elements all call on the various CSS classes defined here.  Therefore, you can change the attributes of all page elements that use a CSS class by editing the class on this page.  A good site to learn CSS is <a href="http://www.w3.org/" target="_blank">w3.org</a>.<br /><br />

Note that several CSS attributes are color fields which use standard HTML color codes.  You can click on the color box to the right to pull up the color picker window where you can visually pick a color by clicking on it.  vBulletin will automatically insert the corresponding color code for the color you pick.  The small button to the left of the close box allows you to switch color palettes for more choices.  The dotted box on the top left represents no color (transparent).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing the Images, Fonts and other Style Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can edit a large number of style options relating to your forums display. Each style can have its' own set of CSS and images by customizing the items on this screen.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="doedit" opt="header">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Header</title>
			<text date="1169465837" username="Scott" version="3.6.5">The header template contains the HTML code that makes up the top portion of your forum layout, including the title image and opening table code for the content table.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="doedit" opt="headinclude">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Headinclude</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The contents of the headinclude template are inserted within the &lt;head&gt;&lt;/head&gt; tags on each forum page.  Meta tags, style sheets, scripts, etc are added here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="doedit" opt="footer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Footer</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The footer template contains the HTML code that makes up the bottom of your forum layout, including the closing tags for the content table and everything below it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="doedit" opt="outertablewidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Main Table Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Specify a pixel size or percentage.<br /><br />

For example, if you want your forum content to always fill the entire browser window regardless of window size / screen resolution then you would set this to <b>100%</b>.  On the other hand, if you want your forum content to exist within a fixed box then you would enter a pixel value here... for example, <b>800</b> or a little less is optimal for 800x600 resolution.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="doedit" opt="spacersize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Spacer Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page, for example, you will notice there is a gap between the boxes that contain your forums and the outside border of your forum layout.  This setting controls how large that gap is.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="doedit" opt="outerborderwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Outer Border Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the width of the main border that contains all tables on a page. This setting is not used in vB3 unless it was imported from a vB2 template.<br /><br />

An example of a table cell is one of the boxes on your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page that contains a linked forum name and its description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="doedit" opt="cellspacing">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Inner Border Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the cellspacing attribute of your forum tables.  The larger this number, the farther apart vBulletin's table cells will be from eachother.<br /><br />

An example of a table cell is one of the boxes on your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page that contains a linked forum name and its description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="doedit" opt="cellpadding">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Table Cell Padding</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the cellpadding attribute of your forum tables.  This setting determines how big a table cell is around its content.<br /><br />

An example of a table cell is one of the boxes on your <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page that contains a linked forum name and its description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="doedit" opt="formspacer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Form Element Spacer Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the spacing of different elements in a form.  A good example of a form with lots of elements that can be spaced is the form in the "Additional Options" table on new thread / reply posting pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="doedit" opt="formwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Form Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the width of most of vBulletin's forms.  Examples of forms that are affected by this setting include poll voting forms and the form in the "Additional Options" table on posting pages.<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>640px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="doedit" opt="formwidth_usercp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Control Panel Form Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of forms in the User CP.  A good example of a page with forms which this setting affects is the <a href="../profile.php?do=editprofile" target="_blank">Edit Profile</a> page.<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>480px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="doedit" opt="messagewidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message Area Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of the text box used for all message posting in vBulletin.  An example of such a text box is on the new thread / reply posting pages.<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>540px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="doedit" opt="messagewidth_usercp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Control Panel Message Area Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of the message area in user control panel.  The <a href="../private.php?do=newpm" target="_blank">Send New Private Message</a> form, for example (if you have the PM feature enabled).<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>380px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="doedit" opt="codeblockwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Code Block Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to set the width of code blocks in messages.  This should be set to a width that will not stretch your forum layout.  To see an example of a code block you can post a new thread on your forums and put this in the message: [code]test[/code].<br /><br />

Enter a number of pixels followed by a "px" (e.g., <b>640px</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="doedit" opt="titleimage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title Image</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name complete with a path that is relative to your forum directory.<br /><br />

For example, if your title image is named titleimage.gif and you upload it to the images directory in your forum directory, then you would enter this: images/titleimage.gif]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_button">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Button Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The button images folder contains images like the "New Thread" and "Post Reply" images.  Because these images contain language-specific text you can override this setting in the language manager.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/buttons</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_statusicon">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Item Status Icon Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This folder contains all the icons representing the status of forums, threads, posts etc.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/statusicon</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_attach">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Icons Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Attachment icons are used to identify different types of attached files.  The names of these images use the file type they are representing.  For example, the image for zip files is named zip.gif and is uploaded to the attachment icon folder.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/attach</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_misc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Miscellaneous Images Folder</title>
			<text date="1148680118" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The miscellaneous images folder contains miscellaneous images.  Examples include the instant messenger icons and the vb_bullet.gif icon.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/misc</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_editor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text Editor Controls Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The text editor controls folder contains the small shortcut images used in the vBulletin text editors (like the WYSIWYG text editor).<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/editor</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_poll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Poll Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The poll images folder contains the images that are used to build the colored bars in poll results.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/polls</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_rating">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Ratings Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The ratings images folder contains the star images used for thread ratings.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/rating</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="doedit" opt="htmldoctype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">HTML Doctype</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The &lt;!DOCTYPE&gt; declaration is the very first thing in your document, before the &lt;html&gt; tag. This tag tells the browser which HTML or XHTML specification the document uses.<br /><br />At  this time, vBulletin 3 defaults to the XHTML Transitional DTD of:<br /><br />&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"&gt;]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="doedit" opt="imgdir_reputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Images Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The reputation images folder contains the little colored dot images that are used to display a user's reputation.<br /><br />

Enter a directory path that is relative to your forum directory (e.g., <b>images/reputation</b>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="deployads">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro">
			<title date="1228486407" username="Mike" version="3.8.0 Beta 4">Google AdSense</title>
			<text date="1231504906" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.1"><![CDATA[<p>vBulletin offers two different Google AdSense packages. Each package will implement a different set of advertising units into the forum advertising templates. You may also control the type of ad that is delivered in each unit.</p>

<p><b>Type of Ads to Show</b></p>

<p>With this option, you may control the type of ads delivered by Google AdSense.</p>

<ul><li>Text ads only: AdSense will only show ads consisting of text and links.</li></ul>

<ul><li>Text and image ads: AdSense will only show advertistments that contain images if possible but fall back to text-only ads if necessary. This is the recommended option.</li></ul>

<p><b>No Google AdSense Ads</b></p>

<p>This option will remove all Google AdSense code from the vBulletin forum advertising templates.</p>

<p><b>Low Package Ad Units</b></p>

<p>The Low package adds two small advertising units to the main forum pages:</p>

<ul><li>Below the header navigation bar: Horizontal link unit with 5 contextual links to related advertising. This unit is always text. Ad unit color same as background.</li></ul>

<ul><li>Below the page content, above the footer: Small, horizontal advertising block. Ad unit color same as background.</li></ul>

<p><b>High Package Ad Units</b></p>

<ul><li>Below the header navigation bar: Medium, horizontal advertisting block. Ad unit color contrasts with background.</li></ul>

<ul><li>Below the page content, above the footer:  Medium, horizontal text advertising block. Ad unit color same as background.</li></ul>

<ul><li>First post, right hand side of content: Only visible for guests (or registered members who haven't logged in).  Nearly-square advertising block.</li></ul>

<p><b>Further Information from Google</b></p>

<p>For more information about the individual advertising units, or any other aspects of the Google AdSense product, please visit the following URL:<br>
<a href="https://www.google.com/adsense/support/" target="_blank">https://www.google.com/adsense/support/</a></p>

<p>Jelsoft Enterprises Limited cannot be held responsible for the content of external sites.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="diagnostic">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Diagnostics</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=backup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=repair&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=misc&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=diagnostic&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=queries&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Diagnostics:</b><br />
The diagnostics page contains several diagnostics that are useful for troubleshooting problems with your forums.<br /><br />

The "Upload" diagnostic tests file uploading functionality on your server.  If your server isn't configured correctly for file uploads then several vBulletin features will not work including custom avatar uploads and post attachments.<br /><br />

The "Email" diagnostic will send a test email to the address you specify.  If you receive the test email then PHP and your mail server are configured correctly.  Otherwise they are not configured correctly and you need to contact your host.  Without email functionality you will not be able to use any email features on your forums including email verification on registration and "send to friend."<br /><br />

The "Suspect File Versions" diagnostic checks the version of every PHP file in your forum directory and tells you which ones are for different versions of vBulletin than the one you are running.  Running files that are not meant for your version of vBulletin can cause any number of problems.  If any files are for different versions then you should upload the originals from the vBulletin zip file for the version you are running.<br /><br />

The "System Information" diagnostics report on your MySQL configuration and the status of your database.  vBulletin team members may ask you to give them the output of these reports to help them troubleshoot problems with your server and forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="domail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Settings Test</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the results of your Email Settings test. If any errors occurred during the test, they will be listed, along with the values of several pertinent settings.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dosysinfo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">System Information Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are shown the results of your system information inquiry.<br /><br />

The various types of information you can be shown is described below:<br />
<b>MySQL Variables</b> is a list of the MySQL variables that are set. Please visit the following pages for more information on MySQL variables and their meanings: <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/SHOW_VARIABLES.html">MySQL Variables</a>, <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/Server_parameters.html" target="_blank">Tuning Server Parameters</a>.<br />
<b>MySQL Status</b> shows the status of many things related to the MySQL server. For more information on the items listed on this page, visit <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/SHOW_STATUS.html" target="_blank">MySQL Status</a>.<br />
<b>Table Status</b>: If you are running MySQL 3.23 or higher, you can also view this page of information. The following link provides more information about the information displayed on this page: <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/SHOW_TABLE_STATUS.html" target="_blank">MySQL Table Status</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doupload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload Settings Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you are shown the results of the Upload Settings test. The relevant PHP settings are listed, and if there are any errors they will be listed.<br /><br />

For more information on the various PHP settings, please visit the following links:<br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.file-uploads" target="_blank">file_uploads</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.open-basedir" target="_blank">open_basedir</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.safe-mode" target="_blank">safe_mode</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.upload-tmp-dir" target="_blank">upload_tmp_dir</a><br />
<a href="http://www.php.net/manual/en/configuration.php#ini.upload-max-filesize" target="_blank">upload_max_filesize</a><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doversion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Suspect File Versions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">All files listed below are suspected to be for different versions of vBulletin than the version you are running.  You should overwrite the files listed below with the original files from the vBulletin zip file for your version.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Running Diagnostic Tests</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this page you can run several diagnostics to try and troubleshoot file uploading and email distribution. Additionally you can view three different sets of system information. More information is available below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list" opt="attachfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For this test, you need to select a file to upload to the server. This file will be removed immediately after the test is completed and it will not be stored on the server for more than about 1/2 second. After you select a file, press the Submit button to run the test.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list" opt="emailaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">In this test, you must enter a valid email address to send a test email to. After you do so and click Submit, vBulletin will attempt to email the address and will show the results, noting errors, if any, that occurred.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="list" opt="type">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View...</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[For this section, select from one of three sets of information to view: Table Status (if you are running MySQL 3.23 or higher), MySQL Status, and MySQL Variables. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=diagnostic&amp;pageaction=dosysinfo">System Information Results</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="payments">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Test Communication</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page tests your active payment processors to make sure they are working with the parameters you have set in the <a href="subscriptions.php?do=api" target="_blank">Payment API Manager</a>.  If anything below fails, then that means the corresponding payment processor is not currently working with your forum - that means you either set the wrong parameters for that processor or something is wrong with the processor itself.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="email">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Emailing Users</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usertools&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=banning&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=accessmask&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>Emailing Users:</b><br />
The email pages in the Users tab of the Admin CP allow you to send mass emails and generate mailing lists based on the same search criteria you use to search for users on the <a href="user.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Search for Users</a> page.<br /><br />

You can email users on the <a href="email.php?do=start" target="_blank">Send Email to Users</a> page and you can generate a mailing list of email addresses on the <a href="email.php?do=genlist" target="_blank">Generate Mailing List</a> page.  Both pages use the same search criteria.  vBulletin emails / includes in the mailing list only users whose profiles match the search criteria you specify.  One obvious application of these email features is to send out mass emails notifying your members of updates to your forums.  Other applications include sending warning emails to inactive users before you prune their accounts or otherwise deal with them.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="genlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Generating a List of User Emails</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[From here, you select criteria to produce a list of user email addresses. This list can then be used in another program, such as Outlook, to email your users. The criteria are described below.<br /><br />
Keep in mind all criteria are cumulative; that is, if you enter a username string to match and select a usergroup, users that match the username string AND are in the selected group will be found, but those that match only one of the above will not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="genlist" opt="septext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text To Separate Addresses By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the character or text that addresses should be separated by. What this needs to be is dependant on what program you will be feeding these addresses to. This is a space by default, but you may wish to produce, for example, CSV (in this case use a comma) or quoted CSV (use: "," in this case, including the quotes). In most email programs, a comma or semi-colon followed by a space is needed. Your needs may differ, however. To make each address be on a new line, press Enter in the text box.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="genlist,start" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The usernames of those who will be emailed must contain the phrase entered in this box. By "phrase", we mean a string of characters. They do not have to make a word but they must be exactly how they appear in the user(s) name(s).<br /><br />
For example, the string <i>exam</i> would match <i>example</i>, <i>anexample</i>, and <i>theexam</i>, but not <i>exsiam</i>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="genlist,start" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup Is</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Users must be in the specified group to be emailed if you select a usergroup here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="genlist,start" opt="membergroup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Also Belongs to Usergroups</title>
			<text date="1158055699" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[If the users to be emailed should belong to any other usergroups, check them off here.<br />
<br />
Users must belong to all groups that are selected!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="105" act="genlist,start" opt="adminemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Include users that have declined admin emails?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will send emails to users who have chosen not to receive emails.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="genlist,start" opt="email">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's email address must contain the string entered here. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="genlist,start" opt="parentemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Parent's Email Contains]]></title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If the user(s) you are looking for are of the COPPA variety, they will have had to enter their parent's email for verification. If this is the case, enter the string to find in their parent's email address here. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="genlist,start" opt="coppauser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is COPPA User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the user(s) found will all be COPPA users; that is, under 13. Set this to No to not find COPPA users, or leave it blank to find both.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="genlist,start" opt="homepage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's homepage must contain. Users without a homepage URL entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="genlist,start" opt="icq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">ICQ Number Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Since ICQ Numbers naturally contain only numbers, you must enter a string of number(s) here. Users without an ICQ number entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="genlist,start" opt="aim">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">AIM Handle Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string of characters the user's AIM handle, or screen name, must contain. Users without an AIM screen name are automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="genlist,start" opt="yahoo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Yahoo Messenger Handle Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's Yahoo Messenger Handle must contain. Users without a Yahoo Messenger Handle entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="175" act="genlist,start" opt="msn">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">MSN ID</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's MSN ID must contain. Users without an MSN ID entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search.  See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="177" act="genlist,start" opt="skype">
			<title date="1199284612" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Skype Name</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's Skype name must contain. Users without a Skype name entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search.  See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="genlist,start" opt="signature">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Signature Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's signature must contain. Users without a signature will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="genlist,start" opt="usertitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the text that the user's title must contain. This is applicable even if you don't allow custom user titles, since the user title of every user is stored with their username, so default group titles would be searched as well. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="genlist,start" opt="joindateafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the date the user must have joined after to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the Join Date is Before criteria to create a finite range of join dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, that this date must be BEFORE the Join Date is Before date, or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=joindatebefore">Join Date is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="genlist,start" opt="joindatebefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have joined before this date to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the Join Date is After criteria to create a finite range of join dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, this date must be AFTER the Join Date is After date, or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=joindateafter">Join Date is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="213" act="genlist,start" opt="lastactivityafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have loaded a forum page after this date if they are to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the "Last Activity is Before" criteria to create a range of active dates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="217" act="genlist,start" opt="lastactivitybefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have loaded a forum page before this date if they are to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the "Last Activity is After" criteria to create a range of active dates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="genlist,start" opt="lastpostafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's most recent post must have been made after this date and time to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 15:02:12 would find all users who last posted after August 30, 2002 at 3:02:12 PM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Post is Before criteria to create a finite range of last post dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be BEFORE the Last Post is Before date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=lastpostbefore">Last Post is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="genlist,start" opt="lastpostbefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's last post must be before this date and time for the user to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 20:22:02 would find all users who last posted before August 30, 2002 at 8:22:02 PM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Post is After criteria to create a finite range of last post dates. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this date and time must be AFTER the Last Post is After date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=lastpostafter">Last Post is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="genlist,start" opt="birthdayafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the date that the user's birthday must be after to be found. The date format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. Users without a birthday entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Birthday is Before criteria to create a finite range of birthday dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date must be BEFORE the Birthday is Before date or it will not find any users! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=birthdaybefore">Birthday is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="genlist,start" opt="birthdaybefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is the date the user's birthday must be before to be found. The date format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Birthday is After criteria to create a finite range of birthday dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, this date must be AFTER the Birthday is After criteria or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=birthdayafter">Birthday is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="genlist,start" opt="postslower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have at least this many posts to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Number of Posts is Less Than criteria. Keep in mind that if you use both, this number must be LESS than the Number of Posts is Less Than number for any users to be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=postsupper">Number of Posts is Less Than</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="genlist,start" opt="postsupper">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Posts is Less Than</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have less than this number of posts in order to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To criteria. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be MORE than the Number of Posts is Greater Than number for any users to be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=postslower">Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="genlist,start" opt="reputationlower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have at least this number of reputation points in order to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Reputation is Less Than criteria to create a finite range of reputation points to be found. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be LESS than the Reputation is Less Than number or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=reputationupper">Reputation is Less Than</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="genlist,start" opt="reputationupper">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation is Less Than</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have less than this many reputation points to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To criteria to create a finite range of reputation points to find. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be MORE than the Reputation is Greater Than number or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=genlist&amp;option=reputationlower">Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="330" act="genlist,start" opt="warningslower">
			<title date="1199284779" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Warnings are greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1199284779" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enter the minimum amount of Warnings that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="340" act="genlist,start" opt="warningsupper">
			<title date="1199284811" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Warnings are less than</title>
			<text date="1199284811" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enter the maximum amount of Warnings that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="genlist,start" opt="infractionslower">
			<title date="1199284884" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Infractions are greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1199284953" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enter the minimum amount of Infractions that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="genlist,start" opt="infractionsupper">
			<title date="1199284932" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Infractions are less than</title>
			<text date="1199284932" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enter the maximum amount of Infractions that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="genlist,start" opt="pointslower">
			<title date="1199285007" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Infraction Points are greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1199285007" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enter the minimum amount of Infraction Points that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="genlist,start" opt="pointsupper">
			<title date="1199285055" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Infraction Points are less than</title>
			<text date="1201172436" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Beta 5">Enter the maximum amount of Infraction Points that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="genlist,start" opt="useridlower">
			<title date="1207657111" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">User ID is greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1207657111" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Use this option to list users with User IDs greater or equal to the value entered.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="395" act="genlist,start" opt="useridupper">
			<title date="1207657452" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">User ID is less than</title>
			<text date="1207657452" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter a number here in order to match users whose User ID is less than the specified value.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="genlist,start" opt="ipaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">IP Address Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a number in this field to search by IP address. It can be a full IP address (such as 24.23.120.15) or a partial (such as 24.23.120). In the case of a partial, it would match users with any number(s) for the last block.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Mass Emailing Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you select criteria to determine who your email is sent to. These criteria are described below.<br /><br />
Keep in mind all criteria are cumulative; that is, if you enter a username string to match and select a usergroup, users that match the username string AND are in the selected group will be found, but those that match only one of the above will not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="start" opt="test">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Just a Test</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, no one will actually be emailed, but vBulletin will proceed as if they were, showing you who would be sent an email.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="start" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Messages to Send at Once</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of messages to be sent in a batch. Unless you run your own server, it is recommended this is set to 100 or less. Even if you do run your own server, unless it is not very busy, you should keep this relatively low.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="start" opt="from">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">From</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the address that the email is to be from. The email address set as the webmaster's address is pre-filled in, but you can enter any address you wish here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="start" opt="subject">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Subject</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the subject line of the email here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="start" opt="message">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message</title>
			<text date="1219837553" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This is the message to be sent to your users. Within the message, you may use the following special words, or variables, that will be replaced with the correct information for each user when the email is sent.<br />
<b>$userid</b>: This is the user's userid. Normally this won't mean much to a user, but if you are, for example, sending an email telling users what their referrer link is, you would need to include the userid like this:<br />
www.mysite.com/myvb/index.php?referrerid=$userid<br />
which would then give the user credit if another user follows that link and registers.<br />
<b>$activateid</b> and <b>$activatelink</b> are only applicable if you have Email Verification turned on and the user has not verified their address yet. $activatelink is the link that the user needs to visit to activate their account. $activateid would be used if you are manually typing out that link, otherwise it is of no use.<br />
<b>$username</b>: If you want to personalize the email, or remind the user what their username is, use this variable.<br />
<b>$email</b>: This is the email address on file for the user. It is useful if you wish to include a line to the effect of<br />
This email was sent to $emailaddress which was used to register an account at the vBulletin Community Forums.<br />
Please note you <b>can not</b> send passwords in emails because they are now encrypted in the database. You can, if you wish, direct users to the Lost Password page which is located at<br />
http://www.yoursite.com/yourvb/login.php?do=lostpw]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="faq">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About FAQs</title>
			<text date="1204936623" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>FAQs:</b><br />
The vBulletin FAQ system allows you to create infinitely nestable sets of entries, or questions, and additionally allows end-users to search the FAQs.  FAQs are typically a collection of Frequently Asked Questions, while vBulletin's FAQ system is something of a FAQ / Knowledge Base hybrid because of its searchability.<br /><br />

vBulletin ships with a number of default sets and entries that are focused on using vBulletin from the end-user's perspective.  You may wish to add additional FAQs that answer questions about your specific forum configuration - forum permissions for example.<br /><br />

The FAQ system also supports multiple languages.  Each FAQ entry can have a translation for each language in the <a href="language.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Language Manager</a>.  When a user loads a FAQ page vBulletin will display its FAQ entries in the language in which the current logged in user is viewing your forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding FAQ Entries and Sets</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen, you add a new FAQ entry or set. The options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add" opt="product">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls what product this FAQ is associated with. You do not need to worry about this option unless you are planning on making an addon for vBulletin to be released.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="add" opt="faq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Short Name</title>
			<text date="1205940980" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">This is a short name for the FAQ and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="faqparent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Parent FAQ Item</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Any entry or set in the FAQ can be the parent for another item. Set the parent of this item here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="deftitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the title of the entry or set.<br /><br />

For entries, it can also be thought of as the "Question", which the "Text" answers. It does not have to be unique, but should be unique to this set of entries to minimize confusion.<br /><br />

For sets, it should be descriptive of what kind of questions are in the set.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="deftext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the "answer" to the "question" (aka Title) of the entry. It should be viewed as a template in that you must use HTML for formatting such as line breaks.

If this is a set, this is the description of the set.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1228216580" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.0 Release Candidate 1">This determines the order in which entries for a particular set are displayed. If you use 0, this FAQ entry will not be displayed, though entries within will still be accessible if their URL is known.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The Title and Text options above are the "default" text for this set or entry. If you have additional languages setup on your forum, you can enter a translation for the Title and Text for each language you have installed. This is optional. If nothing is entered, the default above will be used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete FAQ</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this FAQ.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.<br /><br />

Any children of this FAQ will be deleted as well.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing FAQ Entries and Sets</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This screen allows you to modify each option for the selected FAQ entry or set. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">FAQ Administration</title>
			<text date="1205941222" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[To view the existing FAQ sets, select Modify under FAQ Sets &amp; Entries from the left navigation bar.<br /><br />

You start at the top level of the FAQ. At the very top it says "FAQ" - this will expand to become a navigation bar as you drill down into the FAQ levels. Below this is a list of the top two levels of your FAQ structure. To view lower levels, click the parent of the level you wish to view. For example, under vBulletin FAQ, click User Maintenance to view all entries associated with that topic, and child sets (if any). Or, click vBulletin FAQ to view the entries associated with all three children of vBulletin FAQ.<br /><br />

You can edit the properties of a a set or entry from here by clicking edit across from the item name. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=faq&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing FAQ Entries and Sets</a>)<br /><br />

You can add additional sets or sub-sets. To do so, click Add in the left nav bar, or click Add Child across from the item you wish to add an item under. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=faq&amp;pageaction=add">Adding FAQ Entries and Sets</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="forum">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Forums</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forum&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=moderator&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=resources&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Forums:</b><br />
There are two kinds of forums, a forum and a category.  Forums can allow new threads and posts while categories cannot.  Categories are used to group forums by topic.  Forums of related topics are typically created as children of a parent category to group them by topic.<br /><br />

When adding / editing a forum there is an option called "Act as Forum".  When this option is set to "Yes" the forum will act as a forum.  When this option is set to "No" the forum will act as a category.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Options on this page are listed below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the new forum. You may use HTML in this, but be aware this will also be used as the title of the page. Since HTML formatting is not valid in the title of a page, it will be shown as plain text, and will look odd.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This description is shown under the forum name on your forums home page, and on the forums listing page (forumdisplay.php).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="link">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Link to other page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enter a URL in this box, the forum will not be a real forum. Instead it will simply be a link to the URL you enter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines the order in which forums are displayed anywhere they are listed. If you set this to 0, the forum will not be displayed to end-users anywhere unless the user manually types in the URL to access it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="parentid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Parent Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you want this to be a subforum of another forum, select that forum from this list. If not, select (No One).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default View Age</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines how many days worth of threads are shown on forumdisplay. The value chosen here will be used by guests as well as forum members that leave this option set to "Forum Default" in their settings. Users can also change this temporarily by using the controls at the bottom of forumdisplay.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="72" act="add,edit" opt="defaultsortfield">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Default Sort Field</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls the field that threads are sorted using by default. Users may still selectively override this setting and resort using the controls at the bottom of the thread list.<br />
<br />
Note that to select sorting by thread rating, ratings must be enabled for this forum. If they are not, the forum will be sorted by last post.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="73" act="add,edit" opt="defaultsortorder">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Default Sort Order</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls the order that threads are shown in by default. Users may still selectively override this setting and resort using the controls at the bottom of the thread list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="75" act="add,edit" opt="showprivate">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Show Private Forum</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select 'No' here will hide this forum from users who are not allowed to access it. Users who do have permission to access them will have to log in before they can see these forums too.<br />
<br />
Either of the yes options will allow users to see this forum if they don't have access to it. The ability to see the forum's post count is controlled by the two yes options. If the forum is passworded, it is treated as a private forum until the user enters the valid password.<br />
<br />
Setting this option to 'Use Default' will use the setting in Forum Display Listings Options for this forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="newpostemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email addresses to notify when there is a new post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the email address(es) of anyone who should be notified when a new post is made in this forum. Separate multiple addresses with a space. It is suggested that you do not enter moderators' email addresses here - you can select whether or not a moderator receives email notifications when adding that moderator.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="newthreademail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email addresses to notify when there is a new thread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the email address(es) of anyone who should be notified when a new thread is made in this forum. Separate multiple addresses with a space. It is suggested that you do not enter moderators' email addresses here - you can select whether or not a moderator receives email notifications when adding that moderator. If you add a user's email address to both the "Post" and "Thread" email notifications, that person will receive two emails when a new thread is started.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="moderatenewpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this option is enabled, then posts will not show up in this forum until a moderator approves them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="105" act="add,edit" opt="moderatenewthread">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread Moderation Queue</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether threads will require a moderator to approve them before being displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="moderateattach">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Queue</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Determines whether new attachments will require a moderator to approve them before being displayed. If you have this set to Yes and Moderator Queue set to No, until the attachment is approved the post will be displayed with a message indicating that the attachment has successfully been posted but requires moderation.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="styleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Style for this Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can select which style to use for this forum. This will override the Default forum style if selected.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit" opt="styleoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Override Users Custom Styles</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Selecting this will force the custom style you selected above to be used instead of the style a user has chosen to browse with.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="imageprefix">
			<title date="1191578675" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix for Forum Status Images</title>
			<text date="1194284205" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Forum Status images are usually shown alongside the forum in a forum listings to indicate the read status.<br />
<br />
This prefix must only contain alphanumerical characters, though the following are also allowed <em>- _ / .</em>, a folder name is also acceptable to be placed within the status icon directory.<br />
<br />
The following images are currently in use for status icons, you will need to create images with the specified prefix to match.
<ul>
<li>forum_link.gif</li>
<li>forum_new.gif</li>
<li>forum_new_lock.gif</li>
<li>forum_old.gif</li>
<li>forum_old_lock.gif</li>
</ul>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="password">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Password to Access</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you set a password, a user will be required to enter that password before being allowed to enter this forum. The user must have cookies turned on to enter a password-protected forum. This password will be inherited by subforums unless those subforums have Can Have Password set to No. If a user knows the password but is in a usergroup that is not allowed to access that forum, the user will <i>not</i> be allowed to access it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="canhavepassword">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Have Password</title>
			<text date="1147897987" username="Martin" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you set this to Yes, moderators will be able to set a password for this forum (even if you have given them the ability to do so in general). You as the administrator can still manually set a password for this forum, but unless you do so, if this option is set to Yes, it will not be password-protected even if parent forums are.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="cancontainthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Act as Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you set this to No, this forum will act as a category (that is, a non-posting forum that only exists to group other forums).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is equivalent to setting Display Order to 0, in that the forum will not be displayed anywhere but can still be accessed by typing in the URL manually.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="allowposting">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Open for New Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows you to create a forum that acts as an archive - no one will be allowed to post to it, but you can still move threads into it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit" opt="indexposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">New Posts are Indexed by Search Engine</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, posts made in this forum from this point on will <i>not</i> be indexed by the search engine. Such posts will not able to be searched for. This is desirable if you have a "Testing" type forum, or a forum that is chit-chat that you don't want indexed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML Code in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This allows users to use HTML while posting. It is <b>strongly recommended</b> that you DO NOT turn this on as it can severely compromise security and/or severely mess up layout if users insert malformed HTML. Even if you set this to Yes, users still cannot use certain tags, including javascript: and about:.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="add,edit" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="1206964420" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Allow BB code in posts</title>
			<text date="1206964412" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">This will allow users to use BB code in their posts. Setting this to Yes will not allow users to use the IMG code unless the below option is set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit" opt="allowimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow BB IMG Code in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This allows users to display images inline on the showthread page. If you set this to No, a link to the image will be displayed instead of showing the actual image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow your users to type things such as :) and :( and have them automatically turned into the corresponding image.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="add,edit" opt="allowicons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Icons for posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow users to select one icon for each post. This icon is displayed next to the title (if any) of each post and is also displayed on forumdisplay next to the thread title if an icon is set for the first post in a thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="add,edit" opt="allowratings">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Thread Ratings in this Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this to Yes will allow your users to rate threads in this forum. They can rate them either at the bottom of showthread or while replying to a thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="add,edit" opt="countposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Count posts made in this forum towards user post counts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, posts made in this forum will not be added to users' post counts (which are displayed on showthread).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="add,edit" opt="showonforumjump">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show On Forum Jump</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this option to show this forum and its children on the forum jump menu.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="add,edit" opt="prefixset">
			<title date="1190109651" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Use Selected Prefix Sets</title>
			<text date="1190109651" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Choose which prefix sets are available for use in this forum. Note that if you don't select any, the "Require Threads to have a Prefix" option will not have any effect.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="add,edit" opt="prefixrequired">
			<title date="1190109812" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Require Threads to have a Prefix</title>
			<text date="1190109812" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If you select this option and have chosen to use one or more prefix sets, users will not be able to submit a thread without a prefix.<br />
<br />
Note that certain situations may still allow a thread to exist in this forum without a prefix. This can happen if a thread has been moved, a thread has been imported from an RSS feed, or a moderator has manually removed the prefix.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Editing a Forum's Settings]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you edit an existing forum. Options and properties are described below.<br /><br />

If you change any of the posting options at the bottom of this page then you should <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your post cache</a> to update the existing posts in this forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="edit" opt="applypwdtochild">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Apply this password to Child Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you set this to Yes and change or add a password, the password will apply to all child forums of this forum. This <b>will not</b> have any effect if you do not change the existing password or add a new one.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Forums</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On the Modify Forums screen you will see a list of every forum you have, including any which are hidden from end-users. On this screen, you can set the Display Order (make sure to click Update Display Order to save your changes).<br /><br />

Under the Forum Controls, across from each forum title, are the following options:<br />
<b>Edit</b>: Lets you modify forum settings. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=forum.php&amp;pageaction=edit">Editing Forums</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Remove</b>: Deletes the forum, any subforums, and posts in the forum and any subforums. This action <b>cannot</b> be undone, so it is <i>highly</i> recommended that you make a backup of your database before doing this.<br /><br />

<b>Add Sub-forum</b>: This allows you to add a forum that will be a child of the forum you select this for. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=forum.php&amp;pageaction=add">Adding Forums</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Add Moderator</b>: Lets you add a moderator to this forum. Moderators moderate the selected forum and any subforums of that forum. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=moderator.php&amp;pageaction=add">Adding Moderators</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Add Announcement</b>: Allows you to add an announcement to this forum. (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=announcement.php&amp;pageaction=add">Adding Announcements</a>)<br /><br />

<b>Move Contents</b>: You can quickly move all the posts from the selected forum into another forum.<br /><br />

<b>Empty Forum</b>: Selecting this will (after confirmation) remove all the threads in a forum.<br /><br />

In the next column is Display Order. This determines what order forums are displayed in anyplace they are shown, including in the Admin CP. Setting this to 0 for a forum will make the forum not show anywhere to the end-user, but it can still be accessed if the user types in the direct URL to the forum. Be sure to select Update Display Order if you have changed any of them.<br /><br />

The last dropdown shows how many moderators you already have in each forum. If you have any, they will be listed. You can modify a moderator's permissions by selecting their name from this drop-down and pressing Go.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="author">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Media Author</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is shown in the Artist column in iTunes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="categoryid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Category</title>
			<text date="1153512128" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">Category is a required field for adding your podcast to iTunes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="enabled">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Enable</title>
			<text date="1153746125" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">This options enables the output of iTunes specific tags.   Podcasts will still work in iTunes without the information contained on this page but they can not be added to iTunes for others to find.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="explicit">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Explicit</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is used to indicate whether or not your podcast contains explicit material.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="image">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Image URL</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This tag specifies the artwork for your podcast. iTunes prefers square .jpg or .png images that are at least 300 x 300 pixels.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="keywords">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Keywords</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This tag allows users to search on text keywords within iTunes. Use commas to separate keywords.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="owneremail">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Owner Email</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This email address will be used to contact the owner of the podcast for communication specifically about their podcast.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="ownername">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Owner Name</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This name will be used to contact the owner of the podcast for communication specifically about their podcast.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="subtitle">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Subtitle</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The contents of this tag are shown in the Description column in iTunes. The subtitle displays best if it is only a few words long. If this is left blank, the Summary will be used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="podcast" opt="summary">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Summary</title>
			<text date="1222352481" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[The contents of this tag are shown in a separate iTunes window that appears when the "circled i" in the Description column is clicked. It also appears on the iTunes page for your podcast. This field can be up to 4000 characters. If this field is left blank, your forum description will be used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this forum.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.<br /><br />

Deleting this forum will also delete all thread and posts in it as well its subforums and their threads and posts.  If you want to save the threads and posts in this forum and its subforums then you should <a href="thread.php?do=move" target="_blank">move</a> them first.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="forumpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Forum Permissions</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forum&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=moderator&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=resources&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Forum Permissions:</b><br />
By default, users will have the permissions for their usergroup (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>) in each forum.  However, you might not want users of a particular usergroup to have access to every forum.  In that case, vBulletin allows you to create custom permissions for a specific forum for a specific usergroup.  This is useful in restricting certain forums for certain usergroups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="duplicate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Using the Permission Duplicator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The Permission Duplicator is a quick way to copy forum permissions from one group to other(s) or from one forum to other(s).<br /><br />

To use the Group-Based duplicator, select the group to copy permissions from. Then, use the checkboxes to select which groups the permissions should be copied to. Select which forum(s) permissions should be copied from in the drop-down. This will include any subforums of the forum you choose. Finally, select whether the incoming permissions should overwrite existing custom permissions, and whether they should apply to forums that are currently inheriting custom permissions from a parent forum. Click Duplicate Permissions to proceed.<br /><br />

The Forum-Based duplicator works in a similar way. First, select the forum to copy permissions from. This will *not* include subforums. Next, select the forums that the permissions should be copied to. If you wish to overwrite existing custom permissions, select yes to Overwrite Duplicates. Overwrite Inherited set to Yes will overwrite permissions in forums that are being inherited from parents. Click Duplicate Permissions to proceed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="duplicate" opt="ugid_from">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions from User Group</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the user group whose permissions you want to copy.  This group's <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">forum permissions</a> for the forum you select will be applied to the usergroups you select below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="duplicate" opt="usergrouplist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions to User Groups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the usergroups that you want to receive the source usergroup's forum permissions.  These usergroups will have their current forum permissions overwritten with the source usergroup's forum permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="duplicate" opt="limitforumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Only Copy Permissions from Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the forum(s) from which you want to copy permissions.  The permissions of the source usergroup for this forum will copied to the destination usergroups for the forum(s) selected here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="duplicate" opt="overwritedupes_group">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Duplicate Permissions</title>
			<text date="1222352544" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[Overwrite Duplicate Entries prevents you from overwriting any existing permissions set for a forum (that is, they're in red) for one of the usergroups you are copying to]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="duplicate" opt="overwriteinherited_group">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Inherited Permissions</title>
			<text date="1222352587" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[Overwrite Inherited Entries prevents you from overwriting any inherited permissions, from a parent, set for a forum (that is, they're in orange) for one of the usergroups you are copying to]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="duplicate" opt="forumid_from">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions from Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the source forum from which to copy usergroup permissions.  The permissions for the usergroups for this forum will be applied to the destination forums you select below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="duplicate" opt="forumlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copy Permissions to Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the forums to which you want to copy the source forum's usergroup permissions.  The permissions for each usergroup for these destination forums will be set to the permissions of the usergroups of the source forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="duplicate" opt="overwritedupes_forum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Duplicate Permissions</title>
			<text date="1222352522" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[Overwrite Duplicate Entries prevents you from overwriting any existing permissions set for a forum (that is, they're in red).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="duplicate" opt="overwriteinherited_forum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite Inherited Permissions</title>
			<text date="1222352566" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[Overwrite Inherited Entries prevents you from overwriting any inherited permissions from a parent (that is, they're in orange).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Usergroup Permissions Per Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen allows you to edit the permissions of the selected usergroup for the selected forum.<br /><br />

If you have edited permissions for this group and forum before, you will need to select "Use Custom Settings" to make your settings save. If you attempt to change a setting before selecting Use Custom Settings, you will be reminded to do so by clicking OK. If you click cancel on the popup, the setting will change but when you attempt to save your changes they will not be saved.<br /><br />

Settings on this page will override a usergroup's default permissions. If there are subforums of the selected forum, these settings will be inherited by any subforums unless the subforum has custom settings explicitly set for it already.<br /><br />

If you want to revert the permissions for this group, select "Use Usergroup Default" and press Save Changes. If any subforums of this forum are currently inheriting these settings, they will also be reverted to the default.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="canseethumbnails">
			<title date="1219832213" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Can See Thumbnails</title>
			<text date="1219832213" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'Yes' the user will be able to see thumbnails of attached images in threads, even if the do not have the Can Download Attachments permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="mode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Settings vs. Usergroup Default</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[To have any settings on this page save, you must select "Use custom permissions". If you already have custom settings and wish to set this usergroup back to default, select "Use usergroup default" and press Save Changes.

Note that if you have custom settings for this group and remove them as described above, any subforums will also be reverted if they do not have custom settings explicitly set for themselves.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canview">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can view forum?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the rest of the settings on this screen are unused as the user will be denied access if they try to view any page that involves this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="35" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canviewthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Thread Content</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission controls whether or not users can view posts within a thread.  This permission is independent of whether or not users can view the actual thread links within a forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canviewothers">
			<title date="1205940618" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Can view others' threads]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, users will only be allowed to view threads that they started (made the first post in).

If this usergroup is "Unregistered/Not Logged In", setting this to No have the effect of not allowing them to view any threads, even if you allow unregistered users to post because unregistered users cannot be told apart, so determining if an unregistered user posted a certain thread would be impossible.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="45" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canseedelnotice">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can See Deletion Notice</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, this group will be able to see deletion notices in this forum. Deletion notices are what is left behind after a user deletes a post or thread. Moderators will always be able to see deletion notices in forums they moderate - this setting does not affect them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit,quickforum" opt="cansearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can search?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the user will not be allowed to search this forum, even if they can view it or perform other actions in it. It will not appear in the list of forums to search from on the search screen, and it will not be included if the user opts to search all forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can use 'email to friend' feature?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the user will not be allowed to use the Email to Friend feature (which is linked from the bottom of every thread). This setting is disregarded if you have set Email Functions to Off under general options - no one would be allowed to use Email to Friend in that case.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit,quickforum" opt="cangetattachment">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can download attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to download post attachments from threads in this forum. The link will still appear but they will be told, after clicking on it, that they don't have permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canpostnew">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can post new threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, the user will not be allowed to post new threads in this forum. They may, however, post replies to existing threads unless you revoke that permission below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canreplyown">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can reply to own threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be able to reply to threads that they are the first poster in (started the thread). If you have Can post new threads set to No above, this setting is irrelevant.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canreplyothers">
			<title date="1205940698" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Can reply to others' threads?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be able to reply to threads that other users start.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="edit,quickforum" opt="followforummoderation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">New Posts Bypass Moderation Queue?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, when a user from this group posts in this forum, their post will be put in the moderator queue regardless of whether or not you have turned on the moderator queue for this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canpostattachment">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can post attachments?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to attach files to their posts. They will still be allowed to use the BB IMG code to show images if you have turned that on for this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit,quickforum" opt="cantagown">
			<title date="1199285461" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Can Tag Own Threads</title>
			<text date="1199285461" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">When set to yes, members of the usergroup have permission to add tags to their own threads within this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="edit,quickforum" opt="cantagothers">
			<title date="1199285514" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Can Tag Others' Threads]]></title>
			<text date="1199285514" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[When Set to yes, members of the usergroup have permission to add tags to others' threads within this forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit,quickforum" opt="candeletetagown">
			<title date="1199285555" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Can Delete Tags on Own Threads</title>
			<text date="1199285555" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">When Set to yes, members of the usergroup have permission to delete tags from threads that they started within this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canthreadrate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can rate threads if thread rating is enabled in this forum?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users in this group will not be allowed to rate threads in the forum regardless of whether or not thread rating is enabled for this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="edit,quickforum" opt="caneditpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can edit own posts?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to edit their own posts.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="edit,quickforum" opt="candeletepost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can delete own posts?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be allowed to delete their posts. Note that if Can delete own threads below is set to No, they will not be able to delete their post if it is the first post in a thread, even if this is set to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canmove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can move own threads to other forums?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to move their own threads between forums that they have access to. It is generally recommended to leave this set at No, leaving the thread moving to your moderators or yourself.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canopenclose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can open / close own threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to close and/or reopen threads that they started. It is generally recommended to leave this set at No. The reason is if a moderator closes a thread and this is set to Yes, the user will be able to reopen that thread by themselves.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="edit,quickforum" opt="candeletethread">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can delete own threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, a user will be able to delete threads that he has started by deleting the first post in that thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canpostpoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can post polls?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to add a poll to new threads that they create.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="edit,quickforum" opt="canvote">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can vote on polls?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, users will be able to vote on polls in this forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Forum Permissions</title>
			<text date="1205430963" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this screen, all of your forums are listed. Beneath each forum, all of your usergroups are listed.<br /><br />

The color of each usergroup is significant. If the usergroup text is in white, it is using the default permissions for the group. If the usergroup text is in red, it is using permissions customized for that forum. If it is in yellow, it is using custom permissions from a parent forum. If you are using Internet Explorer 4+ or Netscape 6+, the circle next to each usergroup name is also significant. A hollow circle means the usergroup cannot view the forum, while a full circle means they can.<br /><br />

To edit the permissions for any group, or to revert them to default, click Edit next to the appropriate group under the appropriate forum.<br /><br />

The Permission Duplicator, accessible from the link at the top of this screen, allows you to quickly duplicate an existing permission set between usergroups or between forums. (see <a href="help.php?page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=duplicate">Using the Permission Duplicator</a>)<br /><br />

You can also access the Quick Editor from here. The Quick Editor allows you to quickly revert permissions to default. (see <a href="help.php?page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=quickedit">Using the Quick Editor</a>)<br /><br />

The last link at the top is Quick Forum Setup. You can use this to mass-apply permissions to multiple usergroups for a particular forum. (see <a href="help.php?page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=quickforum">Using Quick Forum Setup</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Permissions Quick Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of all sets of custom forum permissions.  To delete a set of custom permissions simply check the corresponding check box on the left and then click the "Delete Selected Permissions" button at the bottom.  To edit the permissions for an existing set simply click the corresponding [Edit] link on the right.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickeditor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Using the Quick Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">From this screen you quickly revert custom permissions to default by selecting the checkboxes of the forums you wish to revert and clicking Delete Selected Permissions. You can also edit a particular set of permissions by clicking Edit across from the forum and usergroup combination you wish to edit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickforum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Using Quick Forum Setup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, you can quickly apply basic permissions to multiple forums and multiple groups at the same time. Not all available permissions are shown on this screen, but these cover the basic functions, such as viewing, posting, and downloading attachments.<br /><br />

Start by selecting the forum to which these permissions should apply. Note that this will also apply (though inheritance) to any subforums of the selected forum, unless such forums already have custom permissions set for them. Existing permissions for the selected forum <i>will</i> be overwritten.<br /><br />

Next select which usergroup(s) these permissions should apply to. You can select any number that you wish.<br /><br />

Finally, set the actual permissions. You can use the All Yes or All No buttons to quickly change all of the radio buttons. Click Save Changes to apply the new permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="quickforum" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Apply Permissions to Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the forum you want these permissions to apply to.  Keep in mind that permissions are inherited by child forums, so if you want a child of this forum to have different permissions then you will need to edit that forum's permissions separately.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="quickforum" opt="usergrouplist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Apply Permissions to Usergroups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Check all usergroups you want these permissions to apply to for this forum.  Any previously set permissions for the selected groups for this forum will be overwritten with the new permissions below.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="help">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="action">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the current action that you are adding help for. Examples are add, edit, modify. You can tell the current action by placing the forums in debug mode and looking at the browser's status bar. It will say $_REQUEST[do]='XXXX'. The XXXX is the action.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This field allows you to sort multiple help entries into a logical order.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="optionname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Option</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This refers to the individual element on the page. You can determine this by hovering over the input elements. The option name will appear in the tooltip that appears as name="XXXXXX". Where XXXXXX is the input item's name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="product">
			<title date="1154003373" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Product</title>
			<text date="1154003373" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Use this field to attach an admin help item to a particular product or plugin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="script">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Script</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of the script which you want to add help for. Use the script name minus the extension. I.E. forum instead of forum.php.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="text">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is where you enter your actual help entry. If you need more space, click the "Large Edit Box" button to open up a secondary window.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="title">
			<title date="1154003404" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Title</title>
			<text date="1154003404" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">Specify a title for the admin help entry you are adding or editing.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="volatile">
			<title date="1154003451" username="Kier" version="3.6.0">vBulletin Default</title>
			<text date="1154003451" username="Kier" version="3.6.0"><![CDATA[If set to 'Yes', this item will be replaced and or upgraded by future vBulletin upgrade scripts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="image">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=image&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=avatar&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Avatar Storage</a><br /><br />

<b>Avatars, Post Icons, and Smilies:</b><br />
The same system is used to manage avatars, post icons, and smilies.  The help topics in this section apply to the Avatar Manager, Post Icon Manager, and Smilie Manager.  Avatars, post icons, and smilies are referred to as "images" in these help topics.<br /><br />

vBulletin's image system is used to manage avatars, post icons, and smilies.  These images can be arranged into categories and their access restricted by post count and usergroup.  Usergroup restrictions are set at the category level while post count restrictions are set at the image level.  To have access to an image category the user must be a member of at least one group (either primary or secondary group membership) that has access, as is explained in the general help topic for <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usergroup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Usergroups</a>.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This screen allows you to add one or more images at a time. These images must already reside on the server, having been uploaded by FTP or some other means prior to doing this.<br /><br />

You can either add a single image or add multiple images at the same time.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add" opt="imagespath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path to Images</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the images you are adding. This should be relative from your main vBulletin directory. For example, if your directory structure looks like this:<br />
- vBulletin<br />
-- images<br />
--- avatars<br />
--- icons<br />
--- smilies<br />
and you were uploading a smiley, you would type<br />
images/smilies<br />
Do not put a filename on this path, and do not put a trailing slash on it either.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Images to Display Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of images to display per page while adding them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit,upload" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the image and will be displayed with the image (except in the case of smilies).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit,upload" opt="minimumposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts to Use this Avatar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the minimum number of a posts a user must have before he will be allowed to select this avatar.<br /><i>This only applies to Avatars</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit,upload" opt="smilietext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text to Replace</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is what the user will type to have transformed into a smilie. For example :) or :( - keep in mind, this is case-sensitive. S:) and s:) are not the same thing.<br /><i>This only applies to Smilies</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit,upload" opt="path">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the path to the image. This should be relative from your main vBulletin directory. For example, if your directory structure looks like this:<br />
- vBulletin<br />
-- images<br />
--- avatars<br />
--- icons<br />
--- smilies<br />
<br />
and your smiley was called tongue.gif and located in the smilies directory, you would specify:<br />
images/smilies/tongue.gif]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit,upload" opt="imagecategoryid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the category to which the image will be added. It can be changed later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit,upload" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines the order in which images are shown. This can be changed later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addcategory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can add an image category. Images are displayed by category and you can set permissions per category as to who can use them (except for smilies).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addcategory,editcategory" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the category. It is displayed with the images in the category to your users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addcategory,editcategory" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines in what order categories are displayed to the user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit the settings for this image.  If you have any questions about specific settings please see the individual help topics.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcategory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit an existing image category. Images are displayed by category and you can set permissions per category as to who can use them (except for smilies).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editpermissions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Image categories can be restricted by usergroup on this page.  Simply select "Yes" for groups whom you want to have access to this category and select "No" for groups you don't.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can manage your images here.  Images can be arranged in categories and their access restricted by post count and usergroup.  Usergroup restrictions are set at the category level while post count restrictions are set at the image level.<br /><br />

At the bottom of this page you can click the [Add New Category] link to create a new category for images to go into.  Click the [Show All] link to view all images for all categories.<br /><br />

Below is a list of your image categories.  The "Title" column tells you the name of each category.  You can click on the category name to view its images.<br /><br />

The "Contains" column tells you how many images are in the corresponding category.<br /><br />

The "Display Order" column tells you the display order of each image category.  The display order is used to order the image category listing in this Image Manager as well as on your forums.  You can update the display orders shown on this page by changing the number values and clicking the "Save Display Order" button.<br /><br />

On the right side you will find several options for each image category.  The [Mass Move] link takes you to a page where you can select a new category for each image in the corresponding category and submit the changes all at once.<br /><br />

The [View] link does the same thing as clicking on the category name to the left, it takes you to a page where you can view all images in the corresponding category.<br /><br />

The [Edit] link allows you to edit the title and display order of the corresponding category.<br /><br />

The [Delete] link takes you to a page where you can delete the corresponding category and all of its images or mass move the categories images to another category and then delete the original category.<br /><br />

The [Permissions] link takes you to a page where you can specify which usergroups can use the images in the corresponding category.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this image.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removecategory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie Category</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page provides you with options for deleting this category.  First of all, you can choose to delete all images in this category or not.  And second, if you do not choose to delete all images in this category then you can select another category to which this categories images will be moved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="upload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload Avatar / Post Icon / Smilie</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen, you can upload one image at a time through your browser for use on your forum. To do this, both your web server and PHP must have permission to write files to disk. If they do not, this will fail. The directory that you are trying to put the file in must be CHMODed 777 (consult your FTP program documentation for how to do this).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="upload" opt="imagespath">
			<title date="1220959514" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Smilie File Path</title>
			<text date="1220959514" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is the file path that smilies will be uploaded to and read from.  This file path should be readable AND writeable by your web server (usually chmod 0777) so that they may be uploaded and displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="upload" opt="upload">
			<title date="1220959448" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Filename</title>
			<text date="1220959448" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Here you can select the file to upload.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="upload" opt="imagefile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image file</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is where you select the file from your computer to be uploaded.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="viewimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Avatars / Post Icons / Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a gallery of images for the category you selected.  If there are more images in this gallery than are allowed per page (setting at the bottom of the page) then you will see page links at the bottom of the page.  You can click the page links to view the rest of the images in this gallery.<br /><br />

At the bottom of this page you will see two links.  Click the [Add] link to add a new image to your forums.  Click the [Edit Categories] link to return to the Image Manager.<br /><br />

<b>Viewing Images:</b><br />
If you are viewing images then each image shown in the gallery below will have options associated with it.  Click the [Edit] button to edit the settings for the corresponding image.  Click the [Delete] link to delete the corresponding image.<br /><br />

The numbers under each image are the display orders of the images.  These display orders are used to order the listing of images in this Image Manager as well as on the forums.  You can change the displays orders on this page by changing the numbers and clicking the "Save Display Order" button at the bottom.<br /><br />

<b>Mass Moving Images:</b><br />
If you are mass moving images then each image shown in the gallery below will have a menu below it.  Select a category from the menu under each image.  When you click the "Mass Move" button the images below will be moved to the categories you selected.<br /><br />

Leave the menu set to the "blank" option if you don't want to move an image.  If you want to move all images on this page to the same category then you can select that category in the menu at the bottom which will cause all menus on the page to be set to the category you choose.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="index">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="home">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Home</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can view several quick stats about your forums and server as well as use the quick admin features which include: Quick User Finder, PHP Function Lookup, MySQL Language Lookup, and Useful Links.  At the bottom of this page are the vBulletin credits.<br /><br />

If you have permission to run the "top" command on your server then you will see your server load averages under the "Quick Administration Links" section on this page.<br /><br />

The Quick User Finder allows you to quickly search for users based on a partial or exact username match.<br /><br />

The PHP Function Lookup will search the functions on the PHP site for the search string you enter.  The results will be displayed in this frame.<br /><br />

The MySQL Language Lookup will search the documentation on the MySQL site for the search string you enter.  The results will be displayed in this frame.<br /><br />

The Useful Links menu contains several useful vBulletin, PHP, and MySQL links that will open in a new window when you select their menu item.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="language">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Languages</title>
			<text date="1205941303" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=language&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Languages</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=phrase&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Phrases</a><br /><br />

<b>Languages:</b><br />
vBulletin's language system allows you to translate your forum into other languages without editing any templates or files.  This is thanks to the phrase system (see "Phrases" link above) which makes vBulletin's templates language-independent.  The end result is that you can serve multiple languages from a single style.<br /><br />

Each phrase can have a translation for each language specified in this Language Manager.  When a forum page is loaded, vBulletin checks what language the current logged in user has selected and parses the phrase variables into the appropriate translated text.<br /><br />

In addition to translated phrases, vBulletin's language system supports translated images (by allowing you to override a style's images folder setting), and language-specific date / time / number formats.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Creating a New Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can add a new language. From there you will be able to translate all phrases into this language just as with the default languages that come with vBulletin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit_settings" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of the language as displayed in the Administration area as well as to users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit_settings" opt="userselect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow user selection?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to No, users will not be able to select this language (it will not appear to them). This is useful if you are just adding a language but have not yet added any translations for it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit_settings" opt="direction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text Direction</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Is this language read from left to right or from right to left?</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit_settings" opt="languagecode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language Code</title>
			<text date="1160697943" username="freddie" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[There is a standard code for every language.  See <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/English_list.php" target="_blank">this site</a> for a list of language codes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit_settings" opt="charset">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">HTML Character Set</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the value of the 'charset' attribute for the HTML content type setting in the 'headinclude' template. Languages require specific charset definitions to support the encoding that is required for the unique characters of the language.<br /><br />
Setting this to ISO-8859-1 results in this charset being specified:<br /><br /><dfn> &lt;meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /&gt;</dfn>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit_settings" opt="imagesoverride">
			<title date="1216115012" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Button Images Folder Override</title>
			<text date="1216115012" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[Several vBulletin images have language-specific text in them. This option lets you use images made for a different language. These images are contained in the button images folder, which is images/buttons by default.<br /><br />

You may use &lt;#&gt; to represent the style ID the user is currently using.  This allows you to support different styles for this language.  For example, you can name the images folder something like <b>images_<i>name of language</i>_<i>style ID of style</i></b> and then set this setting to <b>images_<i>name of language</i>_&lt;#&gt;</b>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit_settings" opt="locale">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Locale</title>
			<text date="1177625980" username="freddie" version="3.6.6">You can define a locale or just specify the correct date and time formats in the settings below.  Since locales are not supported on all systems it is better to manually specify the correct date and time formats if you can.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit_settings" opt="dateoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting will override the date format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of date variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.<br /><br />

For example, European format (e.g., 25-04-98): %d-%m-%y<br /><br />

If you have defined a locale for this language then you can use %x to let the locale decide what format to use.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit_settings" opt="timeoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Format Override</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting will override the time format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.<br /><br />

For example, AM/PM Time Format (eg, 11:15 PM): %I:%M %p<br /><br />

If you have defined a locale for this language then you can use %X to let the locale decide what format to use.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit_settings" opt="registereddateoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Registration Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting will override the registration date format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit_settings" opt="calformat1override">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting will override the birthday <b>with year</b> format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit_settings" opt="calformat2override">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting will override the birthday <b>without year</b> format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit_settings" opt="logdateoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Date Format Override</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting will override the log date format that is specified in your vBulletin options, <a href="options.php?dogroup=datetime&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.  Leave blank to use the format that is set in your vBulletin options.<br /><br />

Consult <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=strftime" target="_blank">this page</a> for a list of time variables.  You can use these variables in combination with other characters to define a format.  See the "Date Format Override" and "Time Format Override" settings above for examples.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit_settings" opt="decimalsep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Decimal Separator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to customize the way floating point (decimal) numbers are displayed for this language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit_settings" opt="thousandsep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thousands Separator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to customize the way every thousands place is separated in large numbers for this language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit_settings" opt="dirmark">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Directional Markup Fix</title>
			<text date="1220867181" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[When Right-to-Left and Left-to-Right characters are mixed on the same page, undesirable output can occur.  This option adds hidden directional markup cues to several places where this problem is known to occur in vBulletin.<br /><br />The problem usually manifests itself when RTL user names and thread titles are used on a LTR forum (and vice versa).  If you do not expect this to be an issue then leave this option disabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this language.  Click the "Yes" button below to delete this language.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can edit, or translate, phrases. A phrase is a bit of text, referred to in the templates. Each language you have consists of all phrases translated into that language.<br /><br />

Each phrase row gives the phrase name (that is, how it is shown in the templates), the phrase as it exists for that language (translated or not), and a link to revert a phrase to the default (English) value. Make sure to click Save Changes to save your work on this page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit_settings">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Language Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit the settings for a particular language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit_settings" opt="isdefault">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is Default Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, this language will be the default for forum members who do not select a language during registration, and for those who have not registered.<br /><br />

You can also change the default on the Language Manager screen.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="files">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Downloading and Uploading Language Sets</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you have the ability to upload and download language sets for your vBulletin. A language set is a collection of all of the phrases used within vBulletin and can be downloaded from the vBulletin.org and vBulletin.com forums.<br /><br />

You can also download a language set from your vBulletin to share with others if you have translated the vBulletin user interface into another language.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="files" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language to Download</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the language you wish to download from this list of all languages installed in your vBulletin.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="15" act="files" opt="product">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Product</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the Jelsoft product for which you want to download.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="files" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename for your language file.</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what your file will be named when you download it. It is suggested that you name it with something regarding the language you are downloading.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="files" opt="just_phrases">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Just fetch phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[By "language settings" we mean the settings you see when you click the [Edit Settings] link in the <a href="language.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Language Manager</a>.  If this language is just translated phrases and no custom settings then you can select "Yes" here.  Otherwise you should select "No" to keep the language whole as it is now.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="files" opt="languagefile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">XML Language File to upload</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the XML language file to upload from your computer.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="files" opt="serverfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Import XML File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name complete with a server path that is relative to your main forum directory.<br /><br />

For example, if the name of the language file is vbulletin-language.xml and you uploaded it to the install directory inside your main forum directory then you would enter this value: ./install/vbulletin-language.xml]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="files" opt="olanguageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Overwrite language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to overwrite an existing language with the file you are uploading, select it from this menu. Otherwise make sure (create new language) is selected.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="files" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title For New Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is what your language will be called on the forum. If you are overwriting a language, that language will be renamed with this title; otherwise, your new language will be named with this title.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="files" opt="anyversion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use language file even if it was created for a different version of vBulletin?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, you will not receive a warning if this language set was created for a different version of vBulletin than you are running.<br /><br />

Typically it is ok to use language files from newer versions but not from older versions. The reason is that newer versions may have extra phrases that your version doesn't have, but at least it will have all of the phrases that yours does, whereas an older version might not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen, a list of all languages you have installed is shown. Next to each language is a drop-down menu containing a series of phrase-editing options, as well as links to modify the language settings and download it.<br /><br />

Selecting an item on the (edit) drop-down list will take you to edit the type of phrase you select, e.g. Privatemessage related phrases, or Error phrases, etc.<br /><br />

Clicking Settings takes you to edit the settings of the language.<br /><br />

Delete removes the language from your vBulletin<br /><br />

Download lets you download a language set, which consists of all phrases you have translated for that language. You can distribute this to fellow vBulletin owners.<br />

The 'Set Default' button allows you to set a language as the default for your forum. The default language is what is shown to registered forum members who did not select a language at registration, and to unregistered users or those who are not logged in.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the list are links to add a new language and download or upload existing language sets.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="rebuild">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Rebuild Languages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page is a confirmation and report of your languages being rebuilt.  Click the "Done" button to return to the language manager.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="misc">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Update Counters</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=backup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=repair&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=misc&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=diagnostic&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=queries&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Update Counters:</b><br />
This page allows you to update several vBulletin counters.  Not all information that is displayed on vBulletin forum pages is dynamically generated.  "Counters" are used instead of some costly queries in order to reduce the server load associated with retrieving information.<br /><br />

User post counts are a good example of a counter.  vBulletin doesn't count the number of posts a user has every time their post count is displayed on the forums.  Instead the user has a post counter that is incremented every time they make a post.  This way when vBulletin wants to display a user's post count it only has to read a number instead of all of the records in the post table.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="chooser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Counters</title>
			<text date="1206964458" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This page contains several counters that you can update.<br /><br />

<b>Update Forums:</b><br />
This feature will update the information for each forum including: last post info, thread count, and post count.  This may need to be done after mass moving / pruning threads and posts.<br /><br />

<b>Update User Titles and Ranks:</b><br />
This will go through every user on your forums and determine their correct user title and rank.  This may need to be done after changing your <a href="usertitle.php?do=modify" target="_blank">user title ladder</a> or <a href="ranks.php" target="_blank">user ranks</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Update User Names:</b><br />
This will update user names everywhere they occur on your forums.  This may need to be done after changing a user's name in the Admin CP.<br /><br />

<b>Update Post Counts:</b><br />
This will update the number of posts for each user by counting each user's posts in the database.  If you have artificially inflated / deflated a user's post count by editing their profile in the Admin CP then this will reset it to its true value.<br /><br />

<b>Fix broken user profiles:</b><br />
Incomplete profiles are usually the result of hacks making user insertions from outside of vBulletin.  Run this to fix any broken profiles.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Forum Information:</b><br />
This feature will update your forum counters and check for orphan moderators.  This may need to be run after managing your forums.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Thread Information:</b><br />
This feature will update your thread counters including: last post info, reply count, view count, etc.  You may need to run this after moving / pruning threads and posts.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Similar Threads:</b><br />
This feature will run a similar thread search for all threads on your forums.  To show similar threads you need to enable the option in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=showthread&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.  If you want your forums to search for similar threads when a new thread is posted (rather than having to update this counter later) then you need to enable the option on <a href="options.php?dogroup=search&amp;do=options" target="_blank">this page</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Search Index:</b><br />
This needs to be done after changing the max / min search word length in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=search&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Statistics:</b><br />
This feature rebuilds the information that is displayed on your <a href="stats.php?do=index" target="_blank">Statistics page</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Post Cache:</b><br />
vBulletin doesn't parse BB code in posts every time they are displayed.  Instead the parsed posts are saved in the "postparsed" table.  In this way vBulletin reduces the processing time needed to display a post.  Update this counter to rebuild the parsed posts.  This needs to be done after changing BB code tags, posting allowances (like HTML code), etc.<br /><br />

<b>Delete Duplicate Threads:</b><br />
Sometimes duplicate threads are created during the posting process.  Updating this counter will remove those duplicates.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Styles:</b><br />
Update this counter to rebuild your style structure.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild Attachment Thumbnails:</b><br />
Rebuilding thumbnails is necessary after changing your thumbnail settings in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=attachment&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Rebuild User Reputation:</b><br />
You need to update this counter if you change the default reputation value in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=reputation&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.<br /><br />

<b>Remove Orphan Threads:</b><br />
This function will delete any threads that belong to forums that no longer exist. Such threads are not accessible via the forums but they do add to your totals. You will see the number of orphan threads in parenthesis.<br /><br />

<b>Remove Orphan Posts:</b><br />
This function will delete any posts that belong to threads that no longer exist. Such posts are not accessible via the forums but they do add your your totals. You will see the number of orphan posts in parenthesis.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="chooser" opt="quality">
			<title date="1220959120" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Quality of JPG Thumbnails</title>
			<text date="1220959120" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This determines the quality of the thumbnails that are generated.  A higher value will result in better quality thumbnails.  A lower value will require less storage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="chooser" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of forums to process per cycle</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can specify the number of forums / users / threads / posts / attachments to be processed at a time.  This number may need to be set lower for extremely large forums because of time out concerns.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="chooser" opt="startat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post ID to start at</title>
			<text date="1205941526" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">The post ID to start indexing at.  If you were re-indexing and the process stopped for some reason, you can resume where you left off.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="chooser" opt="doprocess">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Total number of posts to process</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can specify the total number of posts to process, starting at the starting post ID specified above.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="chooser" opt="autoredirect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Include automatic JavaScript redirect to next page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If set to 'Yes', the script will automatically continue on to the next cycle when the current cycle is finished.  You should set this to 'Yes' unless you want to manually tell the script to continue at the end of each cycle.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="chooser" opt="install">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Check For Styles With No Parent</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Styles with no parent are broken.  This option checks for those broken styles.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="chooser" opt="renumber">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Renumber all templates from 1</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Renumbers the template IDs to be in consecutive sequential order.  This has no functional purpose except for freeing up template IDs so you don't run out.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="chooser" opt="reputation_base">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Base Reputation Value</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">All users with reputations greater than or equal to this value will be processed.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="moderate">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Moderating Content</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Moderating Content:</b><br />
vBulletin allows you to moderate forum content before it is publicly displayed.  This is useful in preventing inappropriate or unworthy content from being posted in forums whose content needs to be of a minimum quality.  This section of the Admin CP allows you to moderate content that is awaiting moderation.<br /><br />

Thread, post, and attachment moderation can be enabled at the forum level (see the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Manager</a>), the group level (see the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>), and at the group level for a specific forum (see <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a>).  Similarly, event moderation can be enabled at the group level and at the calendar level (see the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][admincpdir]}/admincalendar.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Calendar Manager</a>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="attachments">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate attachments that are awaiting moderation.  Below are all attachments that are awaiting moderation (if any).  Select an action for each attachment (validate, delete, or ignore) and click the "Save" button to continue.<br /><br />

Validating an attachment removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums.  Deleting an attachment does exactly that.  Ignoring an attachment leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to validate, delete, or ignore all attachments awaiting moderation then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="attachments" opt="attachaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this attachment.  Validating an attachment removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting an attachment does exactly that. Ignoring an attachment leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="events">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate events that are awaiting moderation.  Below are all events that are awaiting moderation (if any).  Select an action for each event (validate, delete, or ignore) and click the "Save" button to continue.<br /><br />

Validating an event removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the calendar.  Deleting an event does exactly that.  Ignoring an event leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to validate, delete, or ignore all events awaiting moderation then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.<br /><br />

You can edit the content of events on this page while moderating them.  For example, an event might have an inappropriate title... just change the text for the title and then validate the event.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="events" opt="eventsubject">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Subject</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the subject of this event.  If the subject is not appropriate or you want to change it, simply edit this field before validating the event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="events" opt="eventtext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Event</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the message for this event.  You have the option of editing the message before validating this event.  Simply change the message in this textarea before validating the event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="events" opt="eventaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this event.  Validating an event removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting an event does exactly that. Ignoring an event leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="posts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate Threads / Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate threads and posts that are awaiting moderation.  Below are all threads and posts that are awaiting moderation (if any).  Select an action for each thread and post (validate, delete, or ignore) and click the "Save" button to continue.<br /><br />

Validating a thread or post removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums.  Deleting a thread or post does exactly that.  Ignoring a thread or post leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to validate, delete, or ignore all threads and posts awaiting moderation then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.<br /><br />

You can edit the content of threads and posts on this page while moderating them.  For example, a thread might have an inappropriate title... just change the text for the title and then validate the thread.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="posts" opt="threadtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of this thread.  If the title is not appropriate or you want to change it, simply edit this field before validating the thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="posts" opt="threadpagetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the message for this thread.  You have the option of editing the message before validating this post.  Simply change the message in this textarea before validating the thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="posts" opt="threadnotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The notes field records any moderative action that is made on this thread.  You may want to enter a comment about this thread in the notes for reference.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="posts" opt="threadaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this thread.  Validating a thread removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting a thread does exactly that. Ignoring a thread leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="posts" opt="posttitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of this post.  If the title is not appropriate or you want to change it, simply edit this field before validating the thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="posts" opt="postpagetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the message for this post.  You have the option of editing the message before validating this post.  Simply change the message in this textarea before validating the post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="posts" opt="postaction">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Action</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select an action to take for this post.  Validating a post removes it from this moderation queue and makes it visible on the forums. Deleting a post does exactly that. Ignoring a post leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="moderator">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Moderators</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forum&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=moderator&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=resources&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Moderators:</b><br />
Moderators can be added to forums to help you manage your forum content.  Moderator privileges should only be given to users whom you trust.<br /><br />

Moderators can perform several actions on threads including but not limited to: closing threads (thread no longer open for replies), moving / copying threads to other forums, sticking threads (stays at the top of the forum listing), editing threads, deleting threads, merging threads (two threads become one), splitting threads (one thread becomes two).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this page you can add a new forum moderator.  Below is a list of permissions and options you can set for this moderator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Change Moderator's Primary Usergroup]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This option allows you to change this user's primary usergroup upon making them a moderator.  Often times it is convenient to have your moderators in a specific usergroup for the purpose of giving them special permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add" opt="membergroupids">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Make Moderator a Member of</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option allows you to specify additional usergroups to make this user a member of upon making them a moderator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Moderated</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the forum that the user will moderate. Keep in mind that any child forums of this will also be moderated by this user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="modusername">
			<title date="1191255773" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Moderator Usernames</title>
			<text date="1191255724" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter the username of the individual or individuals who will become moderators. Separate usernames using a semicolon.<br />
<br />
If you specify an invalid username, none of the moderators will be added.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeletealbumpicture">
			<title date="1195745106" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Albums/Pictures</title>
			<text date="1195745106" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to delete any "Album" or "Picture" on the Board.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeletepicturecomments">
			<title date="1208274149" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Delete Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1208274149" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Whether this moderator has permission to soft-delete Picture Comments.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditpicturecomments">
			<title date="1208274076" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Edit Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1208274076" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Whether this moderator has permission to edit Picture Comments.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderatepicturecomments">
			<title date="1208274242" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Moderate Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1208274242" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Whether this moderator has permission to moderate Picture Comments</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderatepictures">
			<title date="1208274048" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Moderate Pictures</title>
			<text date="1208274048" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Whether this moderator has permission to moderate new Pictures.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canremovepicturecomments">
			<title date="1208274207" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Can Physically Delete Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1208274207" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Whether this moderator has permission to physically remove Picture Comments from the database.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines whether a moderator can edit other users' posts. They will still be able to edit their own posts (if their usergroup permission allows) even if you set this to No.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeleteposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This determines whether a moderator can delete and undelete posts.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canremoveposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Physically Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">There are two levels of deletion in vBulletin 3... deletion with the option to undelete, and complete physical deletion so the posts cannot be undeleted.  This option has to do with the later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canopenclose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Open / Close Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission determines whether or not this moderator can open and close threads.  A closed thread appears with a lock on it and no one can reply to it except admins and mods.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission determines whether or not this moderator can edit a thread's title and post icon.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmanagethreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Manage Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission covers the rest of the thread permissions (stick, merge, split, etc).<br /><br />

Sticking a thread makes it so it always appears at the top of the thread listing.  Merging allows a moderator to combine the posts of two threads into one thread.  Splitting allows a moderator to split the posts from one thread into two threads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditpoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Polls</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission determines whether or not this moderator can edit poll options and results within their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canannounce">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Announcements</title>
			<text date="1219837452" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This permission determines whether or not this moderator can post announcements in their forum.<br />
<br />
This permission will allow this user to post announcements containing arbitrary HTML, which may be a security concern. Only grant this permission if you trust this person.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderateposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If post moderation is enabled in this moderator's forum, this permission will allow this moderator to approve posts awaiting moderation.  The moderate will also be allowed to send posts back into moderation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderateattachments">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If attachment moderation is enabled in this moderator's forum, this permission will allow this moderator to approve attachments awaiting moderation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmassmove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Mass-Move Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to mass-move threads out of their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmassprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Mass-Prune Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to mass-prune threads from their forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="cansetpassword">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Set Forum Password</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this forum has a password, this permission will allow this moderator to change this password.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canviewips">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Every post has an IP address recorded with it.  This permission allows this moderator to click the IP address link in a post and view the IP address.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canviewprofile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Whole User Profile</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to view a user's entire profile, as it appears in the Admin CP.  This does not give this moderator permission to edit a user's profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canbanusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Ban Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to ban users, temporarily or permanently.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canunbanusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Restore Banned Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to unban users who are banned.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditsigs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Signatures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to edit users' signatures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditavatar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Avatars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to edit users' avatars.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditprofilepic">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Profile Pictures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows this moderator to edit users' profile pictures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit User Reputation Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows this moderator to edit reputation comments.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="newthreademail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Email When a New Thread is Created</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will notify this moderator by email whenever a new thread is created.  This is useful for low traffic forums that require close moderation.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="newpostemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Email When a New Post is Created</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will notify this moderator by email whenever a new post is made.  This is useful for low traffic forums that require close moderation.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditvisitormessages">
			<title date="1195743948" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Posts</title>
			<text date="1195743948" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to edit "Visitor Messages".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeletevisitormessages">
			<title date="1195743992" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="1195743992" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to delete "Visitor Messages".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canremovevisitormessages">
			<title date="1195744049" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Physically Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="1195744049" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to remove "Visitor Messages" from the database.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="330" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderatevisitormessages">
			<title date="1195744118" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Moderate Posts</title>
			<text date="1195744118" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to make "Visitor Messages" visible or invisible.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditsocialgroups">
			<title date="1195744536" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1195744536" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to edit the title and description of any Social Group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeletesocialgroups">
			<title date="1195744591" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1195744591" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to delete any Social Groups]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditgroupmessages">
			<title date="1195744660" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Posts</title>
			<text date="1195744660" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to edit "Group Messages".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="candeletegroupmessages">
			<title date="1197388758" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="1197388758" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to delete "Group Messages".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canremovegroupmessages">
			<title date="1195744823" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Physically Delete Posts</title>
			<text date="1195744823" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to physically remove "Group Messages" from the database.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="canmoderategroupmessages">
			<title date="1195744928" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Moderate Posts</title>
			<text date="1195744928" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to make "Group Messages" visible or invisible.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="450" act="add,edit,editglobal" opt="caneditalbumpicture">
			<title date="1195745010" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Albums/Pictures</title>
			<text date="1195745010" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this permission is set to "yes", allows the Moderator to edit any "Album" or "Picture" on the Board.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit this moderator.  Below is a list of permissions that can be edited for this moderator.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="candeletediscussions">
			<title date="1212053681" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Delete Social Group Discussions</title>
			<text date="1212053681" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the moderator will be able to delete discussions in Social Groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="caneditdiscussions">
			<title date="1212053598" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Edit Social Group Discussions</title>
			<text date="1212053651" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the moderator will be able to edit discussions in Social Groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="canmoderatediscussions">
			<title date="1212054459" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Moderate Social Group Discussions</title>
			<text date="1227763171" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the moderator can send a discussion to the moderation queue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="canremovediscussions">
			<title date="1212053746" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Physically Delete Discussions</title>
			<text date="1212053746" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the moderator will be able to physically delete discussions from Social Groups so that they can not be restored later.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editglobal" opt="candeletediscussions">
			<title date="1211464938" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Delete Discussions</title>
			<text date="1211465150" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[When this is set to "yes" the Moderator will be able to delete a discussion including all of it's posts.  The discussion and it's posts can later be restored.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editglobal" opt="caneditdiscussions">
			<title date="1211464959" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Edit Discussions</title>
			<text date="1211465192" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to "yes" the Moderator will be able to edit the first post of a discussion, including the title of the discussion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editglobal" opt="canmoderatediscussions">
			<title date="1212068794" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Moderate Social Group Discussions</title>
			<text date="1212068794" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the moderator can moderate discussions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editglobal" opt="canremovediscussions">
			<title date="1211465023" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Physically Delete Discussions</title>
			<text date="1211465113" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to "yes" the Moderator will be able to physically delete a discussion and all of it's posts from the database.  The discussion and posts can not be restored!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editglobal" opt="cantransfersocialgroups">
			<title date="1221644314" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Can Transfer Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1221644296" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to "yes" the Moderator will be able to transfer ownership of any group to another user.  Note that the transfer will only be completed upon the receipient's acceptance.<br /><br />
Additionally, the current owner of the group will receive a private message notifying them that the group has been transfered to another user.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Moderator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this moderator.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removeall">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remove this Moderator from All Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to remove this user's moderatorship from all forums.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the removal.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="showlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show All Moderators</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page shows you all of your forum moderators and their last visit dates which helps you to identify inactive moderators.<br /><br />

Click the [Edit] link next to a moderator's forum to edit their moderator permissions for that forum.  Click the [Delete] link next to a moderator's forum to revoke their moderatorship in that forum.  Click the [Remove this Moderator from All Forums] link to do exactly that.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="modlog">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=stats&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=modlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=cronlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Moderator Log:</b><br />
The moderator log allows you to view the activities of your moderators.  Each time a moderator action is performed on your forums it is recorded in the moderator log.  The information stored includes the moderator's username, the date, the action performed, and additional information which varies depending on the action being performed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="choose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View / Prune Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to view / prune log entries in the moderator log.  If you have questions about specific options on this page please see the individual help topics below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="choose" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Entries to Show Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This limits how many entries are shown on each page. If you have a slower connection it is recommended you select a lower number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="choose" opt="userid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Only Entries Generated By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you wish to only view / prune logs that were generated by the actions of one person, select their username here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="choose" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can order the entries by date created, script accessed, or the user who performed the action.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="choose" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remove Entries Older Than (Days)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can easily remove old logs using this option. Logs found that are older than this date will be removed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prunelog">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Prune Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete the matching log entries from the moderator log.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewing the Moderator Log</title>
			<text date="1205941732" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This screen shows you a portion of the log entries that have been made by your moderators while performing mod duties. From left to right, the columns tell you:<br /><br />

<b>Log ID</b>: This is simply an internal ID used for cataloging.<br /><br />

<b>Username</b>: This is the person who performed the action.<br /><br />

<b>Date</b>: This is the date and time the action was performed.<br /><br />

<b>Action</b>: This is the action that the user performed.<br /><br />

<b>Extra Info</b>: For some actions, this records extra bits, such as affected threads and forums.<br /><br />

At the bottom of the page, if there are more entries than could be displayed on one screen, you will find links to view the first page, previous page, next page, and last page. These buttons appear as necessary. For example if you are on the first page, the First Page and Previous Page buttons will not appear.<br /><br />

To return to the main screen, choose Restart from the bottom of any page.<br /><br />

You can restrict access to this script, or just to the pruning function or just to the viewing function. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=adminlog.php&amp;pageaction=restrict">Restricting Access to Admin Log</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="notice">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="1190023671" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Notice Title</title>
			<text date="1190023671" username="Kier" version="3.6.8"><![CDATA[The title you specify here is used only in the Admin CP for management purposes and is never shown to visitors.<br />
<br />
The text displayed here should be entered in the base language for your board. If you want to create versions for other languages you have enabled on your board, click the 'Translations' link.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="4" act="add,edit" opt="html">
			<title date="1189782859" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Notice HTML</title>
			<text date="1225806443" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This field contains the raw HTML of your notice. You may use any HTML you like - BB code is not accepted here.<br />
<br />
If you want to refer by name to a user viewing your notice, include {username} or {musername} in the text of your notice and it will be replaced with the user's username when the message is displayed to them. {musername} will display their name with the markup specified by their usergroup.<br />
<br />
You may also use {userid} and {sessionurl} to assist in creating hyperlinks.<br />
<br />
The text displayed here should be entered in the base language for your board. If you want to create versions for other languages you have enabled on your board, click the 'Translations' link.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="6" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="1189783140" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1206707268" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">In addition to changing the order in which notices are displayed in the Notice Manager, this control also defines the order in which notices will be displayed to visitors.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="8" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="1189783173" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Active</title>
			<text date="1189783173" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">This is a quick switch to allow you to disable a notice without actually deleting it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="persistent">
			<title date="1189783229" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Persistent</title>
			<text date="1190023789" username="Kier" version="3.6.8"><![CDATA[A notice that is not persistent will be displayed the first time a user visits the board and will then disappear until they visit again (it is displayed once per browser-session).<br />
<br />
On the other hand, a Persistent notice is displayed whenever all of its conditions have been fulfilled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="criteria">
			<title date="1189778146" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Display this notice if...</title>
			<text date="1209205296" username="Kier" version="3.7.0"><![CDATA[Here, there are listed a number of conditions you can set in order for your notice to be displayed.<br />
<br />
To activate a criterion, check the checkbox next to its description, then enter the values you would like to use in the form fields for that criterion, if it has any.<br />
<br />
All active criteria must be satisfied in order for a notice to be displayed.<br />
<br />
For criteria that are of the form 'value is between x and y', the condition is inclusive. Therefore, if you have a criterion saying 'User has between 10 and 20 reputation points', a user with 10 or 20 reputation points or any value between would be shown the notice.<br />
<br />
Additionally, these 'value is between x and y' criteria can be used as 'less than' or 'greater than' conditions. To do this, leave the <em>first</em> box totally empty to set a condition of 'less than the value in the second box', or leave the <em>second</em> box blank to use a condition of 'greater than the value in the first box'.<br />
<br />
The 'Criteria for notice x are not met' condition is a special case. It works by looking back over the list of notices that have been selected for display, and then removing notices that are dependent on another notice not being matched for display.<br />
<br />
Consider the following example:<ul>
<li>Notices A, B and C exist.</li>
<li>Notice A is shown when visiting users belong to the 'Registered Users' group</li>
<li>Notice B is shown if criteria for notice A are not met</li>
<li>Notice C is shown if criteria for notice B are not met</li>
<li>A registered user views a page. Notice A is shown</li>
<li>Notice B is not shown, because the criteria for showing Notice A are met</li>
<li>Notice C is not shown, because (with the exception of the 'Criteria for notice x are not met' condition), Notice B would have been shown.</li>
<li>The final result is that only Notice A is shown. The same is true regardless of the order in which the notices are executed or displayed.</li>
</ul>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify" opt="tableheader">
			<title date="1189783807" username="Kier" version="3.6.8">Notices Manager</title>
			<text date="1190023553" username="Kier" version="3.6.8"><![CDATA[Here you see a list of all the notices you have currently defined on your system.<br />
<br />
At the top of the list is a checkbox that allows you to toggle the 'Active' status of all notices with one click.<br />
<br />
To edit a notice, click its title. To delete a notice, there is a 'Delete' link at the end of each notice's row in the manager.<br />
<br />
Each notice is displayed with two checkboxes and a text box containing a number. These represent the Active status, the Persistent nature of the notice, and the notice's Display Order.<br />
<br />
If a notice is not active, it will not be displayed to visitors under any circumstances.<br />
<br />
A notice that is not persistent will be displayed the first time a user visits the board and will then disappear until they visit again (it is displayed once per browser-session).<br />
<br />
The display order text box controls the order in which the notice is shown, both in the notices manager <em>and</em> to visitors. Display order also controls the order in which notices are checked, so it's important for the 'Notice x has not already been displayed' condition.<br />
<br />
After using the Active, Persistent and Display Order controls, you need to click the 'Save' button to commit your changes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="options">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About vBulletin Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>vBulletin Options:</b><br />
This section of the Admin CP contains all configurable vBulletin options.  The options are categorized into groups whose names indicate what kind of options they contain.<br /><br />

When configuring these options you have the choice of displaying all options (there are a lot of them) for all groups or displaying the options for one group at a time.  If you are going through all of the options after a fresh installation or upgrade from vBulletin 2 you may find it more convenient to display all options so you can configure and save everything all at once.  Otherwise you can just open the group containing the options you want to configure.<br /><br />

If you are looking for a specific option and you don't know what group it's in, you can display all of the options and do a page search in your web browser.  Internet Explorer users can press Ctrl - F to pull up a search box.  Other browsers may be different.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying vBulletin Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can select the group of options you wish to modify. You can also opt to view all settings on one screen by choosing Show All Settings. Internet Explorer users can double-click on their choice to be taken to that page automatically.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="albums_perpage">
			<title date="1193063555" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Albums Per Page</title>
			<text date="1208955489" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[When listing multiple albums on one page, this controls how many will be displayed before pagination occurs.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="albums_pictures_moderation">
			<title date="1205419650" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Picture Moderation</title>
			<text date="1205419650" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If set to 'Yes', all pictures uploaded to user albums are placed into a moderation queue for approval by board staff before being visible to site visitors.<br />
<br />
It may be a legal requirement to enable this option in some cases, such as for boards run in Germany.<br />
<br />
If you would like to have all images from only certain usergroups sent to the moderation queue, the usergroup editor provides this ability.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="album_captionpreviewlen">
			<title date="1193064182" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Caption Preview Length</title>
			<text date="1193064182" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When showing the list of pictures in an album, this option controls the amount of characters from a picture's caption that will be shown when a user hovers over the picture.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="album_maxpicsperalbum">
			<title date="1193064329" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Maximum Pictures per Album</title>
			<text date="1193064329" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option allows you globally control how many pictures a user may place in an album. Users may create as many albums as they wish.<br />
<br />
You may control how many pictures a user can upload to all of their albums via user group permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="album_pictures_perpage">
			<title date="1193063576" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Pictures Per Page</title>
			<text date="1208955526" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[When viewing an album, this controls how many pictures are displayed before pagination occurs.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="album_recentalbumdays">
			<title date="1217326253" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Recent Album Update Days</title>
			<text date="1217326340" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[You may set the amount of days that albums are relevant in the Recently Updated Albums list.  You may want to increase this value if picture updates are infrequent, or vice versa.<br /><br />If user album permissions are changed then the Recent Abum Updates list may contain albums that are no longer accessible.  This can be fixed by rebuilding the list on the Rebuild Counters page.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="album_thumbsize">
			<title date="1193063995" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Album Thumbnail Size</title>
			<text date="1193063995" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The maximum height and width of thumbnails for pictures uploaded to the album system. The picture's aspect ratio will be maintained.<br />
<br />
For example, if a user uploads and 900x600 picture and the thumbnail size is 150, the thumbnail will be 150x100.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="album_uploadamount">
			<title date="1193064221" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Number of Pictures that can be Uploaded Simultaneously</title>
			<text date="1193064221" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls the number of pictures users can upload simultaneously. They will not be able to violate any album- or usergroup-implied size limits if you set this value too large.<br />
<br />
However, setting this to a large value may cause strain on your server if the uploaded pictures need to be resized or recompressed.<br />
<br />
This value cannot go below 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="attachresize">
			<title date="1145475753" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Resize Images</title>
			<text date="1177625993" username="freddie" version="3.6.6"><![CDATA[This option will attempt to automatically resize image attachments that exceed the set dimensions for that specific image type. The image will be proportionately resized to the maximum dimensions for that image type. Resized images will be converted to JPG images to conserve space. Image types that can be resized depends on your server configuration. Resizing is as follows:
<br /><br />
<strong>GD</strong><br />
JPEG => JPEG<br />
PNG => JPEG<br />
GIF => JPEG
<br />
<br />
<strong>Imagemagick</strong><br />
JPEG => JPEG<br />
PNG => JPEG<br />
GIF => JPEG<br />
BMP => JPEG<br />
TIFF => JPEG<br />
PSD (N/A)*<br />
PDF (N/A)*<br /><br />
<dfn>*PSD and PDF image types are not resized as you would want to retain their current setting.</dfn>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="bounceemail">
			<title date="1205419400" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Bounce Email Address</title>
			<text date="1205419400" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[When an email sent from vBulletin is returned (bounced) back from a server for whatever reason, internet standards dictate that there must be a valid email address to receive those bounce messages. This option should be used to provide that address.<br />
<br />
If this field is left empty, the previously-specified 'Webmaster Email' address will be used automatically.<br />
<br />
This email is used when using an SMTP server, or when the "Enable -f Parameter" email for sendmail is switched on.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="checkcoppa">
			<title date="1205941754" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">COPPA Registration System Cookie Check</title>
			<text date="1144879595" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option will save a cookie onto the user's computer if an age  under 13 is entered.  Subsequent registration attempts will be failed, no matter what age is entered.<br /><br />This will stop users from trying to register with an age older than 13.  Users can still circumvent this check by manually removing the cookie.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="errorlogemail">
			<title date="1146250311" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Log Emails to a File</title>
			<text date="1146250311" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter a path here. For example, on a Windows server the path might be something like:<br />
<br />
C:\logs\vbulletin.log<br />
<br />
Or on a *nix server it might be something like:<br />
<br />
/home/yoursite/logs/vbulletin.log<br />
<br />
This option should only be enabled to troubleshoot email issues.  Your server performance can decrease while this option is enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="externalcache">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Cache Lifespan</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">By default, content generated by external.php will be cached for one hour.  This setting alleviates the problem of abusive users repeatedly requesting updates from external.php. Some RSS applications do not respect the 60 minute refresh request that vBulletin sends with the information.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="externalcount">
			<title date="1147890116" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum External Records</title>
			<text date="1147890116" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option limits the maximum amount of records that can be returned by the external data provider. By default 15 records will be returned. This option allows the user to tackon &amp;count=X to their RSS feed to retrieve more records.<br />
<br />
Changing this value will not increase or decrease the amount of records that are returned by default. This option simply gives your users the ability to request more records if they desire by adding &amp;tackon=X to their RSS feeds.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="gm_maxperpage">
			<title date="1218111741" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Maximum Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1218111741" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to limit the number of messages users may display per page in the social groups.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="gm_perpage">
			<title date="1218111708" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Default Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1218111708" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to define the default number of messages displayed per-page in social groups.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="hvcheck">
			<title date="1216639930" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Human Verified Actions</title>
			<text date="1216639930" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[Setting any of the options will require users with the usergroup permission <strong>Require Human Verification on Configured Actions</strong> to pass the Human Verification test when performing the selected actions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="ie8render7">
			<title date="1205419226" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Send Internet Explorer 7 Compatibility Header</title>
			<text date="1205419226" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The version of Microsoft Internet Explorer 8 available at the time of writing has numerous issues when it comes to rendering vBulletin pages correctly.<br />
<br />
Thankfully, Microsoft has provided a means that allows developers to instruct IE8 to render pages in the way that IE7 does.<br />
<br />
Switching this option to 'Yes' will cause IE8 to behave like IE7, eliminating the IE8 page rendering problems.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="ipcheck">
			<title date="1153754401" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">Session IP Octet Length Check</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is used to specify to what length the session IP should be verified to, the most secure version is when an IP address is fully checked against the session stored IP though this can cause problems with certain ISP's. The security risk is however minimal as it involves being within a 254 range of the same connection.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="paymentemail">
			<title date="1147373803" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Paid Subscription Email Notification</title>
			<text date="1147373803" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">An email will be sent to this email address when a paid subscription is purchased or reversed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="pc_allowed_bbcode">
			<title date="1205422270" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allowed BB Code Tags in Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1206966081" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[Use this option to specify which (if any) BB code tags your visitors may use when composing picture comments.<br />
<br />
By default, Basic (B, I, U), Color and Link (URL, EMAIL, THREAD, POST) tags are enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="pc_enabled">
			<title date="1205419881" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Enable Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1205419881" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Picture comments are a messaging system associated with user-uploaded pictures in albums, which allow other users to comment on these pictures.<br />
<br />
If you would like to enable this system, set this option to 'Yes'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="pc_maxperpage">
			<title date="1205420755" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Maximum Picture Comments Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955559" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[In conjunction with the 'Default Picture Comments Per-Page' option, this setting allows you to limit the number of picture comments that can be shown on a single page when visitors manually change the per-page option.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="pc_moderation">
			<title date="1205419979" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Moderate Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1205419979" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Setting this option to 'Yes' will force all new picture comments into a moderation queue so that they can be approved by board staff before appearing to the main visitorship of the board.<br />
<br />
If you would prefer to specify which usergroups have their picture comments moderated, do this through the usergroup manager instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="pc_perpage">
			<title date="1205420637" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Default Picture Comments Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955570" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[If a picture has more comments than the number specified here, the comments will be split across multiple pages, with each page showing this number of comments.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="pmthrottleperiod">
			<title date="1220958342" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Throttle Check Period</title>
			<text date="1220958342" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is the period of time of which throttle checking is performed.  The amount of messages that a user can send within this period is defined by their Message Throttle Quantity usergroup permission.  If this is set to 0 then private messages will not be throttled.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="postedithistory">
			<title date="1194883832" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Post Edit History</title>
			<text date="1209725222" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this setting is enabled each post is saved prior to being updated, this allows for a history to be shown for edited posts.<br />
<br />
Edits will not be logged if an 'edited by' notice is not displayed or updated. This occurs in the following situations:
<ul>
<li>The editing user is in a group that does not show edited by notices and no reason for editing is specified.</li>
<li>The post is edited quickly enough after being posted to trigger the <em>Time to Wait Before Starting to Display 'Last Edited by...'</em> option.</li>
</ul>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="postimagecheck">
			<title date="1144866566" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Guest Post Image Verification</title>
			<text date="1144866566" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this option, guest users will be required to pass a test during posts where an image is displayed that has a random number on it, and the user must type in the number they see in order to prove they are not an automated system attempting to post. PHP must have GD support enabled for this option to work.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="profileprivacy">
			<title date="1218465531" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Allow Users to Edit Profile Privacy</title>
			<text date="1218465512" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[Setting this option to yes will allow users to customize the blocks on their profile page so that they are either hidden or shown to other users.<br /><br />
If enabled and the user has the 'Can Edit Profile Privacy' permission, the user can choose to hide blocks from their ignored users; unregistered users; users who are not on their contact list; and users who are not on their friends list.<br /><br />
Note: When enabled, the 'Profile Privacy' link on the User Control Panel allows users to customize their profile page in this way.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="profile_album_amount">
			<title date="1195732432" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Number of Albums to display in the Users Profile</title>
			<text date="1195732432" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The Maximum Number of Albums to Display on the Users' Profile Pages]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="remoteyui">
			<title date="1193314535" username="Mezzle" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Use Remote YUI</title>
			<text date="1229602775" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[By default YUI (Yahoo! User Interface Library) script files are hosted locally on your server, you may however have them on a Content Distribution Network saving you some bandwidth and potentially decreasing load times.<br /><br />

These services are available for free from both Yahoo! and Google. If enabled the files will be served from their servers.<br /><br />

Only the Google service supports SSL hosting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rpemail">
			<title date="1149630634" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Reporting Email</title>
			<text date="1149630634" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If the option to email moderators is enabled, all moderators of the reported post's forum will be emailed a notice about the reported post.  You may also choose to notify super moderators and administrators as well.  If the moderator option is chosen and the forum has no moderators, super moderators and administrators will be emailed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rpforumid">
			<title date="1149630394" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Reporting Discussion Forum</title>
			<text date="1149630394" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The Post Reporting system can automatically create a discussion thread for each reported post. When a post is reported multiple times, new posts will be added to the discussion thread.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rpuserid">
			<title date="1149630500" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Reporting User</title>
			<text date="1149630500" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this setting, Post Reporting discussion threads will be created under the set username. Otherwise the posts will be made under the name of the user reporting the post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="rsspodcast">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Rss Enclosures (Podcasting)</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[RSS Enclosure is a special tag that is added to the RSS2 feed that allows the first attachment to be served via 'podcasting'. The spec only supports one file per item, hence the limit to the first attachment.  Many aggregates, including iTunes, will recognize your attachment and offer it for download when your RSS2 feed is opened.  Some aggregates support all file types, while other support a limited set of files. iTunes only supports .m4a, .m4v, .mp3, .mp4, .mov, and .pdf.  Within the forum manager, for each forum, you can define further iTunes specific settings that may also be supported  by other aggregates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sgd_maxperpage">
			<title date="1218111573" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Maximum Discussions Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1218111573" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to limit the number of discussions users may display per page in a social group.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sgd_perpage">
			<title date="1218111598" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Default Discussions Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1218111598" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to define the default number of discussions displayed per-page in a social group.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_allowed_bbcode">
			<title date="1205424027" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allowed BB Code Tags in Social Group Messages</title>
			<text date="1206966090" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Use this option to specify which (if any) BB code tags your visitors may use when composing social group messages.

By default, Basic (B, I, U), Color and Link (URL, EMAIL, THREAD, POST) tags are enabled.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_allow_delete_empty_group">
			<title date="1211899263" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1">Allow Owners to Delete Social Group if Empty</title>
			<text date="1211899263" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this option is set to yes, the owner of a social group will always be able to delete the group if there are no other members. This is independent of the user group permission. If you set this to no, user group permissions will always be respected.<br />
<br />
Setting this to yes can allow users to clean up unpopular groups, but it can also create a loophole. An owner may be able to kick out all the members of a group and then delete it, thereby getting around the delete group permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_allow_join_to_view">
			<title date="1205423515" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Join-to-View Groups</title>
			<text date="1205423515" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[With this option enabled, social group owners may set up their groups in a manner that prevents non-members from viewing any of the group's content including messages and pictures.<br />
<br />
If you do not want group owners to be able to do this, disable this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_allow_owner_mod_queue">
			<title date="1205423372" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Groups Owners to Force New Group Messages into Moderation Queue</title>
			<text date="1207560752" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[A group owner with the <em>Manage Own Social Groups' Content</em> usergroup permission will be able to create or edit their social groups settings to force all new messages into the moderation queue with this setting enabled.<br />
<br />
If they do this, messages will not appear to normal board users until approved by the group owner or other board staff member.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_category_cloud_size">
			<title date="1218111503" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Category Cloud Size</title>
			<text date="1218111503" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to define the number of categories to display in the Social Group Overview.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_enablesocialgroupicons">
			<title date="1218111803" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Enable Social Group Image Icons</title>
			<text date="1218111803" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[If this is enabled users who create groups will be able to upload a group icon that will be displayed when viewing the group, and as a smaller version when viewing group listings.<br /><br />
<br />
<strong>Note: </strong>Social Group Image Icons are always limited to 200px by 200px and thumbnails are limited to 80px by 80px.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_enable_owner_only_discussions">
			<title date="1210943695" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Allow Group Owners to Limit New Discussions to Themselves</title>
			<text date="1210943695" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' then users with the 'Can Limit Discussions in Own Groups to the Group Owner' permission will be able to create Social Groups where only they can create new discussions.  Other users will still be able to post messages in the discussions as normal.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_maxperpage">
			<title date="1218113753" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Maximum Groups Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1218113753" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to limit the number of groups users may display per page when listing social groups.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_name_maxchars">
			<title date="1205423033" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Social Group Name Maximum Length</title>
			<text date="1205423033" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter a number of characters that define the maximum length for the name of user-created social groups.<br />
<br />
If a user enters a name longer than this limit, an error will be generated and the name will be rejected.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_newgroups_count">
			<title date="1218111541" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Number of Newest Groups to Display</title>
			<text date="1218111541" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to define the number of groups displayed in the Newest Groups section of the Social Groups Overview.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="sg_perpage">
			<title date="1218113717" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Default Groups Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1218113717" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to define the default number of groups displayed per-page when searching social groups.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="skypeweb_gfx">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use SkypeWeb Graphics</title>
			<text date="1180532130" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.8"><![CDATA[This is a three-way setting. Setting <em>No</em> will cause the Skype&trade; icon (used in the <em>im_skype</em> template) to be loaded from the local webserver. This can be useful as the SkypeWeb server has proven to be a little flakey at present.<br />
<br />
If set to <em>Yes</em>, the icon will be loaded from the SkypeWeb server and will show the Skype&trade; online-status of the user in question.<br />
<br />
Additionally, SkypeWeb offers the ability to display online status in non-English languages. This ability can be used on the 'Send message using Skype to user' page, to show whether or not the selected user is logged-in to Skype and available.<br />
<br />
In order for this to work, this option must be set to <em>Use Language-Specific SkypeWeb Graphics</em> and the Language Code specified for vBulletin languages must be one of the following:
<ul>
	<li>En</li>
	<li>De</li>
	<li>fr</li>
	<li>it</li>
	<li>pl</li>
	<li>Ja</li>
	<li>Pt</li>
	<li>Pt/br</li>
	<li>Se</li>
	<li>zh</li>
	<li>Cn</li>
	<li>Zh/cn</li>
	<li>hk</li>
	<li>tw</li>
	<li>Zh/tw</li>
</ul>
These language codes are not case-sensitive, and you may use a dash instead of a slash if you wish (<em>pt-br</em> instead of <em>Pt/br</em>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="socialbookmarks">
			<title date="1193064512" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Enable Social Bookmarking</title>
			<text date="1205756354" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is a global social bookmarking switch. If you disable this option, social bookmarking sites will not be listed at the bottom of the thread, regardless of the settings in the <a href="bookmarksite.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Social Bookmark Manager</a>.<br />
<br />
If you find that no social bookmarking links are being displayed in a thread, check the permissions for guests in that thread. The links will only be shown in guest-viewable threads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="socnet">
			<title date="1195731436" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Enabled User Profile Features</title>
			<text date="1197373111" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[These options are "on/off" switches for the different features within the Profile Page, including:<br />
<dl>
<dt>Social Groups</dt>
<dd>Enables or Disables the "Social Groups" feature Board Wide</dd>
<dt>Albums</dt>
<dd>Enables or Disables the "User Albums" feature within Board Wide</dd>
<dt>Friends</dt>
<dd>Enables or Disables the "Friends" feature Board Wide <em>(Does not disable contacts and the ignore list feature)</em></dd>
<dt>Visitor Tracking</dt>
<dd>Enables or Disables the "Visitor Tracking" for User's Profiles</dd>
<dt>Visitor Messaging</dt>
<dd>Disables "Visitor Messaging" for User's Profiles</dd>
</dl>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagbadwords">
			<title date="1211890284" username="Kier" version="3.7.1">Thread Tag Banned Words</title>
			<text date="1211890284" username="Kier" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[When users create new tags, the words they choose are checked against a list specified in includes/searchwords.php, and against the list described in this setting.<br />
<br />
If the word the user has chosen as their tag is found in either list, its use will be disallowed and the user will receive an error message stating that they can not use that word.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_cachetime">
			<title date="1206528572" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Tag Cloud: Cache Time</title>
			<text date="1193069116" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Time, in minutes, to keep the tag cloud data cached for.  A value of 0 will disable the caching.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_levels">
			<title date="1206528565" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Tag Cloud: Number of Levels</title>
			<text date="1193068827" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the number of sizes that tags are displayed in.<br />
<br />
If you wish to increase this value above 5, you will need to edit the search_forums template and add additional CSS rules at the top.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_searchcloud">
			<title date="1206528776" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Enable Search Tag Cloud</title>
			<text date="1206528776" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a new tag cloud will be shown at the bottom of the advanced search page. This tag cloud differs from the version <a href="../tags.php" target="_blank">here</a> because it is based on the amount of searches done for a particular tag instead of the number of times the tag is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_searchhistory">
			<title date="1206528207" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Search Tag Cloud: History (Days)</title>
			<text date="1206528207" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[The number of days that tag searching information should be stored for. This information is used to build the tag cloud.<br />
<br />
0 will keep data around permanently.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_tags">
			<title date="1206528555" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Tag Cloud: Number of Tags</title>
			<text date="1193068902" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The maximum number of tags that will be displayed in the tag cloud. A higher number provides more information to a user but may appear to be more cluttered.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_usagehistory">
			<title date="1206528934" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Tag Cloud: Usage History (Days)</title>
			<text date="1206528934" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This option controls the number of days worth of data that will be used to create the usage-based tag cloud shown <a href="../tags.php" target="_blank">here</a>. Any tags added outside this range will not be taken into account for the tag cloud.<br />
<br />
The tag cloud can serve as a list of what's popular on your site. You can use this option to prevent what was popular earlier from skewing against what's popular now.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagcloud_usergroup">
			<title date="1209744808" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1">Tag Cloud: Build Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1209744808" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[In order to prevent tags in private forums for modifying the data in the tag cloud, you may force the tag cloud to be built with the permissions of a particular usergroup. Tags will be only be counted for forums where that user can view all threads.<br />
<br />
Choosing 'Live Permission Check' will prevent the tag cloud from being cached, but it will respect the permissions of the browsing user.<br />
<br />
'No Permission Check' will skip the permission checking entirely. This is equivalent to picking a usergroup that has permissions to view all forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagdelimiter">
			<title date="1211458472" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1">Tag Separators</title>
			<text date="1211458472" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[You may specify additional separators for tags. The comma is the default separator and cannot be removed, regardless of what is set here.<br />
<br />
Simply place a space between each separator. For example, "| &amp;" would mean that tags would be separated by a comma (,), pipe (|), or ampersand (&amp;). Separators may be multiple characters, if desired.<br />
<br />
If you wish to include a space as a separator or within a separator, you must wrap the separator in { and }. For example, to make space a separator, you would use "{ }". To put a space within a separator, you would use something like "{| |}"; this would mean that to separate tags you would have to use "| |".<br />
<br />
Note that adding separators may make previous tags unusable. For example, if you had a tag "American cars" and added space as a separator, users that try to add that tag will add two tags, "American" and "cars".<br />
<br />
When adding separators to this list, you may wish to modify the contents of two phrases to respect the additional separators:
<ul>
<li>separate_tags_using_comma</li>
<li>tag_no_comma</li>
</ul>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="taggoodwords">
			<title date="1211890401" username="Kier" version="3.7.1">Thread Tag Allowed Words</title>
			<text date="1211890401" username="Kier" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[Before any checks for tag title length or content are carried out, the system will look to see if the word specified is included in this list.<br />
<br />
If it is found, all other checks are bypassed and the word will be allowed, regardless of censorship, word length etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tagminlen">
			<title date="1198246385" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Tag Minimum Length</title>
			<text date="1198246385" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The minimum number of characters in a tag name. This can be between 1 and 100.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="thumbcolor">
			<title date="1149534997" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Thumb Color</title>
			<text date="1149534997" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This setting controls the color of thumbnails borders and labels.  Valid entries are <strong>#000000</strong> (black) to <strong>#FFFFFF</strong> (white).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="tosurl">
			<title date="1218457621" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Terms of Service URL</title>
			<text date="1218457621" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This is the URL to your terms of service, if you have them. If you don't you can leave this blank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="uiforumid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">User Infraction Discussion Forum</title>
			<text date="1149630433" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The User Infraction system can automatically create a discussion thread for each infraction.

The thread will be updated if the infraction is reversed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="uimessage">
			<title date="1149894480" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2">Require Infraction Message</title>
			<text date="1149894480" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This option requires that the user sending an infraction include a message.  The message format, either PM or Email, will depend on your forum's settings.  If this option is disabled, the user may choose to not include a message with their infraction. The recipient will still receive a generic PM or Email in regards to their infraction.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="usercss_allowed_fonts">
			<title date="1195732576" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Allowed Fonts</title>
			<text date="1195732576" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The list of allowed fonts for profile style customizations. Put each font on its own line.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="usercss_allowed_padding">
			<title date="1198246255" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Allowed Padding</title>
			<text date="1198246255" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The list of allowed padding sizes for profile style customizations. Put each padding size on its own line.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="vm_allowed_bbcode">
			<title date="1205422208" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allowed BB Code Tags in Visitor Messages</title>
			<text date="1206966101" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[Use this option to specify which (if any) BB code tags your visitors may use when composing visitor messages.<br />
<br />
By default, Basic (B, I, U), Color and Link (URL, EMAIL, THREAD, POST) tags are enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="options" opt="welcomepm">
			<title date="1145990990" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Welcome Private Message</title>
			<text date="1145990990" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this setting, the user will be sent a private message after registration. Note if you enable Verify Email Address in Registration below, the user must verify their address before a private message will be sent. If you have Moderate New Members enabled above, the private message will be sent when the user is approved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="options" opt="socnet_groups_msg_enabled">
			<title date="1199282205" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enable Group Messages</title>
			<text date="1201194465" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 5">If you select this option, members of each group will be able to post messages in the group. Users who are not part of the group will still be able to read the messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="options" opt="vb_antispam_key">
			<title date="1194885285" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">vBulletin Anti-Spam Key</title>
			<text date="1221044432" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[The Anti-Spam API key is used to enable the scanning service for user generated data. The data will sent to the specified service for identification.<br />
<br />
If the data is identified as spam, it will be marked for moderation to allow for verification by moderators. You should give your moderators the 'Can Moderate' permission to allow for this.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="options" opt="bbactive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to "Yes", then users will be able to use your forum. If this is set to "No", then users will see a message notifying them that the forum is turned off.  You can edit this message in the "Reason For Turning Forum Off" option below.<br /><br />

Note that admins will still be able to use the forum while it is off, but they will see a notice on the top and bottom of the screen that says the forum is offline.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="options" opt="socnet_groups_albums_enabled">
			<title date="1199282230" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enable Group Pictures</title>
			<text date="1209722727" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1">If this option is selected, any users with albums will be able to add pictures from an album to groups they belong to.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="options" opt="vb_antispam_posts">
			<title date="1194885603" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Spam Scanning Post Threshold</title>
			<text date="1194885603" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If a non moderator usergroup has less than this number of posts then all content will be scanned by the Anti-Spam service for possible signs of spam. A value of <em>0</em> will scan all posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="options" opt="bbclosedreason">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reason For Turning Forum Off</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When the forum is turned off, this message will be displayed for users who try to load a forum page.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="options" opt="bbtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of your forum.  This title appears in the title bar of every page, the navigation bar at the top of every page, as well as other places.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="options" opt="bburl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum URL</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to your vBulletin forum, without the final "/" or "index.php". Examples of correct URLs:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.example.com</i><br />
<i>http://www.example.com/forum</i><br /><br />

Examples of incorrect URLs:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.example.com/</i> (should not have final slash)<br />
<i>http://www.example.com/forum/index.php</i> (should not have final slash or index.php)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="options" opt="hometitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of your homepage. A link to your homepage appears in the footer of every page by default.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="options" opt="homeurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage URL</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to your homepage. It will be used (along with "Homepage Name") to create a link to your homepage in the footer of every page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="options" opt="contactuslink">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Contact Us Link</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a link for contacting the forum administrator. There is a built-in email form located at "sendmessage.php" which can be used, or you can use an email address. If you use an email address, then you must add "mailto:" to the beginning of it so it looks like this:<br /><br />

mailto:admin@example.com<br /><br />

If you use the built-in contact form, you can specify predefined subjects below in "Contact Us Options".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="85" act="options" opt="contactustype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Contact Us Verification</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls whether or not guests (unregistered users, or users who are not logged in) are allowed to send feedback using the <a href="../sendmessage.php" target="_blank">Contact Us</a> page.<br /><br />

If you decide to allow this access for guests then you may wish to enable image verification to prevent bots from using the form.  This will prevent possible spam in your inbox.  The image verification will only be used for guests who use the form.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="options" opt="contactusoptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Contact Us Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you are using the built-in contact form at sendmessage.php you can specify subjects for users to pick from. An "other" option will be added to any options you specify here.<br /><br />
Each subject must be placed one per line, meaning that you need to enter a carriage return between subject (press &lt;Enter&gt;).  If you wish to direct the email from a subject to a particular user, you can either specify the user's userid on the forum or their email address.  You do this by placing the item in brackets at the start of the subject.<br /><br />Example:<br /><br />
{1} Site Feedback<br />
{example@example.com} Help<br />
Registration<br /><br />
Feedback sent to the first option "Site Feedback" would be directed to the email address of Userid #1.  Feedback sent to the second option "Help" would be directed to the email address "example@example.com". Feedback sent to the third option "Registration" would be directed to the Webmaster's email address.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="options" opt="lightboxenabled">
			<title date="1194969948" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Use Image Lightbox</title>
			<text date="1194969948" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The lightbox allows the load of a large image attachment within the browser window without changing the current layout of the page, this can be triggered by a combination of the Click and Hover event.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="options" opt="webmasteremail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Webmaster's Email]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the email address of the webmaster. It will be used as the From address for certain emails sent by the system.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="options" opt="privacyurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Privacy Statement URL</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the URL to your privacy statement, if you have one. If you don't you can leave this blank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="options" opt="copyrighttext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Copyright Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter any copyright text that you wish to be displayed at the bottom of every page. This is in addition to the Jelsoft copyright that must be displayed per the license agreement (unless you have a "branding free" license).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="options" opt="companyname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Company Name</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the name of your company here. If you use the COPPA option (see the <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&amp;do=options" target="_blank">User Registration Options</a>) this will be displayed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="options" opt="faxnumber">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Company Fax</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter your company's fax number here. If you use COPPA (see the <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&amp;do=options" target="_blank">User Registration Options</a>) then this fax number will be displayed as an option to allow people to send you faxed parental authorization.<br /><br />

If you need a fax number, you may wish to look at <a href="http://www.efax.com/" target="_blank">eFax</a> who provide internet-based faxing services.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="options" opt="address">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Company Address</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the street address of your company here. If you use COPPA (see the <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&amp;do=options" target="_blank">User Registration Options</a>) then this address will be displayed as an option for those wishing to send their parental authorizations via snail mail.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="options" opt="keywords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Meta Keywords</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Meta Keywords are used by some search engines to determine what your pages are about and to rank them. Other search engines such as Google do not take keywords into account.<br /><br />

All keywords you enter here will be put in the keywords meta tag in the header of every page. Separate keywords or phrases with a single comma and no space.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="options" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Meta Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The Meta Description is used by some search engines to determine what your pages are about and to rank them. Other search engines such as Google do not take the description into account.<br /><br />

Enter a short description of your site here and it will be placed in the meta description tag in the header of every page. Most engines will accept a maximum of 255 characters for the description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="options" opt="useforumjump">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Forum Jump Menu</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The Forum Jump menu appears by default on most pages and provides a quick jump to any of the forums on your forum as well as several other places (search, private messaging, etc.). While it can have a marginal impact on performance, typically you will only want to disable this if you have an extremely large number of forums as it will generate a large amount of HTML in that case, which will increase the size of pages and bandwidth usage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="options" opt="pagenavpages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Pages Visible in Page Navigator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On thread and forum pages, as well as private messaging lists and other places, if there are multiple page number links to be displayed, this setting determines how many are shown on either side of the page currently being viewed. Setting this to 0 will cause all page links to be displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="205" act="options" opt="pagenavs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Relative jumps for Page Navigator</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On thread and forum pages, as well as private messaging lists and other places, if there are multiple page number links to be displayed, this option selects what pages can be jumped to relative to the current one. For example, by adding 10 to the list, links will appear for current page -10 and current page +10.

Separate each number with a space.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="options" opt="enableaccess">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Access Masks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Access masks allow you to enable or disable access to a particular forum for individual user(s). To use them, you must enable this option. This option also affects whether or not users will be able to see forums they do not have access to on forumhome and forumdisplay. (If this is off, they will see them in forum listings but not be able to enter them. If this is on, they will not see them at all.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="options" opt="showimicons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Instant Messaging Program Icons</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If the user has entered their username/numbers for Skype, ICQ, AIM, MSN, and/or Yahoo! Messenger in their profile, and this is set to Yes, icons allowing quick use of this information will be displayed in various places, such as on posts, the member list, etc. If not, the information will be displayed in the user's profile in text form.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="options" opt="addtemplatename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Template Name in HTML Comments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When modifying templates, it is often helpful to have this setting enabled so you can view the source of a page to determine what template(s) control it. In the course of normal usage, however, you will usually want this disabled as it will increase your page sizes and therefore bandwidth usage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="235" act="options" opt="usestrikesystem">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Use Login "Strikes" System]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[It is recommended you enable this feature so malicious users can't try to brute force their way into user accounts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="236" act="options" opt="forumleaders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Forum Leaders</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to <a href="../showgroups.php" target="_blank">this page</a>.<br /><br />

You can control which groups are displayed on this page in your <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>.  Edit the usergroup in question and set the <i>Viewable on Show Groups</i> option.  It is recommended you don't enable this option for large groups like the <i>Registered Users</i> group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="237" act="options" opt="allowedreferrers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Referrer Whitelist</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if you have multiple sites that tie into this forum, or if you have vB-integrated hacks that POST data externally, then you may want to put those referrers on the whitelist.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="238" act="options" opt="threadmarking">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread/Forum Read Marking Type</title>
			<text date="1149029232" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option controls how threads and forums are marked as read.
<ol>
<li class="smallfont"><i>Inactivity/Cookie Based</i> - once a user has been inactive for a certain amount of time (the value of the session timeout option) all threads and forums are considered read. Individual threads are marked as read within a session via cookies.<br /><br />This option is how all versions of vBulletin before 3.5 functioned.<br /><br /></li>
<li class="smallfont"><i>Database (no automatic forum marking)</i> - this option uses the database to store thread and forum read times. This allows accurate read markers to be kept indefinitely. However, in order for a forum to be marked read when all threads are read, the user must view the list of threads for that forum.<br /><br />This option is more space and processor intensive than inactivity-based marking.<br /><br /></li>
<li class="smallfont"><i>Database (automatic forum marking)</i> - this option is the same as a previous option, but forums are automatically marked as read when the last new thread is read. <br /><br />This is the most usable option for end users, but most processor intensive.</li>
</ol>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="239" act="options" opt="disable_ajax">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Disable AJAX Features</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This function allows you to disable all AJAX features or just a selection.<br />
<br />
Due to the nature of AJAX, some functions may not work fully with non-Latin languages without additional modules, such as IconV. For example, AJAX-based quick reply may work correctly on the board, but thread subscription emails do not display correctly. If something like this occurs for you, you should select "Disable Problematic AJAX Features".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="239" act="options" opt="enable_inlinemod_auth">
			<title date="1198245973" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Enable Inline Moderation Authentication</title>
			<text date="1198245973" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Inline moderation actions will require a user to authenticate again prior to being performed. The timeout is based on the admin control panel timeout, or one hour if that option is disabled.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="239" act="options" opt="markinglimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Database Read Marking Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[With "database read marking", the unread markers on threads and forums are persistent across forum sessions.  If a user does not read a thread that is marked as unread, then that thread will remain unread every time the user visits the forum.<br /><br />

This setting allows you to force unread markers to switch to "read" after a so many days.  This would be the amount of time after which the user probably has no interest in reading that thread and therefore does not need to know that it contains unread posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="options" opt="threadtagging">
			<title date="1191253203" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Enable Thread Tagging</title>
			<text date="1191253203" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Thread tagging is a system that allows user to apply their own keywords (tags) to threads. See <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tag_%28metadata%29" target="_blank">Wikipedia</a> for more information on the ideas behind tagging.<br />
<br />
This option is a global switch. If you choose no, tagging will be disabled globally. Existing tag information will not be displayed. If you choose yes, you may choose who can tag threads in the usergroup permissions section.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="options" opt="yestoday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Datestamp Display Option</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You have the option to display datestamps in one of three ways on your forum.<br /><br />

Set this to Normal and set the Format For Date and Format For Time options below to show the full date and time.<br /><br />

Set this to Yesterday/Today and for dates which fall into those two periods, the words will be shown, otherwise the full date and time will be shown.<br /><br />

Set this to Detailed to show "friendly" times such as "1 Minute Ago", "2 Hours Ago", or "3 Weeks Ago".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="241" act="options" opt="tagmaxlen">
			<title date="1191253407" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Tag Maximum Length</title>
			<text date="1191253407" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the maximum number of bytes in a tag name. In most situations, this also corresponds to the number of characters.<br />
<br />
A tag name may contain any character except a comma. Tags with censored words are not allowed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="242" act="options" opt="tagmaxstarter">
			<title date="1199282055" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Maximum Tags Applied by Thread Starter</title>
			<text date="1207560690" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[The maximum number of tags the thread starter can apply. Even if this setting allows it, the number of tags in a thread cannot exceed the "Maximum Tags per Thread" setting.

0 disables this limit. To prevent a user from tagging a thread, use user group permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="242" act="options" opt="tagmaxthread">
			<title date="1199281999" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Maximum Tags per Thread</title>
			<text date="1199281999" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The maximum total tags per thread. No users may add more tags than this to an individual thread.

0 disables this.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="244" act="options" opt="tagmaxuser">
			<title date="1199282098" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Maximum Tags Applied by Other Users</title>
			<text date="1199282098" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[The maximum number of tags the users other than the thread starter can apply. Even if this setting allows it, the number of tags in a thread cannot exceed the "Maximum Tags per Thread" setting.

0 disables this limit. To prevent a user from tagging a thread, use user group permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="245" act="options" opt="tagforcelower">
			<title date="1199282125" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Force Tags to be Lower Case</title>
			<text date="1199282125" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, "A" through "Z" will be replaced with "a" through "z" in tag names. Other characters will not be changed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="options" opt="timeoffset">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Time Zone Offset</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the default time zone for guests and new members on your forum.  For example, if most of your visitors are from California, then you should set this to Pacific Time.<br /><br />

Note that vB3 gets your server's time zone from PHP.  If you need to change your server's time zone, then you need to change your server configuration.  You should contact your host for help with this.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="options" opt="dstonoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Daylight Savings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If the time zone for the Default Time Zone Offset is currently in Daylight Savings time, set this to Yes. Remember, this only affects guests and those not logged in. Registered, logged-in users can set their own DST options in their User CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="options" opt="dateformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you are using the "Normal" or "Yesterday/Today" settings for Datestamp Display, enter the format you wish to use for the display of dates here. This follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>.<br /><br />

Some examples:<br />
m-d-y becomes 04-25-98 (Standard short US format)<br />
F jS, Y becomes April 25th, 1998 (Standard long US format)<br />
d-m-Y becomes 25-04-98 (Standard short European format)<br />
jS F Y becomes 25th April 1998 (Standard long European format)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="options" opt="timeformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Time</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the format in which the time is presented on all vBulletin pages. It uses PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>.<br /><br />

Some examples:<br />
<b>h:i A</b> becomes 11:15 PM<br />
<b>H:i</b> becomes 23:15]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="options" opt="registereddateformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Registration Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user's registration date is normally shown with their posts. This determines the format of the date that will be shown and follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>. (Usually you only want to show the month, day, and year, or even just month and year.)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="options" opt="calformat1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Birthdays with Year Specified</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When a user provides their birth date, including year, it will be shown in their profile. This is the format of the date that will be shown. It follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>. You should not enter any time formatting options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="options" opt="calformat2">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Format For Birthdays with Year Unspecified</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When a user provides their birth date it will be shown in their profile. This is the format of the date that will be shown when the user provides the month and day but not the year. It follows PHP's <a href="http://www.php.net/date" target="_blank">date function formatting options</a>. You should not enter any time formatting options, and you should <b>not</b> enter any year code.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="315" act="options" opt="logdateformat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Date Format</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This if the format of dates shown in the control panel logs.  This field uses the date parameters shown <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=date" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="options" opt="cookietimeout">
			<title date="1149029171" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Session Timeout</title>
			<text date="1205431325" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If a user is inactive for this number of seconds, then their forum session will expire.<br /><br />

If you use "Inactivity Based" read marking (see <a href="options.php?do=options&amp;dogroup=general" target="_blank">General Settings</a>), then an expired session also means that all unread markers will be turned off for posts made before the session expired.<br /><br />

In any case, the user will be removed from the "Currently Active Users" list when their session expires.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="330" act="options" opt="cookiepath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Path to Save Cookies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the path scope of your forum cookies. If you have multiple cookies interacting on your site, then it may be necessary to restrict the scope of your forum cookies.<br /><br />

If you want your forum cookie to work in every directory on your site, then use "/" for the path (no quotes).  This means your forum cookie will work at "yoursite.com/forum", "yoursite.com/contact", and any other directory.  You might need your forum cookie to work in any directory if you have external scripts that tie into vBulletin, like portals or other external pages.<br /><br />

If you want your forum cookie to work in a single directory (your forum directory), then use "/forum/" (insert the name of your forum directory).  The path should always start and end with a "/".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="340" act="options" opt="cookiedomain">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cookie Domain</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting controls the domain scope of your forum cookies.  If you have multiple cookies interacting on your site, then it may be necessary to restrict the scope of your forum cookies.<br /><br />

For example, leaving this setting blank will allow your forum cookies to operate on any domain on your site.  If you have multiple domains parked on your site, then a forum cookie can be recorded for any of those domains depending on which domain is used to login to your forum.<br /><br />

You can use a value of ".yoursite.com" (no quotes, using your domain name) to allow your forum cookies to operate anywhere within that specific domain.  That includes "yoursite.com", and "*.yoursite.com" (where * is any subdomain).<br /><br />

You can use a value of "subdomain.yoursite.com" (no quotes, using your domain and any subdomain) to allow your forum cookies to operate on that specific domain and subdomain.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="options" opt="gzipoutput">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">GZIP HTML Output</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If your PHP installation has been compiled with the ZLIB libraries, then you can enable this option to compress outgoing pages and save bandwidth.<br /><br />

The client's browser must support GZIP for this to work.  If the browser does not support GZIP, then the uncompressed page will be sent instead.<br /><br />

If you are using mod_gzip on your server, then you are already compressing outgoing pages and there is no need to enable this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="options" opt="gziplevel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">GZIP Compression Level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting throttles the level of GZIP compression for outgoing pages.  A higher number means more compression at the expense of increased processing time per page request.<br /><br />

The valid numbers are 0 (none) through 9 (maximum).  Most people use level 1 compression because it offers the greatest compression per unit of work for the server.  Higher numbers have diminishing returns.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="options" opt="addheaders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Standard HTTP Headers</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Some IIS servers may need this turned on; for most web servers, it will cause the server to not function correctly. This sends HTTP 200 OK headers if turned on.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="375" act="options" opt="nocacheheaders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add No-Cache HTTP Headers</title>
			<text date="1205942012" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">If you enable this option, no-cache HTTP headers will be added to each page. These cause full page data to be re-requested from the server every time the user gets a page, which will increase bandwidth; it may additionally cause an increase in server load as it will cause more pages to be served.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="options" opt="useheaderredirect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Remove Redirection Message Pages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, the redirection screens that are normally displayed after a post, a search, etc. will not be shown. These reassure the user that something is happening, but they also use bandwidth and could have a slight impact on server load since more pages are served.<br /><br />

Some pages still require the redirect screens to avoid potential issues with cookies. These will be shown regardless of this setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="options" opt="allowphpinfo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Public phpinfo() Display Enabled</title>
			<text date="1161596884" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, anyone can view your phpinfo() page by adding &amp;do=phpinfo to a forum URL. vBulletin Support may ask you to temporarily enable this to help diagnose problems if you request technical support. Otherwise, we recommend turning it off.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="options" opt="cachemaxage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cached Posts Lifespan</title>
			<text date="1206966073" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[Posts are normally stored with BB code tags etc. in the same form as the user posted them with so that it may be edited later, and then parsed at display time. By caching them, they are parsed at post time (instead of display time) into the HTML they will be displayed in and stored separately from the pre-parsed posts. This results in a faster display on threads, since the posts do not have to be parsed at display time.<br /><br />

This option determines how long posts are stored. While a post is cached, it will take approximately twice as much storage space since it is essentially being stored twice. If you have a busy site, and threads typically don't last very long, you can probably set this to a lower value such as 10 days. If you have a slower site, and threads typically last longer, 20 to 30 days might be a better choice. If you have the disc space, you can set this to a higher value for better performance.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="410" act="options" opt="threadviewslive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Thread Views Immediately</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, the thread view counter for a thread will be updated in realtime as threads are viewed. Otherwise, they will be stored and updated every hour (by default) en masse. We recommend disabling this option for larger or busier forums as updating them in realtime can have a performance impact.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="420" act="options" opt="attachmentviewslive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Attachment Views Immediately</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, the attachment view counter for an attachment will be updated in realtime as attachments are viewed. Otherwise, they will be stored and updated every hour (by default) en masse. We recommend disabling this option for larger or busier forums as updating them in realtime can have a performance impact.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="430" act="options" opt="emailsendnum">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Emails to Send Per Batch</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">vBulletin has a mail queue that prevents bottlenecks when sending large numbers of emails (for example, when a new post is added to a thread that has a lot of subscriptions to it). By default, 10 emails are sent from the queue at a time. If you have a more powerful server, you can probably safely increase this number, but we do not recommend going too high on this regardless.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="450" act="options" opt="loadlimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">*NIX Server Load Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On certain *NIX setups, including Linux, vBulletin can read the server's load as reported by the operating system. vBulletin can then use this information turn away users if the server load passes this threshold. Load on *NIX systems is measured in numbers. Usually load should stay below 1, however spikes can occasionally occur, so you should not set this number too low. A setting of 5 to 7 would be a reasonable threshold.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="461" act="options" opt="imagetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Processing Library</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[vBulletin provides two options for manipulating attachment thumbnails, custom avatars, and profile pictures.<br /><br />

The first is GD, which is bundled with PHP 4.3.0 and later and often available with earlier releases.  The GD v2+ library is preferable to the v1+ library so always choose v2 if you're given the opportunity by your host.  GD supports the following file types: GIF, JPEG,  and PNG.<br /><br />

The second supported library is <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org" target="_blank">ImageMagick v6</a> by ImageMagick Studio LLC.  ImageMagick is an executable binary that must be installed at the server level to be called by PHP.  Only the <i>identify</i> and <i>convert</i> binaries from ImageMagick are required by vBulletin.  ImageMagick supports the following file types: GIF, JPEG, PNG, BMP, TIFF, and PSD. ImageMagick also has better support for handling animated GIF.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="462" act="options" opt="regimagetype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Verification Library</title>
			<text date="1192824738" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[vBulletin provides two options for generating the <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Captcha" target="_blank">dynamic image verification</a> image.
<br />
<br />
The first is GD, which is bundled with PHP 4.3.0. The GD v2+ library is required along with having PHP <a href="http://www.php.net/gd" target="_blank" title="--with-freetype-dir=[DIR]">compiled with freetype2 support</a>. Having PHP compiled with freetype1 will sometimes result in the font not displaying.
<br />
<br />
The second supported library is <a href="http://www.imagemagick.org" target="_blank">ImageMagick v6</a> by ImageMagick Studio LLC. ImageMagick is an executable binary that must be installed at the server level to be called by PHP. Only the <i>identify</i> and <i>convert</i> binaries from ImageMagick are required by vBulletin. Imagemagick must be compiled with Freetype support in order to display the proper image verification.<br /><br />It is suggested that you provide your own background images and true type fonts to make your image verification unique.  Background images should be 201x61 pixels.  Fonts should be True Type fonts.  Place the files in the proper directory beneath the images/regimage folders.  The name of the files do not matter as long as images end in .jpg, .png, or .gif and fonts end in .ttf.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="464" act="options" opt="magickpath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">ImageMagick Binary Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Path to the ImageMagick 6 binaries (convert and identify). Example:

Unix: /usr/local/bin/
Windows: C:\imagemagick\</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="465" act="options" opt="regimageoption">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Image Verification Options</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">The difficulty of the image verification image can be controlled with these settings.  The more options that are enabled, the more difficult it will be for your users to identify the text. Enabling a setting will cause that option to be applied to each character.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="480" act="options" opt="safeupload">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Safe Mode Upload Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If your server has Safe Mode enabled, you should set this to Yes. You can determine if Safe Mode is enabled by viewing your <a href="index.php?do=phpinfo" target="_blank">phpinfo</a> page and searching for Safe Mode.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="490" act="options" opt="tmppath">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Safe Mode Temporary Directory</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If your server has PHP's Safe Mode enabled, you must specify a directory that is writable by PHP and is CHMODed 777. This will act as a temporary directory for uploads before they are moved to the database. Do *not* include the final slash at the end.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="493" act="options" opt="copypostindex">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Duplicate Search Index Information on Thread Copy?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">It is not strictly necessary to index a copied thread since the original thread is already indexed.  However, you may wish to index copied threads for the sake of completeness.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="500" act="options" opt="usemailqueue">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Mailqueue System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this option is enabled, the Mailqueue will be turned on and thread/forum subscriptions will be sent in batches to ease the load on the server. Important emails (such as those regarding account activation and lost passwords) are sent instantly regardless of this setting.  If you enable the mail queue, then you need to also check the "Number of Emails to Send Per Batch" setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="510" act="options" opt="needfromemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable "-f" Parameter]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Some email servers require the "-f" parameter to be sent with email calls from PHP. If users are not receiving email from your forum, then you can try enabling this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="520" act="options" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the default language for your forum, of all the language(s) you have installed. This language will be used for guests, and for members who have not explicitly set a language in their preferences.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="530" act="options" opt="styleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can set the Default Style for your forum from the styles you have created or added in the Styles and Templates section. All guests, and members who have not explicitly set a style choice in their preferences, will be shown this style.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="540" act="options" opt="allowchangestyles">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to Change Styles</title>
			<text date="1161596854" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, then your users will be able to choose amongst the styles you have enabled as "User Selectable" in the "Styles &amp; Templates" section.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="550" act="options" opt="cleargifurl">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Location of clear.gif</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The clear.gif file is used as a spacer in certain places on the forum and in place of missing avatars. If you do not set this to a valid image file, users may see a broken image symbol, depending on their browser. By default it is set to 'clear.gif' which indicates that the file is in the root folder of your vBulletin installation (the same folder as forumdisplay.php). This MUST be a relative URL from the location of the root folder of your vBulletin installation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="560" act="options" opt="storecssasfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Store CSS Stylesheets as Files?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is enabled, you can store the CSS for your pages as files which will reduce the size of pages (since the CSS file can be cached locally and referred to from each page, instead of having all the CSS information within each page). If you enable this, you must create a directory named vbulletin_css in the clientscript folder of your vBulletin installation and the web server must have permission to create, write, and remove files from that directory. (Normally this is accomplished by CHMODing the directory 777.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="570" act="options" opt="usepopups">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use DHTML Popup Menus?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, certain page elements will be placed inside of popup menus.  For example, several of the navbar links will be placed inside of popup menus to save on space.  The same goes for the various thread option menus, forum option menus, etc.<br /><br />

Not all browsers support popup menus.  vBulletin automatically detects the client browser and disables popup menus when appropriate.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="575" act="options" opt="legacypostbit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Legacy (Vertical) Postbit Template</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The postbit controls the way each individual post looks when viewing a thread.  The new postbit aligns the poster's information above the post, while the legacy postbit aligns their information to the left of the post.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="580" act="options" opt="enableemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Email Features?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting must be enabled for email functions.  This includes activation emails, post notification emails, etc.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="590" act="options" opt="displayemails">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to Email Other Members</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you disable this setting, users will not be able to contact other members via email through the forum. Even if you enable this setting, you can disable the display of actual email addresses by enable Use Secure Email Sending below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="600" act="options" opt="secureemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Secure Email Sending</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, users will be presented with a form through which to email members. Otherwise, a member's email address will simply be displayed.  The "Allow Users to Email Other Members" option must be enabled for this to have any effect.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="610" act="options" opt="emailfloodtime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Flood Check</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of seconds that must elapse between emails that a user can send to other members. This is primarily to prevent a user from easily spamming members. Set it to 0 to disable this option.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="611" act="options" opt="use_smtp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Email</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[PHP has its own email directives that specify the connect info for the email server.  Those directives are detailed on <a href="http://www.php.net/mail" target="_blank">this page</a>.<br /><br />

You can enable this option so you can specify your own mail server info below.  This allows your forum to send emails through a mail server other than the one specified in your PHP configuration.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="612" act="options" opt="smtp_host">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Host</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The host address needs to be a fully qualified domain name (e.g. smtp.yoursite.com), an IP address (e.g. 65.123.200.5), or some other identifying address.<br /><br />

Use "localhost" (no quotes) if the mail server is on the local machine.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="613" act="options" opt="smtp_port">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Port</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">SMTP servers usually serve from port 25.  If the SMTP host uses a different port, then you can specify that here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="614" act="options" opt="smtp_user">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Some SMTP servers require authentication.  In this field you can specify a username with which to authenticate.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="615" act="options" opt="smtp_pass">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Password</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If your SMTP server requires authentication, then you need to specify a username and password with which to authenticate.  This field contains the SMTP password.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="616" act="options" opt="smtp_tls">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">SMTP Secure Connection</title>
			<text date="1229522245" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[If you've enabled SMTP mail and your server requires a secure connection, please set this to the appropriate setting. This requires OpenSSL support to be compiled into PHP. TLS support requires PHP 5.1.0+]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="620" act="options" opt="enablecensor">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Censorship Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can censor words on your forum anywhere they appear in message titles or bodies. To turn on the censor, set this option to Yes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="630" act="options" opt="censorchar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Character to Replace Censored Words</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a word is to be censored, it will be replaced by the character(s) you specify here. It will be replaced on a one-to-one basis - that is, if the word 'dog' is censored, and this setting is set to *, 'dog' would be replaced with '***'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="640" act="options" opt="censorwords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Censored Words</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here are some examples of what a censor list will do to a sentence:<br /><br />

<b>Sentence:</b><br />
Dogs and cats fight when it's raining.<br />
<b>Censor List:</b><br />
{dog} cat rain<br />
<b>Censor Result:</b><br />
Dogs and ***s fight when it's ****ing.<br />
<b>Censor List:</b><br />
dog {cat} {rain}<br />
<b>Censor Result:</b><br />
***s and cats fight when it's raining.<br /><br />

Do *not* use quotation marks or the results may be unexpected or it may cause errors.  Make sure you are using curly brackets {} and not parentheses () when specifying exact words.  Also note that you cannot censor phrases here because spaces are used as delimiters.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="650" act="options" opt="blankasciistrip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Blank Character Stripper</title>
			<text date="1205942089" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[You may wish to prevent users from using certain characters in their posts, usernames, and more. These characters are usually only used to make words appear the same to a human but different to a computer. To prevent these characters from being used, enter their character codes (numbers) here, separated by spaces.<br />
<br />
You may enter character codes in two ways:
<ol>
<li>The character code number only. If this number is between 0 and 255, it is treated as a raw character code. Anytime a byte with that value appears, it will be changed. If this number is greater than 255, it is treated as if it was preceded by a "u".</li>
<li>"u" followed by a character code, such as "u8204". This forces the character code to be treated as a Unicode code point. In this case, &amp;#8204; and the UTF-8 representation for this character will be stripped out.</li>
</ol>
Some double-byte character sets may have their display broken by using this setting. If this happens, you should remove the contents of this setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="660" act="options" opt="allowregistration">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow New User Registrations</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can temporarily or permanently prevent new users from registering by disabling this setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="670" act="options" opt="usecoppa">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use COPPA Registration System</title>
			<text date="1231760784" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.1"><![CDATA[Enable the COPPA registration system. This complies with the US COPPA laws and requires children under the age of 13 to get parental consent before they can post. For more information about this law, visit <a href="http://www.example.com/go/coppa" target="_blank">this page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="680" act="options" opt="moderatenewmembers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Moderate New Members</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this setting, all new users will be placed into a validation queue for you to approve before they are allowed full privileges. (You can determine what permissions these users have while they are awaiting validation by modifying the permissions for the (COPPA) Users Awaiting Moderation group.) If you also have Verify Email Address in Registration enabled, below, the user must first verify their email address, and then they will be put into the validation queue.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="690" act="options" opt="regimagecheck">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Image Verification</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be required to pass a test during registration where an image is displayed that has a random number on it, and the user must type in the number they see in order to prove they are not an automated system attempting to register. PHP must have GD support enabled for this option to work.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="700" act="options" opt="welcomemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Send Welcome Email</title>
			<text date="1145991013" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If you enable this setting, the user will be sent an email after registration. Note if you enable Verify Email Address in Registration below, the user must verify their address before an email will be sent. If you have Moderate New Members enabled above, this setting will have no effect as the user will be sent an email once validated regardless of this setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="710" act="options" opt="newuseremail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Address to Notify About New Members</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you would like one or more people to be notified when a new user registers, enter their email address(es), separated by spaces, in this field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="720" act="options" opt="allowmultiregs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Multiple Registration Per User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">vBulletin will, by default, stop people from signing up for multiple accounts by checking for a vB cookie on their machine; if one is found, they will not be able to sign up again. If you wish for users to be allowed to have multiple accounts, disable this setting. Keep in mind that a user can log out and remove all vB cookies for your site and then reregister if they wish.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="730" act="options" opt="verifyemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Verify Email Address in Registration</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a user's email address will be verified during registration by sending an email to it; the user must click a link in the email to confirm that they control the email address. If they do not click the link, the user will remain in the Users Awaiting Activation usergroup until they do so, or until you remove them. If you also enable the Moderate New Members setting above, the users will be required to complete email verification and then moved to the (COPPA) Users Awaiting Moderation group for your validation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="740" act="options" opt="requireuniqueemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Require Unique Email Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">By default, vBulletin requires a unique email address for each user. If you disable this setting, multiple users will be allowed to have the same email address.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="750" act="options" opt="minuserlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Username Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the minimum number of characters that a username must be to be valid.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="760" act="options" opt="maxuserlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Username Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the maximum number of characters that a username may be to be valid.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="770" act="options" opt="illegalusernames">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Illegal User Names</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the usernames, or parts of usernames, that you do not wish users to be able to register, separated by spaces. If you enter John, for example, no one will be able to register John, but the name Johnathan will also be disallowed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="771" act="options" opt="usernameregex">
			<title date="1142612083" username="Andreas" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Username Regular Expression</title>
			<text date="1207215367" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[You may require the username to match a PCRE-type regular expression.
<br /><br />
<span class="smallfont">(Do not start or end the expression with an escape character)</span><br />
<br />
Examples:<br /><br />
<b>^[A-Z]+$</b> - Characters from A-Z only<br />
<b>^[A-Z ]+$</b> - Characters from A-Z including space<br />
<b>^[A-Z0-9 ]+$</b> - Alphanumeric characters including space<br />
<b>^((?!&amp;#\d+;)[\x20-\x7E])+$</b> - ASCII characters from 32-127<br />
<br />
See <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=preg-match" target="_blank">PHP.net</a> for more information on regular expressions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="775" act="options" opt="usereferrer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Referrer</title>
			<text date="1226335442" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.0 Beta 3"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, the User Referrer system will be enabled, by which each user can refer other people to the system by giving them a link containing<br />
referrerid=XXX<br />
on the end (where XXX is the userid of the referring user) and if a person registers after following such a link, the user will be credited with a referral.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="780" act="options" opt="defaultregoptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Registration Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the default setting you want for each option on the registration form.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="781" act="options" opt="usernamereusedelay">
			<title date="1191253683" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Username Reuse Delay</title>
			<text date="1199131083" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[This option allows you to prevent a user's name from being reused for a specified number of days after that user has been renamed.<br />
<br />
For example, if you change "Mike" to "Michael", no one would be able to register with the name "Mike" for 365 days (by default).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="784" act="options" opt="social_moderation">
			<title date="1195730414" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Social Group Message Moderation</title>
			<text date="1195730414" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[When this option is set to "yes" all Social Group Messages will be set to "moderated" automatically.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="785" act="options" opt="reqbirthday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Require Date of Birth</title>
			<text date="1195217209" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">When this option is enabled, users will be required to enter a valid date of birth when registering.  Any users without a birthday will be required to enter one when modifying their profile.  A valid birth year is from 1902 to the current year.  Once a date of birth has been entered, the user will not be allowed to change it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="790" act="options" opt="ctMaxChars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title Maximum Characters</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the maximum number of characters a user may enter for a custom title.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="800" act="options" opt="ctCensorWords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Censored Words</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the word(s) you want censored from user titles in this box. Separate each with a space.<br /><br />

To censor a word even if it appears as part of another word, for example 'dog' as part of 'dogma', simply enter the word. If you wish to be more selective, and only censor the word if it appears as a whole word by itself, you can enclose it with curly braces, like so:<br />
{dog}<br /><br />

Following are some examples. This is the sentence they will be matched against:<br />
Dogs and cats fight when it's raining.<br />
Censor list: {dog} cat rain<br />
Censor result: Dogs and ***s fight when it's ****ing.<br />
Censor list: dog {cat} {rain}<br />
Censor result: ***s and cats fight when it's raining.<br /><br />

Do *not* use quotation marks or the results may be unexpected or it may cause errors. Additionally be certain you are using curly brackets {} and not parentheses () when specifying exact words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="805" act="options" opt="minifriends_amount">
			<title date="1195731759" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Number of friends to display in the small friends block</title>
			<text date="1195731759" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The Maximum amount of Friends to display in the Small Friends Block on the Users' Profile Pages]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="810" act="options" opt="ctCensorMod">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Exempt Moderators From Censor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, moderators will be exempt from the user title censor. If you censor such words as 'moderator' from custom user titles, but want your moderators to be able to use the words in their titles, you must enable this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="815" act="options" opt="friends_per_page">
			<title date="1195732107" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Friends Per Page on Full Friends List</title>
			<text date="1208955613" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[The number of friends to show per-page on the large friends list.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="816" act="options" opt="profilemaxvisitors">
			<title date="1198246099" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Maximum Visitors to Show on Profile Page</title>
			<text date="1198246099" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Set an upper limit for the number of recent visitors to show. Recent visitor records are cleaned out on a regular basis, so keep this to a reasonably small number. Somewhere between 5 to 30 is ideal.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="820" act="options" opt="softlinebreakchars">
			<title date="1155818656" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Signature Soft-Linebreak Character Limit</title>
			<text date="1155818656" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[The option is related to the permission that controls how many lines a user may have in his or her signature.<br />
<br />
A line of text without a hard linebreak may wrap when displayed in a browser and actually appear as two lines. This option controls how many characters (other than linebreaks) that are allowed before the text counts as multiple lines.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="830" act="options" opt="sigmax">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Length of Signature</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the maximum number of characters that a user can use in their signature.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="840" act="options" opt="allowbbcode">
			<title date="1206964493" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Allow BB Code in Non Forum Specific Areas</title>
			<text date="1206964476" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, users will be allowed to use BB code tags (such as [b], [i], etc.) in non forum specific areas. This setting is not used anywhere in vBulletin itself, but may be used by addons/plugins.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="850" act="options" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="1172666334" username="admin" version="3.6.5">Allow Smilies in Non Forum Specific Areas</title>
			<text date="1172666320" username="admin" version="3.6.5">If you enable this setting, users can type such text as :) and :( and they will be converted into smilie images in non forum specific areas. Otherwise, the text will be displayed as text.
This setting is not used anywhere in vBulletin itself, but may be used by addons/plugins.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="860" act="options" opt="allowbbimagecode">
			<title date="1172666378" username="admin" version="3.6.5"><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code in Non Forum Specific Areas]]></title>
			<text date="1172666378" username="admin" version="3.6.5"><![CDATA[If you enable this, users will be able to use the [IMG] tag to show images in non forum specific areas. This setting is not used anywhere in vBulletin itself, but may be used by addons/plugins.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="870" act="options" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="1172666411" username="admin" version="3.6.5">Allow HTML in Non Forum Specific Areas</title>
			<text date="1172666411" username="admin" version="3.6.5"><![CDATA[It is <b>strongly</b> recommended that you do not enable this setting. It will allow users to use HTML in non forum specific areas, which could be used maliciously. This setting is not used anywhere in vBulletin itself, but may be used by addons/plugins.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="880" act="options" opt="ignoremods">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow Users to 'Ignore' Moderators]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this setting, users will be able to add Moderators and Administrators to their ignore lists.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="890" act="options" opt="avatarenabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatars Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this setting, users will able to choose avatars, small pictures which show up on their posts under their usernames. You can enable/disable avatars on a per-usergroup level by disabling their ability to use any avatar categories under Avatars > Avatar Manager. You can enable/disable custom avatars in Usergroups > Usergroup Manager.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="900" act="options" opt="numavatarswide">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatar Display Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of columns of avatars you wish to display for the display of predefined avatars in the User CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="910" act="options" opt="numavatarsperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Avatars Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955694" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[This setting is the number of predefined avatars displayed per page on the Edit Avatar screen, broken into columns by the Avatar Display Width setting above.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="920" act="options" opt="profilepicenabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Pictures Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be able to use profile pictures, which are small images (usually larger than avatars) that users can upload to their profile pages. You can set this per-usergroup with the Can Upload Profile Pictures setting in Usergroup Manager.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="930" act="options" opt="reputationenable">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable User Reputation System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This enables or disables the user reputation system.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="940" act="options" opt="reputationhide">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to Hide Their Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be able to disable the display of their reputation to the public. (Users will still be able to give reputation to users who have disabled the public display of their reputation.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="945" act="options" opt="reputationundefined">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Undefined</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the reputation 'description' that will be given to any user that has a reputation that is lesser than the smallest reputation level.<br /><br />For example, if your lowest reputation is -300, any user with a reputation of -301 or smaller will have this description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="950" act="options" opt="reputationdefault">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the reputation level that each user is given when they register. You as the administrator must have a level that is at least equal to or less than this value.<br /><br />

If you change this value then you may want to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your reputations</a> to give existing users to same base reputation level.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="960" act="options" opt="showuserrates">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Reputation Ratings to Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is how many of the most recent ratings that a user has received to show them in their User CP.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="970" act="options" opt="adminpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Administrator's Reputation Power]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of reputation points that an administrator gives or takes with each reputation click. Set this option to 0 to have administrators follow the same rules as all other users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="980" act="options" opt="rdpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Register Date Factor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For every X number of days that a user has been registered, they are given one more point of reputation-altering power.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="990" act="options" opt="pcpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Count Factor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For every X number of posts that a user makes, they will gain one more point of reputation-altering power.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1000" act="options" opt="kppower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Point Factor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For every X points of reputation that a user gets, they gain one more point of reputation-altering power.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1010" act="options" opt="minreputationpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Post Count</title>
			<text date="1205940637" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This setting is the number of posts that a user must have before his reputation hits count towards others' reputation points.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1020" act="options" opt="minreputationcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Reputation Count</title>
			<text date="1205940716" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is the amount of reputation that a user must have before his reputation hits affect others' reputations.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1030" act="options" opt="maxreputationperday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Daily Reputation Clicks Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the number of reputation clicks that a user may give over any 24 hour period. Administrators are exempt from this limit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1040" act="options" opt="reputationrepeat">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation User Spread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of different users that a person must give reputation to before they can hit the same person again. Administrators are exempt from this limit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1050" act="options" opt="unallowvbcode">
			<title date="1206964526" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Allow BB Code in User Notes</title>
			<text date="1206964519" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">If this is enabled, user notes can contain BB code and it will be parsed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1060" act="options" opt="unallowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in User Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is enabled, smilies will be parsed in User Notes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1070" act="options" opt="unallowimg">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code in User Notes]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, the [img] tag may be used in User Notes and it will be parsed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1080" act="options" opt="unallowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML in User Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, you can use HTML in user notes and it will be parsed. (This is <b>strongly</b> not recommended!)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1090" act="options" opt="enablememberlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Members List Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is enabled, the display of the Member List will be enabled. The Member List shows all users who are in groups that have "Viewable on Memberlist" enabled in Usergroups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1093" act="options" opt="memberlistposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Users who would normally show on the member list will not show until they reach this number of posts.<br /><br />

This can be used to prevent new registrations from being listed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1095" act="options" opt="memberlistfields">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Member List Field Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Check what profile fields you want to appear on the <a href="../memberlist.php" target="_blank">member list page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1100" act="options" opt="memberlistperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Members Per Page</title>
			<text date="1208966131" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[This setting determines the number of members displayed per page on the members list.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1110" act="options" opt="usememberlistadvsearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Advanced Searches</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, users will be able to perform advanced searches on the Member List.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1120" act="options" opt="profilelastpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Last Post on Profile Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a user's last post will be be shown on the user's profile page. This can increase table locking due to large table scans, as well as the load of your server. This option should only be enabled for smaller forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1130" act="options" opt="enablebanning">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Banning Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enable this option, the following ban settings will apply.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1140" act="options" opt="banip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Banned IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="1224672498" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Beta 2">Enter any IP addresses you wish to ban in this box, separated by spaces. You can enter a full IP address, or any partial IP address. vBulletin starts at the beginning of an IP address and matches out. You should be very careful when banning IP addresses, especially partials, as you will in all likelihood hit at least one innocent person for every one who is a legitimate banning target, if you even manage to hit a legitimate target at all.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1150" act="options" opt="banemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Banned Email Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter email addresses, or the @ symbol and email domains, separated by spaces to ban people from registering with that email or partial email.<br /><br />

You can use a partial email by entering the @ symbol followed by the domain name: @example.com. You can opt to disallow current users from keeping banned email addresses below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1155" act="options" opt="aggressiveemailban">
			<title date="1190714698" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Aggressive Email Banning</title>
			<text date="1155818986" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This changes email banning to use a method that catches more email addresses. If you enable this option, any email address that contains one of the entries in the "Banned Email Addresses" option will be considered a banned email.<br />
<br />
If you do not enable this option, emails will only be banned if the entry is matched at the end of the email address. For example:<br />
<strong>Enabled:</strong> Banning "example" bans example@something.com and something@example.com.<br />
<strong>Disabled:</strong> Banning "example" effectively bans nothing. If you wish to ban something@example.com, you must enter "example.com".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1160" act="options" opt="allowkeepbannedemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow User to Keep Banned Email Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">You can disallow users from keeping an email address after you ban it by enabling this option. If you do so, the next time any users affected by the email ban attempt to modify their profile they will be prompted to enter a different address.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1170" act="options" opt="globalignore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Tachy Goes to Coventry</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to set certain users as being globally ignored. Their posts etc. are not seen by any users except themselves. This gives them the illusion that they are still functioning members of the forum when in reality nobody is seeing their posts. Enter a list of userids separated by spaces.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1173" act="options" opt="allowedbbcodes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enabled Built-in BB Codes</title>
			<text date="1206966046" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to enable and disable all the built-in BB codes in vBulletin.<br /><br />

Disabling a BB code will prevent it from working anywhere on the forum, including signatures, private messages, user notes etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1178" act="options" opt="codemaxlines">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Maximum [CODE] Lines]]></title>
			<text date="1205942159" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Code is displayed as pre-formatted text which does not wrap when it reaches the edges of the table.  By placing the code within a scroll box we avoid the situation where the pre-formatted text stretches the forum layout.  This setting allows you to specify the maximum height of the scroll box before a scroll bar is displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1179" act="options" opt="quickedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quick Edit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Quick Edit allows an editing control to be opened up directly in the thread.  If the user's browser doesn't support Quick Edit, the user will be taken to the normal editing screen.  User's may go to the Advanced Editor at any time by pressing the 'Go Advanced' button at the bottom of the editor.  Users will need to go to the Advanced Editor to utilize the editor tool bar.  The advantage of the Quick Edit is that the user is not taken to a new page to edit the post and when the user is done, the post is modified without any new page loads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1180" act="options" opt="mqlimit">
			<title date="1150976775" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4">Multi-Quote Quote Limit</title>
			<text date="1150976775" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[The Multi-Quote Quote Limit is used to restrict the amount of quotes that can be added by a user via the Multi-Quote button. This is intended to restrict the potential for abuse to the system.<br /><br />
It should be noted that this will not restrict the number of quotes that can be added to a post, potentially a user could enter the Quote tags manually.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1180" act="options" opt="multiquote">
			<title date="1148819740" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Multi-Quote Enabled</title>
			<text date="1150976414" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Multi-quote allows a user to select multiple posts by clicking a button on each post. When the user clicks a button to reply, the text of each selected post will be quoted in the reply box.<br />
<br />
Since this feature allows users to respond to multiple posts at once, any posts made using this feature will not fit into a threaded hierarchy so beware!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1180" act="options" opt="quickreply">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quick Reply Enabled</title>
			<text date="1205942207" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, a box will appear at the bottom of each showthread page allowing a user to quickly reply to the current topic without loading the full newreply page. You can opt below to only allow users to use QR after clicking on a post's QR icon. Even if QR is enabled users are still able to use the full newreply page.

If you use the 'require click' option, users will have to click a post's QR icon to be able to use QR. Otherwise, they will not, <b>but</b> this has the expense of making Threaded/Hybrid view not very useful, as the system has no way of knowing which post a user is replying to and will simply at it at the end; threaded/hybrid views will become nonsensical.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1200" act="options" opt="postminchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Characters Per Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the minimum number of characters a user must put in a post before it is allowed to go through. Set this to 0 to disable it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1210" act="options" opt="ignorequotechars">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Ignore Words in [QUOTE] Tags for Min Chars Check]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this option, all text within [quote] tags in a post will be ignored when determining how many characters that post has. Some users like to quote large posts and add a smiley or some other small bit of text as a response, and this prevents that.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1215" act="options" opt="titlemaxchars">
			<title date="1195733051" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Maximum Characters Per Thread/Post Title</title>
			<text date="1195733051" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Thread and post titles will be limited to this number of characters. Please choose a value larger than 0 and less than 251.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1220" act="options" opt="quotetitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatically Quote Post / Thread Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you enable this setting, the title field of new posts will be field with the thread or parent post's title, prefixed by 'Re: '. The user can still edit it if they wish. If you disable this setting, the title box will be blank by default.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1230" act="options" opt="postmaxchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Characters Per Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Set this option to the maximum number of characters you wish to allow in one post. If you set this to 0 it will disable the maximum character check.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1240" act="options" opt="maximages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Images Per Post/Signature</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Set this to the maximum number of images you wish to allow per post and signature. For the purposes of this count, the post and any signature the user has are counted together. Set this to 0 to disable the images count.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1250" act="options" opt="stopshouting">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Prevent 'SHOUTING']]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Users who type words in all CAPS will have them changed to first-letter-capitalization only, or all lowercase, depending on the word(s), if the text contains at least this many characters.<br />
If you set this to 0, this function will be disabled.<br />
For some international forums with different character sets this setting may cause issues, and in that case should be disabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1260" act="options" opt="allowdynimg">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow Dynamic URL for [IMG] Tags]]></title>
			<text date="1161596872" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[If you enable this setting, users will be able to use dynamic URLs (those containing ? and &amp; among other special characters) in the [IMG] tag. This may post a slight risk of malicious use depending on what the "image" on the other end of the URL does. It could possibly read or set cookies or do a number of other things. Typically this setting should be disabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1270" act="options" opt="floodchecktime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Time Between Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you enter a number other than 0 (which will disable this function) here, it will cause a user to be forced to wait at least this many seconds between posts. It can prevent a user from attempting to flood your forum with new posts, through either manual or automatic means. Administrators and moderators are always exempt from floodcheck.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1280" act="options" opt="editthreadtitlelimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Limit on Editing of Thread Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is the number of minutes in which a user may edit the title of a thread that he starts, and have it apply to the thread listing screen (forumdisplay). After this time period, the change will only apply to the title shown in the first post of the thread. (Administrators and moderators with permission may always edit the title of the thread as shown on forumdisplay through the Edit Thread function.)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1290" act="options" opt="addpolltimeout">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Limit on Adding a Poll to a Thread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is the number of minutes in which a user may add a poll to a thread he just created. Administrators and moderators with 'caneditpoll' permission may always add a poll to a thread after creation.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1295" act="options" opt="edittimelimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Limit on Editing of Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the time in minutes after the post was posted.  If a user posted a post at 1:00 PM and this setting is set to 5, then that user will not be able to edit that post after 1:05 PM.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1300" act="options" opt="noeditedbytime">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Time to Wait Before Starting to Display 'Edited by...']]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the number of minutes that a user has to edit his post without the <i>Edited by xxx</i> message being appended at the bottom of an edited message.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1310" act="options" opt="logip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this setting is set to Do Not Log IP, no IPs will be logged when messages are posted. If set to Display, But Require Admin or Mod, then the IP will be logged and an administrator or moderator with permission can view it. Display Publicly will show the IP on the post itself for all to see.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1320" act="options" opt="allowvbcodebuttons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Clickable Message Formatting Controls</title>
			<text date="1206966247" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[If you set this option to Disable Controls, no one will be able to use the enhanced toolbar that assists users in using BB codes, or the <span style="cursor:help; border: 1px dotted black;" title="What You See Is What You Get">WYSIWYG</span> editor, which allows users to use a Word-like editing box. Using Disable Controls will also keep the Clickable Smilies box from showing.<br /><br />

Setting this option to Enable Standard Controls will allow users to opt to use a vB2-style toolbar for quick use of BB codes.<br /><br />

Setting this option to Enable Standard &amp; WYSIWYG Controls will allow users to choose between the standard and WYSIWYG controls.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1335" act="options" opt="editormodes">
			<title date="1155819213" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Enable Clickable Message Formatting Controls</title>
			<text date="1155819213" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[This option controls what level over editor formatting controls are available in various areas.<br />
<br />
The full editor option controls all areas other than quick reply and quick edit.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1340" act="options" opt="smtotal">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Smiliebox Total Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the total number of smilies you wish to be shown in the clickable smiliebox before the user must click to see more. If you would like to hide the clickable smiliebox for all users, set this to 0.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1350" act="options" opt="smcolumns">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Smiliebox Smilies Per Row</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If the clickable smiliebox is enabled, enter the number of smilies that should be shown per row here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1360" act="options" opt="wysiwyg_smtotal">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">WYSIWYG Smilie Menu Total Smilies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Use this option to set the number of smilies that will appear in the WYSIWYG popup smilie menu before the 'show all smilies' link is displayed.<br /><br />

Set this value to 0 if you would like to hide the popup smilie menu completely.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1370" act="options" opt="attachtotalspace">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Limit Space Taken Up By Attachments (Total)</title>
			<text date="1172228521" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.5"><![CDATA[Enter a byte value.<br /><br />

1024 bytes = 1 kilobyte<br />
1048576 bytes = 1 megabyte<br /><br />

The total file size of all attachments cannot exceed this number.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1380" act="options" opt="attachlimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachments Per Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a positive integer number or 0.<br /><br />

vBulletin allows users to attach multiple files to a single post.  This setting defines the maximum number of files that a user may attach to one post.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1390" act="options" opt="attachboxcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment Inputs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting limits how many attachments can be uploaded at one time.  This does not limit how many total attachments can be uploaded per post.<br /><br />

For example, if a user wants to attach 5 files to their post (assuming you allow at least 5 attachments per post) and you only allow 3 files to be uploaded at a time (this setting), then the user will need to select and upload 3 of the 5 files first and then select and upload the last 2 files after the first 3 are done.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1395" act="options" opt="attachurlcount">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Attachment URL Inputs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is similar to the "Attachment Upload Inputs" option above, except it is for "URL input boxes" instead of "file location boxes".<br /><br />

"URL attachments" are copied to your server at post time, similar to custom avatars.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1400" act="options" opt="allowattachdel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Deletion of Attachments Beyond Edit Time Limit</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The time limit that this setting refers to is <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a> (Time Limit on Editing of Posts).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1401" act="options" opt="allowclosedattachdel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Deletion of Attachments in Closed Threads</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The time limit that this setting refers to is <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a> (Time Limit on Editing of Posts).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1410" act="options" opt="allowduplicates">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Duplicate Attached Images</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this setting is set to "No" then vBulletin will not allow the same user to post the same attachment twice.  This can be used to prevent users from taking up unnecessary database space with identical attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1420" act="options" opt="viewattachedimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Attached Images Inline</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to display attached images inline, meaning attached images are displayed within the posts themselves instead of having to click a link within the posts to view the attached images.<br /><br />

Enabling this option makes for convenient viewing of attached images but also increases the load time of threads with lots of attached images, increases bandwidth usage, and increases server resource usage when a user loads a thread with lots of attached images.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1430" act="options" opt="attachthumbs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Thumbnails</title>
			<text date="1205942249" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[A thumbnail is a smaller version of an image.  When thumbnails are enabled attached images that are shown inline will be represented by a smaller version of that image.  A user can then click on the thumbnail to view the full-size image.<br /><br />

Enabling thumbnails is useful in conserving bandwidth on forums where attachments are displayed inline and in preventing large (dimensions) attached images from stretching the forum layout.<br /><br />The border and dimensions options require either the GD2 or ImageMagick image processing libraries. These options will not add anything if you are using the GD1 library.<br /><br />

If you are enabling this option and have existing image attachments on your forums, you will need to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your thumbnails</a> to generate thumbnails for those existing attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1440" act="options" opt="attachthumbssize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thumbnail Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter positive integer number.  Thumbnails will be constrained to a height and width no larger than this number.<br /><br />

If you are changing this value and have existing image attachments on your forums, you will need to <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">rebuild your thumbnails</a> to update those existing attachments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1445" act="options" opt="thumbquality">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thumbnail Quality</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Quality vs file size... it's a trade off.  You can experiment to find a good setting.  75 is usually a good compromise.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1450" act="options" opt="attachrow">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thumbnails Per Row</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a positive integer number.<br /><br />

This setting can be used to appropriately fit thumbnails to your forum layout.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1460" act="options" opt="maxpolloptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Poll Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting limits the number of choices a user can put in a poll.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1465" act="options" opt="maxpolllength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Poll Option Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When typing the text for a poll option, the number of characters in the input field cannot exceed this number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1470" act="options" opt="updatelastpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Update Thread Last Post on Poll Vote</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will "bump" threads with polls whenever some one submits a vote to the poll.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1480" act="options" opt="showvotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Required Thread Rating Votes to Show Rating</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a positive integer number.<br /><br />

Thread ratings are relatively inaccurate with just a few votes.  This setting can be used to delay the results until enough votes have been cast to give a more accurate rating.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1490" act="options" opt="votechange">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Thread Rating Vote Changes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option allows users to rate a thread and then change that rating later.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1500" act="options" opt="enablesearches">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Engine Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Searching is a very useful feature but it can be quite server intensive on busy forums.  If you are concerned about server load you can disable this feature.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1510" act="options" opt="searchfloodtime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Time Between Searches</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting can be used to limit the number of searches any one user can perform within a certain time period.  This is useful in preventing the search feature from taking too many server resources on busy forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1520" act="options" opt="minsearchlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Index Minimum Word Length</title>
			<text date="1205941572" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the minimum word length that the search engine is to index.<br /><br />

For example, if this is set to 4 then users can't search for 3 letter words.  You can reduce the size of your database by increasing this number and re-indexing <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1530" act="options" opt="maxsearchlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Index Maximum Word Length</title>
			<text date="1222169399" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[For both vBulletin default search and Fulltext search, this option also limits the maximum size that of words that users can search for.  
For example, if this is set to 15 then users can't search for 16 letter words.<br /><br />
When using the vBulletin default search, this option limits the maximum size of indexed words. The larger this number is, the larger your search index, and conversely your database is going to be.
You can reduce the size of your database by decreasing this number and re-indexing <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1540" act="options" opt="goodwords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Words to be Included Despite Character Limit</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to include special words in the search index that are outside the range of word lengths to be indexed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1550" act="options" opt="searchperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Results Posts Per Page</title>
			<text date="1208955706" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[For example, if this is set to 25 then the user will need to go to the second page of search results to see matches 26-50.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1560" act="options" opt="maxresults">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Search Results to Return</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if this is set to 200 and a search finds 300 results then only the first 200 matches will be displayed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1570" act="options" opt="allowwildcards">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Search Wild Cards</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option allows users to use wildcards (an asterisk *) in their searches.  The asterisk respresents any number and combination of characters in the part of the search word in which it is used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1580" act="options" opt="similarthreadsearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatic Similar Thread Search</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option will build a list of similar threads for a thread when it is posted.  To actually show the similar threads you need to have the "Show Similar Threads" option enabled <a href="options.php?dogroup=showthread&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.<br /><br />

If you are concerned about server load you can disable this feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1585" act="options" opt="searchsharing">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Result Sharing</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[In order to conserve resources, vBulletin will allow search results to be shared among users for one hour. The downside of this is that search results can appear out of order if a thread is updated in the interim. Example, a user searches for 'test' in last post order.  Thirty minutes later another user searches for test.  If the second search has the same parameters as the first (sort order, search type, etc) then vBulletin will use the cached result.  If the order of threads has changed because some have been posted to, the results will no longer be in date order.  This is a cosmetic issue that can be rectified by disabling this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1590" act="options" opt="similarthreadthreshold">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Similar Threads Relevance Threshold</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Search results are scored by relevance.  This setting defines the minimum score a thread must have in a "similar threads" search to qualify as a similar thread.<br /><br />

You can see and change the scoring system <a href="options.php?dogroup=searchfunc&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1595" act="options" opt="badwords">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Words to be excluded from search</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Several common words are already excluded from searches.  These "default bad words" can be seen in the <i>includes/searchwords.php</i> file.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1598" act="options" opt="searchimagecheck">
			<title date="1155819310" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Guest Search Image Verification</title>
			<text date="1155819310" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">If this option is enabled, guests will need to verify that they are human by entering the contents of a verification image into a text box.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1600" act="options" opt="multimatchscore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Multi-Word Match Bonus Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results that contain more of the words in a multi-word search string.<br /><br />

For example, if your search string consists of two words then posts that contain both words will be given higher relevance than posts that only contain one of the two words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1610" act="options" opt="datescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Date Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results that are newer.<br /><br />

This can be deceiving for multi-word searches.  For example, for multi-word search strings a search result might only match one of the words but end up with a higher relevance score than an older search result that matched all of the words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1620" act="options" opt="threadtitlescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Thread Title Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results whose threads contain search words.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1630" act="options" opt="posttitlescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Post Title Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results whose titles contain search words.  This is for post titles, not thread titles.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1640" act="options" opt="replyscore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Reply Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results contained within threads with a high reply count.<br /><br />

Remember that quantity doesn't necessarily equal quality.  In this way, this setting can skew the search results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1650" act="options" opt="replyfunc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Reply Function</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to perform a PHP function on the $replyscore of a search result.  An example would be to return the log() (Natural logarithm) value of the $replyscore.  You would do this by entering 'safelog' as the function name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1660" act="options" opt="viewscore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance View Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results contained within threads with a high view count.<br /><br />

Remember that quantity doesn't necessarily equal quality.  In this way, this setting can skew the search results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1670" act="options" opt="viewfunc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance View Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to perform a PHP function on the $viewscore of a search result.  An example would be to return the log() (Natural logarithm) value of the $viewscore.  You would do this by entering 'safelog' as the function name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1680" act="options" opt="ratescore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Rating Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to give a higher relevance score to search results contained within threads that have a high thread rating.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1690" act="options" opt="ratefunc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Relevance Rating Score</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to perform a PHP function on the $ratingscore of a search result.  An example would be to return the log() (Natural logarithm) value of the $ratingscore.  You would do this by entering 'safelog' as the function name.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1700" act="options" opt="forumhome">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Script Name for Forum Home Page</title>
			<text date="1204936640" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">You can use this setting to change the name of your forum index file so that you can put another index file in its place.  The replacement index file might be a forum intro page or a portal of some kind.  There are many possible applications.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1710" act="options" opt="displayloggedin">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Logged in Users?</title>
			<text date="1145485707" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option shows a list of users that are browsing your forums on the main page.  Disable if you are concerned about performance.<br /><br />There are 4 options:<br /><br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to all visitors</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to all visitors</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to members only</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to  members only.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to members only</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to members only.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1720" act="options" opt="showbirthdays">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Display Today's Birthdays?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to display today's birthday's on your forum homepage.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1730" act="options" opt="birthdaydatecut">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show birthdays for active users only</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to display only the birthdays of active users.  The "Display Today's Birthdays" option must be enabled for this setting to be applicable.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1740" act="options" opt="showevents">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Calendar Events?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting can be used to limit the number of upcoming events that are displayed on your forum homepage.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1750" act="options" opt="showholidays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Holidays</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to display holidays in the upcoming events.  Holidays can be managed <a href="admincalendar.php?do=modifyholiday" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1760" act="options" opt="showeventtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upcoming Event Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting lets you group upcoming events by event or by date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1765" act="options" opt="activememberdays">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active Members Time Cut-Off</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you would like to distinguish between those members who visit regularly and those who registered and then disappeared, this setting is for you.<br />
<br />
By specifying a number of days for this setting, the system will treat members who have not visited the board within that time as 'inactive'.<br />
<br />
This option is used as the cut-off mechanism for the 'Active Members Options' settings.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1767" act="options" opt="activememberoptions">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active Members Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[As the description says, you can restrict member birthdays to active members.  This is useful in preventing "birthday clutter" caused by inactive members who no one really cares about.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1770" act="options" opt="forumhomedepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Depth of Forums - Forum Home</title>
			<text date="1201874756" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 5"><![CDATA[For example, if this is set to 2 and your forums are arranged like this:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
----child's child<br /><br />

Then you will only see the first two levels on your forum homepage:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br /><br />
<strong>Please Note:</strong> If this setting is set as more than two, you will need to create the appropriate templates for this depth]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1780" act="options" opt="forumdisplaydepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Depth of Forums - Forum Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[For example, if this is set to 2 and your forums are arranged like this:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
----child's child<br /><br />

And you are currently viewing the "parent" forum then you will see the first two levels of the parent forum's subforums on the forumdisplay page:<br /><br />

--child<br />
----child's child]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1790" act="options" opt="subforumdepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Depth of Sub-Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Use this option to display deep subforums as text links in the parent's forum description area.<br /><br />

For example, if your forums are setup like this:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
----child's child<br /><br />

And your forum depth is set to 2 and this setting is set to 3 then you will see the first two forums displayed "fully" on the forum homepage while the level 3 "child's child" forum will appear within the "child" forum's description:<br /><br />

parent<br />
--child<br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>child forum's description.</i><br />
&nbsp;&nbsp;<b>Sub-Forums:</b> child's child]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1800" act="options" opt="showforumdescription">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Forum Descriptions in Forum Listings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Exactly what it says.  Forum descriptions can be managed when you edit a specific forum <a href="forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1805" act="options" opt="showprivateforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Private Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select 'No' here will hide private forums from users who are not allowed to access them. Users who do have permission to access them will have to log in before they can see these forums too.<br /><br />Either of the yes options will allow users to see all forums that they don't have access to.  The ability to see the forum's post count is controlled by the two yes options.  If a forum is passworded, it is treated as a private forum until the user enters the valid password.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1810" act="options" opt="hideprivateforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Private Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A private forum is one that the current logged in user doesn't have access to. Disabling this option will hide private forums from users so they don't know what they're missing. ;)<br /><br />

If you enable this option then users will be able to see private forums but not access them.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1820" act="options" opt="showlocks">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Lock Icons to Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this option to display a lock icon on forums that the logged in user does not have access to.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1830" act="options" opt="lastthreadchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Thread Title Maximum Displayed Characters</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is useful in preventing long thread titles from taking up too much space and stretching the table cells.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1840" act="options" opt="showmoderatorcolumn">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Moderator Column</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can disable this option to hide the moderator column if, for example, you don't have any forum moderators, you don't want your users to see that column, or you just don't like the moderator column taking up space.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1845" act="options" opt="nav_forumdesc">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Forum Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Within any forum, enabling this option will show the forum's description in a box underneath the navbar near the top of the page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1845" act="options" opt="showprefixlastpost">
			<title date="1190113107" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Show Thread Prefix in Last Post Column?</title>
			<text date="1190113107" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If a thread has a prefix, this option controls whether the prefix is shown in the "Last Post" column in the forum listing. The prefix will always be shown in full along with the first {$vbulletin->options[lastthreadchars]} characters of the thread's title. This may increase the width of this column.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1850" act="options" opt="showforumusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Users Browsing Forums</title>
			<text date="1145485621" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option shows a list of users that are browsing a particular forum on its forumdisplay.php page.  Disable if you are concerned about performance.<br /><br />There are 4 options:<br /><br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to all visitors</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to all visitors</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to members only</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to  members only.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to members only</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to members only.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1860" act="options" opt="maxthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Displayed Threads Before Page Split</title>
			<text date="1208965541" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[This is the maximum number of threads per page on forumdisplay.php.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1870" act="options" opt="showstickies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Sticky Threads on All Pages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Sticky threads are shown at the top of the forum thread listing.  Enable this option to not only show sticky threads at the top of the listing, but also at the top of each page of threads.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1880" act="options" opt="showdots">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Highlight Threads in Which User Has Posted</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This feature is good for helping users keep track of their footsteps on busy forums.  On less busy forums this feature is less useful.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1890" act="options" opt="usehotthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hot Threads Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A thread is hot if it has at least X number of views and/or X number of replies.  You can set the minimum number of views and replies below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1900" act="options" opt="hotnumberviews">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hot Threads Qualifying Views</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of views required for a thread to be hot.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1910" act="options" opt="hotnumberposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Hot Threads Qualifying Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of posts required for a thread to be hot.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1920" act="options" opt="linktopages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Multi-Page Thread Links Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option allows users to go from the forum thread listing directly to a specific page in a thread without having to view the first page of the thread first.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1930" act="options" opt="maxmultipage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Multi-Page Thread Maximum Links</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a thread has 75 pages you probably don't want a link to each page in the forum's thread listing page.  Use this option to limit the number of linked pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1940" act="options" opt="threadpreview">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Length of Thread Preview Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">When you mouse-over a thread link a small hovering windows appears that shows the content of the first post in the thread.  This setting is the maximum number of characters to show.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1950" act="options" opt="oneannounce">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Group Announcements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When disabled, this option makes it so all announcements in a forum are shown as individual links (like threads) on the forumdisplay.php page.  When enabled, this option combines all announcements one "thread" where each announcement is a "post."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1960" act="options" opt="showthreadusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Users Browsing Threads</title>
			<text date="1145485645" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option shows a list of users that are browsing a particular thread on its showthread.php page.  Disable if you are concerned about performance.<br /><br />There are 4 options:<br /><br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to all visitors</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to all visitors</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to guests and members.<br />
<strong>Yes, Alphabetical to members only</strong> - This option will show an alphabetized list of users to  members only.<br />
<strong>Yes, Random to members only</strong> - This option will show a random order list of users to members only.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1970" act="options" opt="maxposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Displayed Posts Before Page Split</title>
			<text date="1208965595" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[If a thread has 40 posts and this is set to 10, then the posts will be split over 4 pages.  The user can set their own preference in their User CP if you give them the option (see "User-Settable Maximum Displayed Posts" below).<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1980" act="options" opt="usermaxposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User-Settable Maximum Displayed Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can give your users the option to pick a different number of posts per page setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1990" act="options" opt="showdeficon">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Default Post Icon</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This post icon will be used on a post if the user doesn't choose one when posting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2010" act="options" opt="wordwrap">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Characters Before Wrapping Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is useful in preventing long words from stretching your forum layout.<br /><br />

Remember that, unless you are using preformatted text, X number of characters does not equal a specific width because different characters are different widths.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2020" act="options" opt="threadvoted">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Check Thread Rating</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">It only makes sense not to present the user with a voting form if they have already voted, but you may wish to disable this option is you are concerned about performance.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2030" act="options" opt="threadsubscribed">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Check Thread Subscription</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">It is convenient for the user to have this option enabled so they know when they have subscribed to a thread they are viewing, but you may wish to disable this option if you are concerned about performance.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2040" act="options" opt="showsimilarthreads">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Similar Threads?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting displays the similar thread box.  The <a href="options.php?do=options&amp;dogroup=search" target="_blank">Automatic Similar Thread Search</a> option does the actual work to find similar threads.  Disable both options if you don't want this feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2045" act="options" opt="postelements">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Elements</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Post elements are bits of information that can be displayed in the user information box in posts.  Put a check next to the elements you want to be displayed.<br /><br />

Keep in mind that these post elements add processing time to thread pages.  For example, to get a user's age vBulletin needs to do some math on the user's birth date and the current date in order to get an age out of it.  This calculation is done for each post being displayed on a thread page.  The additional overhead is small but is there nonetheless.  If you are wanting to optimize your forum for speed then you should disable these post elements.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2050" act="options" opt="allowthreadedmode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Threaded / Hybrid Mode</title>
			<text date="1205942462" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[These modes are different ways to view posts within a thread.  The user can set their own preference in their User CP.<br />
<br />
Threaded mode shows a tree of links to individual posts within the thread.  The tree shows the threading of the posts by indenting reply posts under the post they are in reply to.  Only one post is viewable at a time.<br />
<br />
Hybrid mode shows the threaded tree of post links as well as the linear expansion of those posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2060" act="options" opt="threadedmode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Threaded Mode by Default</title>
			<text date="1205942492" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Threaded mode shows a tree of links to individual posts within the thread.  The tree shows the threading of the posts by indenting reply posts under the post they are in reply to.  Only one post is viewable at a time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2070" act="options" opt="threaded_listdepth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Threaded Mode: Posts Depth</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Posts have relative depth in threaded mode.  Take this threaded structure for example:<br /><br />

firstpost<br />
-reply1<br />
--re: reply1<br />
---re: re: reply1<br />
-reply2<br />
--re: reply2<br /><br />

If you are viewing "firstpost" then both "reply1" and "reply2" are one level deep.  If you are viewing "reply1" then "re: reply1" is one level deep and "re: re: reply1" is 2 levels deep.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2080" act="options" opt="threaded_maxcache">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Threaded Mode: Maximum Cached Posts</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is basically like the <a href="options.php?dogroup=showthread&amp;do=options" target="_blank">Maximum Displayed Posts Before Page Split</a> setting in terms of thread load time.  If this setting is set to 40 then vBulletin will load a maximum of 40 posts "in the background" so the page doesn't have to reload for each of those 40 posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2085" act="options" opt="threaded_trimtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Threaded Mode: Trim Titles</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to the post titles that are associated with posts in the tree of posts that is displayed in a pane at the top of a thread when using hybrid or threaded mode.<br /><br />

Limiting the length of these post titles in the pane can help to make the post tree more readable and prevent it from running off of the pane and forcing a horizontal scroll bar.  This becomes more of a problem with threads that have deep post trees.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2090" act="options" opt="enablepms">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Messaging Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Private messaging allows users to send eachother personal messages using your forums, similar to email.  Only the recipient of a private message can read it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2100" act="options" opt="checknewpm">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Instant Messaging Support</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this feature to alert users of new private messages while they are browsing your forums.  This is not true instant messaging because the recipient of a private message must load a forum page to initiate the prompt.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2110" act="options" opt="pmmaxchars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Characters Per Private Message</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Use this setting to limit the length of private messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2120" act="options" opt="pmfloodtime">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Floodcheck - Minimum Time Between Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the minimum number of seconds that must pass before a user can send another private message.  Use this setting to prevent users from spamming your users with private messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2130" act="options" opt="pmperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955717" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[For example, if a user has 100 private messages in their inbox and this is set to 50 then their private messages will be split over 2 pages.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2140" act="options" opt="pmmaxperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955736" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[If a user has more private messages than are allowed on one page by this setting then they will be split across multiple pages.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2150" act="options" opt="privallowicons">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Message Icons for Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Message icons are like smilies for private message titles.  You can manage your message icons <a href="image.php?do=modify&amp;table=icon" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2160" act="options" opt="privallowbbcode">
			<title date="1206964512" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">Allow BB Code in Private Messages</title>
			<text date="1206964503" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">BB code tags allow you to add certain html elements to messages (bold text, italic text, underlined text, lists, etc).</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2170" act="options" opt="privallowsmilies">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Smilies in Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to make smilie codes parse into their images.  You can manage your smilies <a href="image.php?do=modify&amp;table=smilie" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2180" act="options" opt="privallowbbimagecode">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code in Private Messages]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[[IMG] code allows users to display inline images, like this:<br /><br />

[IMG]http://www.domain.com/image.gif[/IMG]]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2190" act="options" opt="privallowhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow HTML in Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">HTML code allows the user tremendous freedom in formatting their messages but also allows for malicious code to be inserted.  Allowing HTML code is not recommended.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2200" act="options" opt="WOLenable">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Enabled]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option to allow viewing of the <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">online.php</a> page.  This page shows a detailed list of currently active users, their locations, etc. This option only applies to online.php, not the "Currently Active Users" list on the <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page.<br /><br />

Reported locations <b>do</b> take forum permissions into consideration.  For example, if a user in the online list is viewing a forum that the current logged in user doesn't have access to, then online.php will only report that they are viewing a forum and not give the name of the forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2210" act="options" opt="WOLrefresh">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Refresh Period]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">who's online page</a> auto refreshes itself.  This setting determines how often it refreshes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2220" act="options" opt="WOLguests">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Display Guests]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A guest is a user that does not have a forum account or is not logged in.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2230" act="options" opt="WOLresolve">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Who's Online Resolve IP Addresses]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will cause IP addresses on the who's online page to be resolved to hostnames.  The IP viewing privilege is a <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">group permission</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2240" act="options" opt="enablespiders">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Spider Display</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Spiders are programs that browse the internet and index web sites.  Enabling this option will identify guests that are spiders according to the definitions in the settings below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2270" act="options" opt="archiveenabled">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Archive Enabled</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Some search engines don't like "dynamic" pages with parameters in the URLs, like http://www.domain.com/index.php?parameter=value.  The archive feature gives search engines "static" URLs from which to access your forum content.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2275" act="options" opt="archive_threadtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Simple View of Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Disabling this option will cause the thread links in the archive to link to the actual threads on the main forum (dynamic URLs and all).  For example, instead of:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.yoursite.com/forum/archive/index.php/t-1.html</i><br /><br />

...you will get:<br /><br />

<i>http://www.yoursite.com/forum/showthread.php?t=1</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2280" act="options" opt="archive_threadsperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Archive Threads Per Page</title>
			<text date="1208955752" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[Enter the number of threads to display per page on the archive's thread listing pages.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2290" act="options" opt="archive_postsperpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum Archive Posts Per Page</title>
			<text date="1208955760" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[Enter the number of posts to display per page in the archive's threads.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2300" act="options" opt="adminquickstats">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Quick Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is referring to the first page of the Admin CP, <a href="index.php" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2310" act="options" opt="cpstylefolder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Control Panel Style Folder</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a style for the Admin and Moderator control panels.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2320" act="options" opt="timeoutcontrolpanel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Timeout Admin Login</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enabling this option will force admins to relogin if they are in the Admin CP for too long.  This is more secure but potentially annoying.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2330" act="options" opt="cp_collapse_forums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Collapsing in Forum Manager?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to <a href="forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">this page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2340" act="options" opt="cp_usereditcolumns">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Editor Columns</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting is in reference to <a href="user.php?do=add" target="_blank">this page</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2350" act="options" opt="externaljs">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable External Javascript</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will allow people to receive a feed of the latest threads in specific forum(s). This may be included into a webpage to provide dynamic content.
<br /><br />
The option refers specifically to a Javascript feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2360" act="options" opt="externalrss">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable RSS Syndication</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will allow people to receive a feed of the latest threads in specific forum(s). This may be included into a webpage or RSS reader to provide an automatically updated latest threads display.
<br /><br />
The option refers specifically to an RSS feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2370" act="options" opt="externalxml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable XML Syndication</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enabling this option will allow people to receive a feed of the latest threads in specific forum(s). This may be included into a webpage or other program to provide an automatically updated latest threads display.
<br /><br />
The option refers specifically to an XML feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2375" act="options" opt="externalcutoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread Cutoff</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This option controls how far back, a scan for updated posts will undertake.  The optimum setting it to choose a value that will generally result in 15 updated threads for guests. A busy forum will usually have 15 or more threads updated in an hour so the proper value for that forum would be to use <em>1</em>.  If a forum only receives a few updates a day, then increasing the value past 24 hours would be advisable.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2380" act="options" opt="errorlogdatabase">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Database Errors to File</title>
			<text date="1209381080" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0"><![CDATA[Enter a full server path.  You might want to record database errors to a file if you chose not to have them emailed to you.<br />
<br />
Any errors that occur when connecting to the database server will not be logged with this option. To receive notifications of these errors, you will have to have them emailed to you via the option in config.php.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2390" act="options" opt="errorlogsecurity">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log Failed Admin Control Panel Logins to File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a full server path.  Recording failed Admin CP logins is useful for knowing when some one is trying to hack into your forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2395" act="options" opt="errorlogphp">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Log PHP Warnings to a File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a path here.  For example, on a Windows server the path might be something like:<br /><br />

<i>C:\logs\vbulletin.log</i><br /><br />

Or on a *nix server it might be something like:<br /><br />

<i>/home/yoursite/logs/vbulletin.log</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2400" act="options" opt="errorlogmaxsize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum File Size of Error Logs</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a byte size.  1048576 bytes = 1 megabyte</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2410" act="options" opt="disableerroremail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Disable Database Error Email Sending</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you do not want to be notified about database errors by email then set this option to Yes.  It is recommended that you keep at least one of the error reporting features enabled, whether that is email notification or a log file.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2470" act="options" opt="enablehooks">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enable Plugin/Hook System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The plugin/hook systems allows for insertion of arbitrary code into specific locations in the PHP files without having to edit the files.  This can be used to extend the functionality of vBulletin without hacking.<br /><br />

For troubleshooting purposes, you can turn off the plugin/hook system with this setting so you can eliminate your code as a possible cause.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2610" act="options" opt="usercss_allowed_font_sizes">
			<title date="1195732626" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Allowed Font Sizes</title>
			<text date="1195732626" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The list of allowed fonts size for profile style customizations. Put each font size on its own line. You may use any size that is valid in CSS.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2620" act="options" opt="usercss_allowed_border_widths">
			<title date="1195732662" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Allowed Border Widths</title>
			<text date="1195732662" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The list of allowed border width sizes for profile style customizations. Put each border width size on its own line.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2700" act="options" opt="vm_maxchars">
			<title date="1195732727" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Maximum Characters Per Visitor Message</title>
			<text date="1195732727" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Maximum characters to allow in a visitor message.<br /><br />

Set this to 0 for no limit.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2720" act="options" opt="vm_perpage">
			<title date="1195732823" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Default Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955775" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to define the default number of messages displayed per-page in the user profiles.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2730" act="options" opt="vm_maxperpage">
			<title date="1195732882" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Maximum Messages Per-Page</title>
			<text date="1208955784" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to limit the number of messages users may display per page in the user profiles.<br />
<br />
<b>Note: </b>This number must be at least 1.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2740" act="options" opt="vm_moderation">
			<title date="1195732951" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Visitor Message Moderation</title>
			<text date="1195732951" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">When enabled, all new visitor messages are placed into moderation. This can also be enabled in usergroup permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="searchtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Fulltext searching uses a search index that is constructed by MySQL itself, whereas vBulletin's own search feature uses its own index.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="searchtype" opt="deleteindex">
			<title date="1197976871" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 3">Delete Indexes</title>
			<text date="1197976864" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 3"><![CDATA[When switching a forum to the fulltext search mode, you will want to consider emptying the indexes that the default search engine built.  These indexes are not used by the fulltext search and consume a large portion of your database.  You should be certain that you are going to permanently use the fulltext search before removing these indexes since, generally, it takes a lot of time and server load to rebuild these indexes.  Another consideration is during any time that the fulltext option is enabled, these indexes will not be updated by any new posts.  Using fulltext search for an extended period of time will leave these indexes stale and you may still wish to rebuild them.<br />
<br />
You can also empty these indexes in the <i>Update Counters</i> section of <i>Maintenance</i>.<br />
<br />
You may want to optimize the <i>postindex</i> and <i>word</i> tables afterwards by going to the <i>Repair / Optimize Tables</i> section of <i>Maintenance</i>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="passwordcheck">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="do_banned">
			<title date="1222100522" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2">Email Permanently Banned Users</title>
			<text date="1222100522" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[If you leave this set to 'No', permanently banned users will not receive an email notifying them of their password change.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="email">
			<title date="1219320401" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Email Message</title>
			<text date="1220374566" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This is the email message that the user will receive once their password has been reset.<br /><br />
The tokens {username} and {password} can be placed in the message and will be replaced by their values for each individual user.<br /><br />
You must enter the {password} token or an error will be shown.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="email_from">
			<title date="1219320459" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Email From</title>
			<text date="1219320459" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Enter the email address that the sent emails will state that they are from.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="email_subject">
			<title date="1219320185" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Email Subject</title>
			<text date="1219320185" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">The email subject that the user will see.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="languageid">
			<title date="1222100372" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2">Reset Passwords for Accounts Using Language</title>
			<text date="1222102171" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[Selecting a language here will ensure that only users with that language chosen in the profile settings will be processed when you submit the form.  This is useful when you have multiple languages and want to send different email messages to users based on their language settings.
<br /><br />
Leaving this blank will process all accounts, regardless of their language setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="period">
			<title date="1219236597" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Check Affected Accounts with Activity</title>
			<text date="1219320514" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">The time period selected here will determine which vulnerable accounts will have their password reset. You may wish to only perform a password reset on accounts that have been inactive for a certain period of time.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="quantity">
			<title date="1219328869" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Email to Send At Once</title>
			<text date="1219328869" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is the number of messages to be sent in a batch. Unless you run your own server, it is recommended this is set to 100 or less. Even if you do run your own server, unless it is not very busy, you should keep this relatively low.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="check" opt="reset_on_error">
			<title date="1222100870" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2">Reset Password if Email Failed</title>
			<text date="1222102193" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2"><![CDATA[By default, if there is a problem sending an email to a user, the account password will not be reset.  Set this option to 'Yes' to reset accounts even if it was not possible to send a notification email.
<br /><br />
It is highly recommended that you try to reset passwords without enabling this option.  It may be useful to turn this on if you are sure there is not a problem with the email server and only a small number of account resets persist to cause email errors.  This may be caused by user accounts with invalid or missing email addresses.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="phrase">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Phrases</title>
			<text date="1205942572" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=language&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Languages</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=phrase&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Phrases</a><br /><br />

<b>Phrases:</b><br />
vBulletin's phrase system is used to make the templates language-independent.  Everywhere there would normally be a hard coded, language-specific phrase there is a variable that parses to the value of the phrase for the language in which the user is viewing your forums.  Some phrases will be represented in the templates like this:<br /><br />

<i>$vbphrase[phrase_identifier]</i><br /><br />

While other phrases that have variables in them will be represented like this:<br /><br />

<i>&lt;phrase 1="value for variable 1" 2="value for variable 2"&gt;$vbphrase[phrase_identifier]&lt;/phrase&gt;</i><br /><br />

In the above example, the variables {1} and {2} in the phrase "phrase_identifier" will be replaced with the values you see defined in the template.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a new Phrase</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can add a new phrase for use in the templates. The phrase will be called like this from the templates:
$vbphrase[variablename]
where variablename is a brief description of what the phrase is.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="phrasetypeid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Phrase Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The phrase type is a way of categorizing your phrases to make it easier to find them later. This consists of several built-in types, as well as any you have added. Select what type your new phrase is from the list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="varname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Variable Name</title>
			<text date="1210067274" username="Mez" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[The variable name is how you will refer to your phrase from the templates. It should not contain any spaces or special characters - meaning, only use A-Z, a-z, 0-9, -, and _ (underscore) in the name.<br /><br />

To call the phrase from the templates, use<br />
$vbphrase[variablename]<br />
where variablename is what you put in this box.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="text">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Text to insert</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the default text for the phrase. This will not be shown to users; only the "translated" versions will be shown. You can optionally enter a translation for each language you have installed. If you do not enter a translation for a language, the text from this field will be shown for that language. You can always add a translation for any language at a later date.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Phrase</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this phrase.  Click the "Yes" button below to delete this phrase.  Deleting this phrase will also delete any translated versions of it in other languages.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Editing a Phrase</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit an existing phrase for use in the templates. You cannot change the variablename or text to insert; you can only change the translations of the phrase.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="edit" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select MASTER LANGUAGE if you want this phrase to be part of the MASTER LANGUAGE of vBulletin, otherwise select "Custom Language".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="findorphans">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Orphan Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page shows you a list of all orphan phrases.  An orphan phrase is a phrase that does not belong to any language.  For each language you have installed, there will be a column with a series of checkmarks and "x"'s to indicate whether the phrase is or isn't translated into that language, respectively.<br /><br />

For each orphan phrase you are given the option to keep it or not.  Select the "Keep" or "Delete" radio button on the right.  If you want to keep all or delete all orphan phrases then click the appropriate button at the top.  Click the "Continue" button at the bottom to perform the selected action and proceed to the next orphan phrase.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="findupdates">
			<title date="1142601887" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Find Updated Phrases</title>
			<text date="1142601887" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[vBulletin's default phrases are sometimes updated during upgrades. This page shows you what customized phrases may need to be recustomized as a result of the default phrases changing.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="manageorphans">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Manage Orphan Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">These orphan phrases need parents.  Below is a list of all translations for each orphan phrase.  You need to choose one translation to be default... the orphan phrase will then be adopted by that parent language.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Modifying Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this screen you can see all existing phrases. For each language you have installed, there will be a column with a series of checkmarks and "x"'s to indicate whether the phrase is or isn't translated into that language, respectively.<br /><br />

Clicking 'Edit' to the extreme right of any phrase allows you to modify, add, or remove translations for that phrase. If this is a custom phrase, there will be a link to Delete it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="quickref">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Quickref</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This window allows you to quickly view all phrases for all languages.  Select a language and phrase category in the menus at the bottom and click the "View" button.  To view each phrase's variable name and value just click on the phrase name in the scroll box on the left.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Searching Phrases</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can search for a specific phrase. This searches all languages for the text you specify.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="search" opt="searchstring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find phrases containing text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the text you want to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="25" act="search" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search in Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the language in which you want to search.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="search" opt="searchwhere">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search for text in</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you only want to search the actual text of the phrase, select 'Phrase text only'. If you only want to search the variable name (e.g. in $vbphrase[august], august is the variable name) select 'Variable name only'. If you want to search in both places, select 'Phrase text and variable name'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="search" opt="casesensitive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use case-sensitive search</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the search being performed will be done in a case-sensitive manner, meaning exactly what you type will be searched for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="search" opt="replacestring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replace with Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The search text will be replaced with this text.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="plugin">
		<helptopic disp="4" act="productadd" opt="allowoverwrite">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow Overwrite</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether the uploaded product may overwrite an existing, installed product to prevent you from accidentally reinstalling an existing product.<br />
<br />
If you are upgrading an existing product, simply set this to yes. Your customized options, templates, and phrases will not be altered.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="productadd,productedit" opt="productid">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product ID</title>
			<text date="1210067285" username="Mez" version="3.7.1">This is the unique identifier for your product. It may only contain a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _ (underscore). This is used to associate all related data with your product. It may not be changed after the product is created.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="productadd,productedit" opt="title">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product Title</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the name of your product. It is shown to users when they view their list of currently installed products.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="productadd,productedit" opt="version">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Version</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This page may display two version numbers.<br />
<br />
<strong>Product Version</strong><br />
This is the current version of your product. It is important to increment this when you make changes to your product so install codes can be managed properly and your users will know when there is a newer version out.<br />
<br />
<strong>Install/Uninstall Code Version</strong><br />
This is the version the install/uninstall code is associated with. When you release a product that requires code to be run during installation or uninstallation, you should associate it with the first version of the product that requires the code.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="productadd,productedit" opt="description">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is simply a description of the product. It is shown to the user when viewing the list of installed products.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="productadd,productedit" opt="url">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Product URL</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the URL that users will go to to receive information about your product. If provided, the product's name will be linked to this URL in the installed product list.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="productadd,productedit" opt="versioncheckurl">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Version Check URL</title>
			<text date="1213695534" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This allows you to specify a URL that can be called to check for the latest version of your product. Any URL may be specified, but it must return data in a specific format.<br />
<br />
For the version check to function properly, data returned from the specified URL should be in the format of:

<blockquote><pre>&lt;version productid="<strong>x</strong>"&gt;<strong>1.2.3</strong>&lt;/version&gt;</pre></blockquote>

<strong>x</strong> should be replaced with the ID of the product that the version applies to. <strong>1.2.3</strong> should be replaced with the latest version of the product.<br />
<br />
Note: A POST request will be made to the server. Some configurations deny this for static files so you may need to use PHP to serve the data.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="productedit" opt="dependencytype">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Dependency Type</title>
			<text date="1153746182" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3"><![CDATA[The product dependency system allows you to specify specific requirements for your product. If a user does not meet one or more of your requirements, he/she will not be able to install your product.<br />
<br />
This option controls what the required item is. You may select from:
<ol>
<li>PHP Version</li>
<li>MySQL Version</li>
<li>vBulletin Version</li>
<li>Product ID - this option allows you to specify the ID of another product that must be installed <em>and enabled</em> before this product can be installed</li>
</ol>

Using the <em>Compatibility Starts With Version</em> and <em>Incompatible With Version</em> options, you may specify a range of versions that are compatible with your product.<br />
<br />
<strong>Note:</strong>. If you specify multiple entries for a specific dependency type, the person installing your product must only meet one dependency per type. For example, if you require PHP to be less than 4.2.0 and PHP to be greater than or equal to 4.3.0, as long as the user meets one of those two requirements, the install will continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="productedit" opt="maxversion">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Incompatible With Version</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the first incompatible version. All versions newer than this are also incompatible. If you wish to only require a minimum version, you may leave this field blank.<br />
<br />
This version is not considered compatible. For example, if you specify that your product is incompatible with PHP 5.0.0, a user with PHP 5.0.0 Beta 1 will be able to install your product, while a user with PHP 5.0.0 or 5.0.1 would not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="productedit" opt="minversion">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Compatibility Starts With Version</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls the minimum compatible version. You may leave this blank if you wish to have no minimum version.<br />
<br />
This version is included in the compatibility. For example, if you require PHP 5.0.0, 5.0.0 will qualify. However, 5.0.0 Beta 1 will not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="productedit" opt="installcode">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Install Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is code that will be executed when a user installs your product.<br />
<br />
It will only be executed if the version the code is associated with has not been installed. For example, if you select a version of 1.0, when a user first installs your product, this install code will run. If he/she later upgrades from 1.0 to 1.1, install code associated with 1.0 will <em>not</em> run.<br />
<br />
When multiple install codes must be run (such as if you have install codes for 1.0 and 1.1 and the user does not have any version of your product installed), they will be executed in ascending version order. That is, 1.0 code will execute before 1.1 code.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="productedit" opt="uninstallcode">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Uninstall Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This code will be executed when a user uninstalls your product. Code will be executed from newest version to oldest version. For example, if there is uninstall code associated with versions 1.0 and 1.1, the 1.1 code will run before the 1.0 code.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="prefix">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addprefix,editprefix" opt="prefixid">
			<title date="1190106476" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix ID</title>
			<text date="1190106476" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">This is the unique identifier for this prefix. Only one prefix can have this value and the value may only contain A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and _ (underscores) only.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="addprefix,editprefix" opt="prefixsetid">
			<title date="1190106571" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix Set</title>
			<text date="1190106571" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The set this prefix is to be placed in. This prefix will only be selectable in forums that have this set enabled.<br />
<br />
If you change this set, threads that can no longer use this prefix will have it removed!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addprefix,editprefix" opt="title_plain">
			<title date="1190106746" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Title (Plain Text)</title>
			<text date="1190106746" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the title of the prefix, using no special markup. This will be shown in the prefix list menu, when the thread title is shown in the navigation bar, or when the thread title is used in an email.<br />
<br />
This title will be placed before the thread title with a space only. You will probably want to include some sort of delimiter character to make it more obvious that the prefix is being used. For example, if you use the prefix "For Sale", you may wish to enter "For Sale:" or "[For Sale]" here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addprefix,editprefix" opt="title_rich">
			<title date="1190106949" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Title (Rich Text)</title>
			<text date="1190107051" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is also the title of the prefix, but you may use HTML to add additional markup to the title. For example, you could turn a prefix red and bold by using: &lt;span style="color: red"&gt;&lt;b&gt;For Sale&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/span&gt; This would look like this: <span style="color: red"><b>For Sale</b></span>.<br />
<br />
This version of the prefix will be shown in a list of threads and within the thread itself.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="addprefix,editprefix" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="1190108080" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1190108080" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The sort order for this prefix. Lower values will be displayed first within the selected prefix set.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addset,editset" opt="prefixsetid">
			<title date="1190047397" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix Set ID</title>
			<text date="1190047397" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">This is the unique identifier for this prefix set. Only one set can have this value and the value may only contain A-Z, a-z, 0-9, and _ (underscores) only.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="addset,editset" opt="title">
			<title date="1190047489" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1190047489" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">This is the title of this prefix set. You should not use any special HTML markup.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addset,editset" opt="forumids">
			<title date="1190048861" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Use Prefix Set in These Forums</title>
			<text date="1190048861" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix sets must be attached to forums before they can be used. Select the forum or forums this prefix set will be available in using this field. Once you do this, when a user creates a new thread in a selected forum, he or she will be able to select a prefix from this set.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addset,editset" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="1190047556" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1190047556" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The sorting order for sets. Sets with lower values will be shown before sets with higher values.<br />
<br />
Note that the display order setting for individual prefixes only controls their order within the set.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="1190108556" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Thread Prefixes Overview</title>
			<text date="1190108556" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Thread prefixes are a structured way to specify how certain topics are discussed within a forum. You create prefix sets which contain many prefixes and can be tied to any number of forums.<br />
<br />
When a user creates a thread, he or she will have the option of specifying a prefix to the thread title. This prefix can be used to filter threads within the forum or searched on.<br />
<br />
For example, you may wish to use prefixes in a marketplace forum, where people post "Wanted" and "For Sale" entries. Alternatively, if you have multiple products and only one announcement forum, you could have prefix threads in that forum depending on the product they relate to.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="profilefield">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Profile Fields</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>User Profile Fields:</b><br />
User profile fields have two main applications.  First, they can be used to hold information about your users.  For example, a default vBulletin profile field is the "Location" field where a user can enter their location.  Second, profile fields can be used as forum options to drive conditionals in your templates.  This application is explained in <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=profilefield&amp;pageaction=edit&amp;option=form">this</a> help topic.<br /><br />

There are different types of profile fields that can be selected when creating a new profile field on the <a href="profilefield.php?do=add" target="_blank">Add New User Profile Field</a> page.  Below are examples of each kind of profile field:<br /><br />

<b>Single-line Text Box (input)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;input type="text" name="" /&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<input type="text" name="none" value="" /><br /><br />

<b>Multi-line Text Box (textarea)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;textarea name=""&gt;&lt;/textarea&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<textarea name="none" rows="3" cols="20"></textarea><br /><br />

<b>Single-selection Radio Buttons (radio)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;input type="radio" name="a" /&gt; Option 1<br />
&lt;input type="radio" name="a" /&gt; Option 2</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<input type="radio" name="a" /> Option 1<br />
<input type="radio" name="a" /> Option 2<br /><br />

<b>Single-selection Menu (select)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;select name="sel"&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="1"&gt;Option 1&lt;option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="2"&gt;Option 2&lt;option&gt;<br />
&lt;/select&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<select name="sel">
<option value="1">Option 1</option>
<option value="2">Option 2</option>
</select><br /><br />

<b>Multiple-selection Menu (select multiple)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;select name="sel" multiple="multiple" size="3"&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="1"&gt;Option 1&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="2"&gt;Option 2&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="3"&gt;Option 3&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="4"&gt;Option 4&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;option value="5"&gt;Option 5&lt;/option&gt;<br />
&lt;/select&gt;</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<select name="sel" multiple="multiple" size="3">
<option value="1">Option 1</option>
<option value="2">Option 2</option>
<option value="3">Option 3</option>
<option value="4">Option 4</option>
<option value="5">Option 5</option>
</select><br /><br />

<b>Multiple selection Checkboxes (checkbox)</b>: In HTML, this is<br />
<span style="font-family:monospace;">&lt;input type="checkbox" name="name" value="1" /&gt; Option 1<br />
&lt;input type="checkbox" name="name" value="2" /&gt; Option 2</span><br />
which equates to this:<br />
<input type="checkbox" name="name" value="1" /> Option 1<br />
<input type="checkbox" name="name" value="2" /> Option 2<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a User Profile Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can add a user profile field. A user profile field is a field that the users fill in during registration (or afterwards on their Edit Profile page) that can then be displayed in various places.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add" opt="profilefieldtype">
			<title date="1220959801" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Profile Field Type</title>
			<text date="1220959801" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This option determines what kind of control will be used to enter the value of the field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the profile field as displayed to your users and in the admin control panel. It can be up to 50 characters long.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the description of the field as shown to your users. You should describe here what the field is intended for, and if it is required field or not, and/or if it is private from other users or not.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="35" act="add,edit" opt="profilefieldcategoryid">
			<title date="1205937422" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Profile Field Category</title>
			<text date="1205937526" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[It is possible to group custom user profile fields into categories so that they can be logically grouped. The primary purpose of doing this is to allow different categories to be shown in different tabs or blocks on a user's profile page (in addition to being shown in the 'About Me' tab).<br />
<br />
<a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=profilefield&amp;pageaction=editcat">For further information, see the help entry for the profile field category manager.</a>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="data">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Multiple Choice Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Select Fields</b><br />
In this box, put each value that should appear as an option. Make sure to press Enter after each option or it will not work correctly!<br />
<br />
<b>Radio Fields</b><br />
In this box, put each value that should appear as a radio button. Make sure to press Enter after each option or it will not work correctly!<br />
<br />
<b>Checkbox Fields</b><br />
In this box, put each value that should appear as a checkbox. Make sure to press Enter after each option or it will not work correctly!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="maxlength">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Input Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Maximum Input (Input, Textarea only)</b><br />
This setting is how many characters a user is allowed to enter into this field.<br />
<br />
<b>Maximum Input (for Optional Field, Select, Radio only)</b><br />
This setting is how many characters a user may enter into the optional field.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="size">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Field Length &amp; Limit Boxes]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Field Length (<i>Input, Textarea only</i>)</b><br />
This is how many characters long the input should appear on the forms. This should be less than or equal to the maximum number of characters allowed to be entered into this field.<br />
<br />
<b>Field Length (for Optional Field, <i>Select, Radio only</i>)</b><br />
This setting is how many characters long the input field should appear as on the form. It is recommended that you set this to be equal to or less than the maximum number of characters the user may enter as set above.<br />
<br />
<b>Limit Boxes (<i>Select Multiple only</i>)</b><br />
This is how many options the user may choose. Set to 0 to allow the user to select all options.<br />
<br />
<b>Limit Boxes (<i>Checkbox only</i>)</b><br />
This setting is how many checkboxes the user may check total for this field. Enter 0 to allow them to select all checkboxes.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="65" act="add,edit" opt="newtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Field Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a field type for this profile field.  Please see the General Topics for examples of each type of profile field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="height">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Field Height (<i>Textarea only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="1152785567" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This is how many rows high the input should be on the forms. It is recommend that you set this to at least 2 for user sanity reasons.<br />
<i>This only applies to Textarea type fields</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="def">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Set Default?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Select Fields</b><br />
If you wish to have the first option set as the default choice for this field, set this to Yes. Otherwise, a blank line will be the default. This is useful to force users to select an option at registration if this is a required field.<br />
<br />
<b>Radio Fields</b><br />
If this is set to Yes, the first radio button will be preselected for the user. Otherwise, none will be selected. This is useful if you wish to force a user to select one if this field is required.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="perline">
			<title date="1147805177" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Items Per Line (<i>Radio, Checkbox only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="1199998638" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">This setting is how many controls to display per line on forms. Set this to 0 to show all controls on one line.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="boxheight">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Box Height (<i>Select Multiple only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting is how tall the box should be. If you have 12 options and want 3 of them displayed without the user having to use the scrollbar, set this to 3. It is recommended that you set this to at least 3 for user sanity reasons.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This sets the order in which fields are displayed. The default is to add it to the end of your current fields. Display order starts at 1 and can be any whole positive number (e.g. don't use decimals or fractions).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="required">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Field Required?</title>
			<text date="1214221606" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[<b>Yes, at registration and profile updating</b> - User will be required to complete this field at registration and when updating their profile.<br />
<br />
<b>Yes, always</b> - User will be required to complete this field at registration.  Enabling this setting will force all users to complete it before they can continue using your forum. This applies only if the field is shown on the "Edit Your Details" page.<br />
<br />
<b>No</b> - Completion of this field is optional.<br />
<br />
<b>No, but display at registration</b> - Completion of this field is optional but it will appear at registration.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="175" act="add,edit" opt="editable">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Field Editable by User?</title>
			<text date="1147803250" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[<b>Yes</b> - User may edit this field at any time.<br />
<br />
<b>No</b>  - User may never edit this field.<br />
<br />
<b>Only at registration</b> - User may only edit this field at registration or if it is set to be required and it is blank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="hidden">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, this field can be filled in by the user but will only be viewable to those with the proper usergroup permission.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit" opt="searchable">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Field searchable on member's list]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to No, users will not be able to search using this field on the Member's List Advanced Search. If this field is set to Private than only those users with the proper usergroup permission will be able to search on it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="memberlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Show on member's list?]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this is set to Yes, this field will be displayed on the Member's List for each user. If you set this field as Private, only those with the proper usergroup permission will be able to see this field on the Member's List.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit" opt="optional">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Allow Additional Field? (<i>Select, Radio only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the user will be allowed to fill in a text input field as an alternative to the options you have given for this field.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit" opt="regex">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Regular Expression (<i>Select, Input, Radio, Textarea only</i>)]]></title>
			<text date="1161192426" username="freddie" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[You may require this field's contents to match a PCRE-type regular expression. For example, you could have a field that is for the user's ICQ number. Since ICQ numbers consist of only numerals, you could write a regular expression to check for non-numerals. 
<br /><br />
Example: <span class="smallfont">(Do not start or end the expression with an escape character)</span><br />
<br />
<b>^[0-9]{7,8}$</b><br />
<br />
If you want to allow an empty response to be given, you need to account for it within the regex:<br />
<br />
<b>^[0-9]{7,8}$|^$</b><br />
<br />
See <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=preg-match" target="_blank">PHP.net</a> for more information on regular expressions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit" opt="form">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Which page displays this option?</title>
			<text date="1201688570" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 5"><![CDATA[This controls what page the profile field is displayed on. Most likely you want to leave this on "Edit Your Details" but if you wish to create your own user options that can be manipulated via template conditionals then select "Options". This field will then appear on the "Options" page of the User CP. Also, this field will not appear when viewing a user's profile.<br /><br />

As mentioned, you can use template conditionals to add additional options for your users. For example, you can make this profile field a "one option" check box field under one of the "Options" categories.  You can then use the field as a conditional to display something in your postbit template.  If the "Name" of this profile field is field1 then you can use this code in your postbit template:<br /><br />

<i>&lt;if condition="$post['field1']"&gt;<br />
<font color="green">code to display if the user has checked the profile field</font><br />
&lt;/if&gt;</i><br /><br />

The <font color="green">green</font> code in the middle will only be displayed if the user has checked the profile field in their options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Profile Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this screen you can edit this user profile field. A user profile field is a field that the users fill in during registration (or afterwards on their Edit Profile page) that can then be displayed in various places.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcat">
			<title date="1205936925" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">User Profile Field Category Editor</title>
			<text date="1205936925" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[It is possible to group custom user profile fields into categories so that they can be logically grouped. The primary purpose of doing this is to allow different categories to be shown in different tabs or blocks on a user's profile page (in addition to being shown in the 'About Me' tab).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcat" opt="allowprivacy">
			<title date="1218102521" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Allow User Privacy Options</title>
			<text date="1215167628" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This option controls whether the category will appear in the 'Customize Profile' page, allowing users to select whether to hide or display the category's profile block to other users.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcat" opt="title">
			<title date="1205936976" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1205936976" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Enter the title of the profile field category, as you would like it to be seen by your visitors. Do not use raw HTML.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="editcat" opt="desc">
			<title date="1205937083" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Description</title>
			<text date="1205937083" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter a description of the profile field category. This information will appear in small text below the title of the category in the 'About Me' tab of users' profile pages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="3" act="editcat" opt="location">
			<title date="1205937185" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Location on Profile Page</title>
			<text date="1205937185" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<p>Use this control to specify whereabouts on a users' profile pages you would like this profile field category to appear.</p>

<p>There are several options, some of which will cause the information to appear as a tab, and other will display the information as a block in the column next to the tabs.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="4" act="editcat" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="1205937243" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1205937243" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">This option controls where the category will appear relative to other categories when listed. A category with a higher display order number will appear after or below a lower number.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Profile Field Manager</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[On this page you can manage your user profile fields.  User profile fields are used to hold information and preferences about your users.<br /><br />

Click the [Edit] link to edit the settings of the corresponding profile field.  Click the [Delete] link to do exactly that (this will lose information if users have information in the field!).<br /><br />

User profile fields can be displayed in posts next to the author's name.  If you want to display a profile field in posts then you need to edit your <b>postbit</b> or <b>postbit_legacy</b> template (depending on which one you use as is indicated by the "Use Legacy (Vertical) Postbit Template" option in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=stylelang&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>) and add <b>$post[fieldX]</b> where <b>X</b> is the field ID of the profile field as shown under the "Name" column on this page.<br /><br />

Below is a list of existing profile fields.  The "Title / Profile Field Type" column tells you the name and type of the profile field.  Please see the General Topics for examples of each type of profile field.<br /><br />

The "Options" column tells you which options are enabled for the corresponding profile field.  Profile fields can be required, editable, private, searchable, and shown on the <a href="../memberlist.php" target="_blank">member list</a> - or not.<br /><br />

The "Name" column tells you the field number of the corresponding profile field.  You can use a profile field's field number to make it show in user posts (see above).<br /><br />

The "Display Order" column tells you the display order of the corresponding profile field.  Display orders are used to order profile fields on the various pages of the User CP on which they can be displayed.  You can change display orders on this page by editing the display order fields and clicking the "Save Display Order" button.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Profile Field</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this profile field.  Deleting this profile field will lose information if your users have information in this field.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="queries">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Execute SQL Query</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=backup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=repair&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=misc&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=diagnostic&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=queries&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Execute SQL Query:</b><br />
This page can be used to run queries on your forum database.  This can be useful for mass-updating records in your database.  You should always backup your database before querying it.  Any valid MySQL query can be run here.  See <a href="http://www.mysql.com/" target="_blank">mysql.com</a> for more information.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Execute SQL Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This feature lets you run queries on your vBulletin database.  You should backup your database before querying it.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="modify" opt="autoquery">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatic Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[These are predefined queries for managing user settings.  Select the query you want to run and click the "Continue" button to execute it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="modify" opt="query">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Manual Query</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can manually type in the query you want to run.  Only one query can be run at a time. Once a query is executed it can not be reversed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="modify" opt="perpage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Results to Show Per Page</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Queries return results after they are executed.  Here you can specify the number of returned results to show per page.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="ranks">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Ranks</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>User Ranks:</b><br />
Users ranks are rank insignia based on post count and usergroup that are displayed next to names in posts.  User ranks work very similar to user titles, the main difference being that user titles are for all usergroups while user ranks can be created for specific usergroups.  In this way you can create different rank insignia for different usergroups.  User ranks appear next to names in posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New User Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can add a new user rank.  Please see the individual help topics below if you have questions about the options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="ranklevel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of times to repeat rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the number of times that this rank image or text will be repeated when it is displayed next to a user's name in their posts.<br /><br />

For example, if you specify a rank text of "Captain" and this setting is set to 2, then the user's rank will be shown as "CaptainCaptain".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="minposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of posts required for a user to obtain this rank.  When a user in the specified usergroup reaches this many posts then they will be given this rank.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the usergroup to which this rank applies.  The users to whom is applied depends on the value of the "Display Type" setting. If you select "Always", all users with this usergroup in his/her primary <strong>or</strong> secondary groups will receive this rank. If you select "If Displaygroup = This Group", then only users that identify themselves as this group will receive this rank.<br />
<br />
Select "All Usergroups" to have this rank apply to everyone regardless of their usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="rankimg">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Rank File Path</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file path to an image for this rank.  The path should be relative to your main forum directory.  For example, if the image you want for this rank is named rank.gif and you upload it to the images directory within your forum directory then you would enter: images/rank.gif<br /><br />

Alternately, you can leave this field blank and fill in the next one instead.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="rankhtml">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Rank Text</title>
			<text date="1205431156" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If you want to display text for this rank instead of an image, then leave the previous field blank and fill in this field instead.  You can use HTML code in this field.<br /><br />

Some HTML tags you might want to use here include:<br /><br />

&lt;b&gt;rank&lt;/b&gt; = <b>rank</b><br />
&lt;i&gt;rank&lt;/i&gt; = <i>rank</i><br />
&lt;u&gt;rank&lt;/u&gt; = <u>rank</u><br />
&lt;font color="red"&gt;rank&lt;/font&gt; = <font color="red">rank</font><br />
&lt;font size="4"&gt;rank&lt;/font&gt; = <font size="3">rank</font>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="stack">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Stack Rank</title>
			<text date="1205942440" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If chosen, the rank will be stacked when appearing with other ranks.  Otherwise the rank will be placed to the left of other ranks.  In HTML terms, this option controls whether or not a &lt;br /&gt; tag is inserted before the rank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="display">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<strong>Always</strong>: This rank will always be displayed if a member has this rank's usergroup as their primary or one of their secondary groups.<br /><br />
<strong>If Displaygroup = This Group</strong>: This rank will only be displayed if a member's displaygroup is equal to this rank's usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit User Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can edit this user rank. Please see the individual help topics below if you have questions about the options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Rank Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the user rank manager.  Here you can manage ranks based on post count for one or all usergroups.  Ranks can be represented by images or text (HTML is allowed).<br /><br />

Below is a list of all existing ranks (if any).  The ranks below are grouped by the usergroups to which they apply.  The "User Rank" column shows the image or text that is granted to the user when they qualify for the corresponding rank.  The "Minimum Posts" column shows you the post count that is needed to acquire the corresponding rank.<br /><br />

Click the [Edit] link to the right of a rank to change its target usergroup, minimum required post count, and the image / text that is the rank.  Click the [Delete] link to delete the rank completely.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Rank</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this rank.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="repair">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Repair / Optimize</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=backup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Database Backup</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=repair&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Repair / Optimize</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=misc&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Update Counters</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=diagnostic&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Diagnostics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=queries&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Execute SQL Query</a><br /><br />

<b>Repair / Optimize:</b><br />
This script can be used to repair / optimize your database.  If you are getting database errors caused by corruption then running this script might fix them.  An alternative to repairing your database with this script is to run a <a href="http://www.mysql.com/doc/en/REPAIR_TABLE.html" target="_blank">REPAIR TABLE</a> query from the mysql prompt through a telnet / SSH connection to your server (if you have access).<br /><br />

You can also use this script to optimize your tables.  You should optimize your database tables if you have recently pruned a large number of threads, posts, users, etc.  Optimizing helps you reclaim unused space which can reduce the size of your database.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Repair / Optimize Tables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the tables below and then the appropriate action to repair your tables if they have been corrupted or optimize to improve speed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list" opt="optimizetables">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Optimize Tables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Database tables should be optimized if you have deleted a large part of a table or if you have made many changes to a table with variable-length rows (tables that have VARCHAR, BLOB, or TEXT columns).  Optimizing helps you reclaim unused space which can reduce the size of your database.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="list" opt="repairtables">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Repair Tables</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Repairs the selected database tables if errors are found.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="replacement">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Replacement Variables</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=template&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Styles &amp; Templates</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=css&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=replacement&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Replacement Variables</a><br /><br />

<b>Replacement Variables:</b><br />
Replacement variables are raw string replacements for your templates that are case-<b>in</b>sensitive.<br /><br />

For example, if you create a replacement variable using the variable string "vbulletin" and the replacement string "is cool", then these template strings will be parsed into the following strings upon loading a forum page:<br /><br />

Template string: <i>Powered by vBulletin</i><br />
Parsed string: <i>Powered by is cool</i><br /><br />

Template string: <i>vBULLetin3</i><br />
Parsed string: <i>is cool3</i><br /><br />

You can use replacement variables the same way vBulletin uses stylevars (see "Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS" link above).  If you use the same string in several templates then you can create a replacement variable for it.  You can use the replacement variable in the templates and set its value in this Replacement Variable Manager.  If you need to change the value of the string then you can edit the replacement variable which will change its value in every template where the variable occurs.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Replacement Variable</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can add a new replacement variable.  Replacement variables are useful in representing commonly used values in templates.  For example, the images directory path is used in many vBulletin templates and so it is represented by a replacement variable.  The images directory replacement variable can be edited to change the images path in every template.<br /><br />

First you need to select a style to which you want this replacement variable to belong.  The "Search for Text" field is the variable you will use in the templates.  The "Replace with Text" field is the value that will be substituted in for the replacement variable everywhere it is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add" opt="dostyleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a style to which you want this replacement variable to belong.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="findtext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search for Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This field is the variable that is used in the templates.  The value in the "Replace with Text" field will be substituted in for this variable everywhere it is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="replacetext">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replace with Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This field is the value that will be substituted in for this replacement variable everywhere it is used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Replacement Variable</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can edit this replacement variable.  Replacement variables are useful in representing commonly used values in templates.  For example, the images directory path is used in many vBulletin templates and so it is represented by a replacement variable.  The images directory replacement variable can be edited to change the images path in every template.<br /><br />

The "Search for Text" field is the variable that is used in the templates.  The "Replace with Text" field is the value that is substituted in for the replacement variable everywhere it is used.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replacement Variable Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page shows you replacement variables for all styles.  Replacement variables can be used in templates.  When a forum page is loaded all of the replacement variables in its templates are parsed into their replacement values.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Replacement Variable</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this replacement variable.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  If this style has any children then they will also lose access to this replacement variable when it is deleted.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="resources">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Viewing Permissions</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forum&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forums</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=moderator&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderators</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=resources&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Viewing Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Viewing Permissions:</b><br />
vBulletin's permission system is very powerful and flexible, but it can be complex to work with if you are inexperienced with vBulletin.  Sometimes it is hard to know if you have permissions setup correctly.  This page allows you to confirm correct permissions for a forum for a usergroup.<br /><br />

For a detailed explanation about usergroups and forum permissions, see the general help topic for <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usergroup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Usergroups</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="index">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Forum Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to view the forum permissions for a usergroup for a specific forum.  This can be useful in confirming correct permissions when permission inheritance and other complexities are involved.<br /><br />

First select a forum and usergroup for which you want to view permissions.  Then put a check next to the permissions you want to view.  Click "Find" to view the permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="index" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a forum for which you want to view permissions.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="index" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a usergroup for which you want to view permissions for the selected forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Permissions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Below is a report showing the forum permissions for the forum and group you selected.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="viewuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can view this user's permissions at the forum level.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="rssposter">
		<helptopic disp="10" act="edit" opt="resetlastrun">
			<title date="1149677250" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Reset Last Checked Time</title>
			<text date="1209205296" username="Kier" version="3.7.0"><![CDATA[If this box is checked when the feed is saved, the last run time will be set so that the feed <strong>will</strong> be checked the next time the RSS Poster scheduled task is run, regardless of the TTL setting for the feed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="edit" opt="enabled">
			<title date="1149677240" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Feed is Enabled</title>
			<text date="1149677240" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If this option is set to 'No', the feed will not be checked whenever the scheduled task is run.<br />
<br />
Use this to temporarily disable a feed without deleting it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="title">
			<title date="1149677290" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1149677290" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This should contain some text that describes the source of the feed for easy identification in the RSS Feed Manager.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="edit" opt="url">
			<title date="1149677544" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">URL of Feed</title>
			<text date="1149677544" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This box should contain the complete URL of the feed to be read.<br />
<br />
For example: <code>http://www.example.com/forum/external.php?type=RSS2&amp;forumids=1</code>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="edit" opt="ttl">
			<title date="1149677740" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Check Feed Every...</title>
			<text date="1149677740" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">While the RSS Poster scheduled task runs every ten minutes, you can limit the frequency at which this feed is checked.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="edit" opt="maxresults">
			<title date="1149677952" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Items to Fetch</title>
			<text date="1149677952" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Some feeds may list many items. If you would like to limit the number of items to read from a feed, enter a maximum number in this box.<br />
<br />
For example, if you specify '5', any items over this number will be ignored.<br />
<br />
Enter '0' to fetch all items.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="edit" opt="searchwords">
			<title date="1149679577" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Search Items for Words</title>
			<text date="1220447959" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[You may specify a list of words and phrases here with which to search the items from an RSS feed.<br /><br />
Separate each word or phrase with a space or a new line.<br /><br />
Phrases that contain spaces may be used by surrounding them with double quotes.<br /><br />
If any of the words or phrases listed here are contained within the title (or the title <strong>and</strong> description if 'Search Item Body' is checked) then the item will be posted. If not, the item will be ignored.<br /><br />
If you select 'Match All Words' then only items that contain all of the terms and phrases will be posted.<br /><br />]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="edit" opt="username">
			<title date="1149678038" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">User Name</title>
			<text date="1149678038" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter the user name of the user as whom items from the feed will be posted.<br />
<br />
The user name must exist, though you could add a new user specifically for the purpose of posting RSS items.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="edit" opt="forumid">
			<title date="1149678060" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Forum</title>
			<text date="1149678216" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Specify here the forum into which you would like items from this RSS feed to be posted.<br />
<br />
Ensure that the forum can contain posts (is not a category) when selecting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="1149678268" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="1149678268" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If this item is set to 'Yes', any smilie codes found in the RSS feed items will be parsed into their corresponding smilie images.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="edit" opt="showsignature">
			<title date="1149678310" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Display Signature</title>
			<text date="1149678310" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select 'Yes' if you would like the signature of the user specified above to be shown on RSS feed items posted by that user.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="115" act="edit" opt="html2bbcode">
			<title date="1150892058" username="Scott" version="3.6.0 Beta 3">Convert HTML to BB Code</title>
			<text date="1206966113" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">When this option is enabled any HTML found within the RSS feed item will be converted to BB code prior to posting, it is not retroactive so when enabled only new posts will have this conversion.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="edit" opt="titletemplate">
			<title date="1149682430" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Title Template</title>
			<text date="1193149089" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The title template controls how thread or announcement titles will appear when items are posted.<br />
<br />
You may use any node from the feed XML by entering {feed:<strong>x</strong>} into the template, where 'x' corresponds to:
<ul>
<li>title</li>
<li>description</li>
<li>link</li>
<li>id</li>
<li>date</li>
<li>enclosure_href</li>
<li>content:encoded.</li>
</ul>
<br />
For the most part, you will use {feed:title} to show the title for the current feed item.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="edit" opt="bodytemplate">
			<title date="1149682725" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Body Template</title>
			<text date="1193149585" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The body template controls the main text of threads or announcements for feed items.<br />
<br />
In the same way as can be done with the <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=rssposter&amp;pageaction=edit&amp;option=titletemplate">Title Template</a>, you may use selected nodes from the feed XML by specifying {feed:<strong>x</strong>}.<br />
Valid values for x include:<br />
<ul>
<li>title</li>
<li>description</li>
<li>link</li>
<li>id</li>
<li>date</li>
<li>enclosure_href</li>
<li>content:encoded.</li>
</ul>
<br />
The main replacements to include in this template is the &lt;description&gt; and &lt;link&gt; nodes, which can be referenced with <strong>{feed:description}</strong> and <strong>{feed:link}</strong>.<br />
<br />
For example:
<pre class="alt2" style="border:inset 1px; padding:4px">[b][i]My RSS Feed[/i] Has Just Posted the Following:[/b]

<strong style="color:red">{feed:description}</strong>

[url=&quot;<strong style="color:red">{feed:link}</strong>&quot;]Click here to view the article.[/url]</pre>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="edit" opt="itemtype">
			<title date="1149683708" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Items as Threads or Announcements</title>
			<text date="1149683708" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Items found in RSS feeds can be posted either as new threads or as announcements.<br />
<br />
Different options apply to each post type and are detailed below.<br />
<br />
Remember that users can not reply to announcements, so if you want discussion of RSS items it's probably best to post items as threads.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="145" act="edit" opt="prefixid">
			<title date="1190110337" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix</title>
			<text date="1190110337" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[You may use this option to apply a prefix to automatically posted threads. However, this prefix must be allowed in the destination forum. To ensure this is the case, note the prefix set of the prefix you wish to use. Go into the "Forum Manager", edit the destination forum for this RSS feed, and ensure that the correct prefix set (or sets) are selected.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="edit" opt="iconid">
			<title date="1149683270" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Post Icons</title>
			<text date="1149683270" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allows you to pick an icon for threads posted by this RSS feed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="edit" opt="stickthread">
			<title date="1149683771" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Make Thread Sticky</title>
			<text date="1149683771" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Select this option if you would like threads posted from this feed to be made into sticky threads, which remain at the top of the forumdisplay list.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="edit" opt="moderatethread">
			<title date="1149683930" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Moderate Thread</title>
			<text date="1149683930" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If you would like your moderation staff to be able to review each item posted from this RSS feed before it appears on your forums, set this option to 'Yes'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="edit" opt="threadactiondelay">
			<title date="1149684477" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Thread Action Delay</title>
			<text date="1149684592" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If items are posted as threads, you may specify a delay in hours here and have the system then perform an action on the thread.<br />
<br />
For example, you could specify a delay of 6 hours, then have the system close threads posted by this RSS feed after that delay.<br />
<br />
A setting of '0' disables the thread action delay, so no actions will be automatically applied to threads after they are posted.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="edit" opt="unstickthread">
			<title date="1149684697" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Unstick Sticky Thread After Delay</title>
			<text date="1149684720" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select this option to have threads posted by this RSS feed unstuck after the delay specified by 'Thread Action Delay'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="edit" opt="closethread">
			<title date="1149684703" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Close Thread After Delay</title>
			<text date="1149684686" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select this option to have threads posted by this RSS feed automatically close after the delay specified in 'Thread Action Delay'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="1149684884" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow HTML in Announcements</title>
			<text date="1149684884" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If you enable this option, any HTML in RSS feed items will be allowed <em>as HTML</em> in announcements posted by the feed.<br />
<br />
<strong>Do not enable this option unless you trust the RSS feed source completely, as your board could be hacked if the RSS feed source contains malicious HTML.</strong>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="edit" opt="endannouncement">
			<title date="1149684933" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Days for Announcement to Remain Active</title>
			<text date="1149684933" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Announcements posted by this RSS feed will become inactive and disappear from public view after this number of days.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="socialgroup_icon">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="groupiconpath">
			<title date="1220958784" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Social Group Icon Path</title>
			<text date="1220958784" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is the icon path to the social group icons when they are stored on the filesystem.  This should not be changed unless you know what you are doing.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="switchtype" opt="groupiconurl">
			<title date="1220958848" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Social Group Icon URL</title>
			<text date="1220958848" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is the URL to the social group icons when they are stored in the filesystem.  This should not be changed unless you know what you are doing.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="socialgroups">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcategory" opt="description">
			<title date="1220958657" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Description</title>
			<text date="1220958690" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is a friendly description of the category.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcategory" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="1220958714" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Display Order</title>
			<text date="1220958714" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This determines where the category is displayed in option lists.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editcategory" opt="title">
			<title date="1220958618" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Title</title>
			<text date="1220958618" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">This is the title of the Social Group Category.  This will be displayed in the breadcrumb when viewing a social group or filtering by categories.  It will also be displayed in the category cloud in the Social Group overview page.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="category">
			<title date="1215784065" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Category</title>
			<text date="1215784065" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Search for groups within the specified category.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="creator">
			<title date="1205513857" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Group Created By</title>
			<text date="1205513857" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Search for groups created by this username</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="date_gteq">
			<title date="1205513779" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Creation Date is After</title>
			<text date="1205513779" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Search for groups created after this date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="date_lteq">
			<title date="1205513744" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Creation Date is Before</title>
			<text date="1205513744" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Search for groups created before this date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="filtertext">
			<title date="1213632849" username="Mez" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Keyword(s)</title>
			<text date="1205513658" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Words to search for within the social group (This searches title and description)</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="members_gteq">
			<title date="1205513691" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Members Greater Than</title>
			<text date="1205513691" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Search for groups with more than this amount of Members.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="members_lteq">
			<title date="1205513712" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Members Less Than</title>
			<text date="1205513712" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Search for groups with less than this amount of Members.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search" opt="type">
			<title date="1205513940" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Group Type</title>
			<text date="1205513940" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Search for groups of this type.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="stats">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Statistics</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=stats&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Statistics</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Control Panel Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=modlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Moderator Log</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=cronlog&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Scheduled Task Log</a><br /><br />

<b>Statistics:</b><br />
vBulletin's statistics page contains various stats for your forums.  The stats on this page include "top" stats (newest member, top poster, most users online, etc) and various forum activity stats.<br /><br />

You can run reports for a specific stat over a specific time period to view patterns of activity on your forums.  Patterns of forum activity can be used for many different things.  For example, if you run an advertising campaign for your site and want to check its effectiveness in terms of new forum registrations then you can run reports showing new registrations from before and during the campaign.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="index">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The [Top Statistics] link will show you the following statistics: the newest registered member, the most users online at one time, the user with the highest post count, the most replied to thread, the most viewed thread, and the most popular forum.<br /><br />

The [Registration Statistics], [User Activity Statistics], [New Thread Statistics], and [New Post Statistics] links will take you to a page where you can run a report by date showing corresponding statistic on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="reg,activity,thread,post">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Statistics Report</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can run a report on the selected statistic.  Select a date range, unit of time (scope), and an order for the report.  When you are done selecting from the options you can click the "Go" button to run the report.  Please see the individual help topics below if you have questions about an option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="start">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a start date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must be no older than this date for it to be included in the report.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="end">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select an end date for this report.  Select a month, day, and year.  The selected statistic must not be newer than this date for it to be included in the report.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the "Start Date" setting to create a window of time for this report.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="scope">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Scope</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the unit of time by which you want the report to group the statistics.  If you select "Daily" then the report will tell you the number per day, etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="sort">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA["Ascending" order will put the oldest dates at the top of the report and the newest dates at the bottom... the dates "ascend" as you get further into the report.  "Descending" is just the opposite.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="reg,activity,thread,post" opt="nullvalue">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Empty Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Any days, weeks, or months that have no results will not be shown if this option is set to "No".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="top">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Top Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Below is a list of trivial statistics for your forums.  You can click on the individual links in the statistics to view the corresponding user, thread, or forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="subscriptionpermission">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="1146682049" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">About Subscription Permissions</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=subscriptions&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Subscriptions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=subscriptionpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Subscription Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Subscription Permissions:</b><br />
By default, users will have the permission to purchase any of your available subscriptions (see the <a href="subscriptions.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Subscription Manager</a>).  However, you might not want users of a particular usergroup to have access to purchase a subscription.  In that case, vBulletin allows you to deny any subscription for any usergroup.  The user must not have the denied usergroup as their primary usergroup or as one of their secondary groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="1146682105" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Editing Subscription Permissions</title>
			<text date="1151503112" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Beta 4">On this screen you set up allow or deny access for the specific subscription and usergroup. Options are described below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="edit" opt="usesub">
			<title date="1146682517" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Use Subscription</title>
			<text date="1146682517" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[By default users will be allowed access to purchase any subscription. If this option is set to <em>No</em> then this usergroup will be denied access to purchase this subscription. Please be aware that a user can have a primary and secondary groups.  If permission is allowed for one of the user's secondary groups then they will be able to purchase the donation, even if their primary usergroup does not have permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="1146682613" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Modifying Subscription Permissions</title>
			<text date="1146682613" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">From here you can deny access for any usergroup for a specific subscription. For each subscription you have, each usergroup is listed. If the name of the group is red, they are denied access to purchase the subscription. If the name is black, they have permission to purchase the subscription. To change permissions, click Edit next to the group name you wish to change, under the subscription you wish it to apply to.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="subscriptions">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Subscriptions</title>
			<text date="1209481464" username="Scott" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[<b>Subscriptions:</b><br />
vBulletin's subscription manager is used to charge users for forum access.  Make sure you enable at least one payment method within the <a href="subscriptions.php?do=api" target="_blank">Payment API Manager</a> if you use paid subscriptions.<br /><br />

Subscriptions manage forum access by adding and removing primary and secondary group memberships as well as manipulating user access masks.  For an explanation about usergroups and forum permissions see the general help topic for <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usergroup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Usergroups</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Subscription</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This page allows you to add a new subscription.  If you have any questions about the options below please see the individual help topics.<br /><br />

If you want this subscription to manipulate user access masks, make sure you have access masks enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add" opt="varname">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Shortname</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is a short name for the subscription and is only used internally. It may only contain letters, numerals and the underscore character and must start with a letter.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="adminavatar">
			<title date="1144702919" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Keep Custom Avatar</title>
			<text date="1144702919" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This option only applies if this subscription results in the user gaining permission to have custom avatars.

If the user selects a custom avatar, then they will be allowed to keep it after this subscription expires if their normal permissions do not allow for custom avatars.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="adminprofilepic">
			<title date="1144702948" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Keep Profile Pic</title>
			<text date="1205942626" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">This option only applies if this subscription results in the user gaining permission to have a profile picture.

If the user selects a profile picture, then they will be allowed to keep it after this subscription expires if their normal permissions do not allow for profile pictures.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The subscription title is used to identify this subscription on the <a href="../payments.php" target="_blank">Paid Subscriptions</a> page in the User CP and in the subscription manager in the Admin CP.  The title should indicate what this subscription is for.<br /><br />Use the <em>Translations</em> like to translate the title for your other languages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter a description for this subscription.  The description should explain what the users get for buying this subscription.  This description will show up on the <a href="../payments.php" target="_blank">Paid Subscriptions</a> page in the User CP when users go to buy subscriptions.Use the <em>Translations</em> like to translate the description for your other languages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="active">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Check this box to make this subscription active so users will be able to purchase it.  Active subscriptions are available for purchase on the <a href="../payments.php" target="_blank">Paid Subscriptions</a> page in the User CP.  If you want to remove a subscription but you think you might use it again in the future, you can uncheck this box to disable the subscription as opposed to deleting it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="length">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Subscription Length</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a number in the text field and select a unit of time to create a subscription length.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="sub[cost][usd]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cost in U.S. Dollars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a cost for this subscription in U.S. dollars.  Enter 0.00 if you don't want to accept payments in U.S. dollars for this subscription.<br /><br />

If you need to calculate the U.S. dollar equivalent of some other currency you can use <a href="http://www.xe.com/ucc/" target="_blank">this site</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="sub[cost][gbp]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cost in Pounds Sterling</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a cost for this subscription in pounds sterling.  Enter 0.00 if you don't want to accept payments in pounds sterling for this subscription.<br /><br />

If you need to calculate the pounds sterling equivalent of some other currency you can use <a href="http://www.xe.com/ucc/" target="_blank">this site</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="sub[cost][eur]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Cost in Euros</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a cost for this subscription in euros.  Enter 0.00 if you don't want to accept payments in euros for this subscription.<br /><br />

If you need to calculate the euro equivalent of some other currency you can use <a href="http://www.xe.com/ucc/" target="_blank">this site</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="nusergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Primary Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you want this subscription to change a user's primary group then select a target usergroup here.  Select "No Change" if you don't want this subscription to change a user's primary group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="membergroup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Additional Usergroups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you want this subscription to add users to any secondary groups you can check them here.  When a user purchases this subscription they will be added to these secondary groups.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="tax">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Sales Tax</title>
			<text date="1198800926" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[<em>The following only applies for PayPal payments,   if you have enabled sales tax under the Selling Preferences of your PayPal account, and the buyer is located in an area that you tax.</em><br /><br />By default, no sales tax will be added to payments. Check this box if you need sales tax added to payments.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="shipping">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Shipping Address</title>
			<text date="1198800913" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[<em>This only applies to PayPal payments.</em><br /><br />You can choose to have the buyer's shipping address be optional, required, or not specified.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="115" act="add,edit" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines the position of this subscription in the list of subscriptions relative to others.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="recurring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Recurring Payments</title>
			<text date="1200668171" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[<em>This only applies to PayPal payments.</em><br /><br />You can choose to have the payment recur until the user cancels the subscription.<br /><br />
Once enabled you cannot change the price of this subscription as existing users costs will not update, however you can cancel all of their subscriptions through the PayPal interface and force them to sign up again.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="adjust">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add / Edit Subscription</title>
			<text date="1205942653" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">On this page you can add / edit a subscription.  If you are editing a subscription you can shorten, lengthen, activate, and deactivate it by editing the settings below.  If you are adding a subscription you need to fill in the settings below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="adjust" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the exact username of the user whom you want to add to this subscription.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="adjust" opt="regdate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the date that this subscription will start to be active.  Select a month and enter a day, year, hour and minute.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="adjust" opt="expirydate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Expiry Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the date when this subscription will stop being active.  Select a month and enter a day, year, hour and minute.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="adjust" opt="status">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select "Yes" if you want this subscription to be active.  Select "No" otherwise.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="api">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Payment API Manager</title>
			<text date="1198800939" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[This section allows you to manage the payment processors that you want to accept for your forum subscriptions.<br /><br />

A payment processor is a company through which payments are handled.  For example, if you have a PayPal account and you enable that API on this page, then users can signup with PayPal and then use it to purchase a forum subscription.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="apiadd">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add API</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to add a new payment processor.  The specific options are detailed below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="apiadd,apiedit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of this payment API.  It is only for labelling purposes.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="apiadd,apiedit" opt="active">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Active</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option allows you to enable / disable this API without having to delete and recreate the API to toggle its status.  If an API is disabled then it will not be available as a payment option when a user purchases a subscription.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="apiadd,apiedit" opt="classname">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Classname</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This name is used in calling this API's class file.  Look at the class files in the <i>includes/paymentapi</i> directory.  For example, if the class name is "blah" then the class file would be located at <i>includes/paymentapi/class_blah.php</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="apiadd,apiedit" opt="currency">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Supported Currency</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a comma-separated list of currency abbreviations.  There are abbreviations available on <a href="http://www.xe.com/" target="_blank">this site</a>.<br /><br />

For example, if you want to accept US dollars, UK pounds, and Canadian dollars, then you would enter this value into this field:<br /><br />

<i>usd,gbp,cad</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="apiadd,apiedit" opt="recurring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Supports Recurring Payments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Does this payment processor support recurring payments?</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="apiedit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit API</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit the details of a payment processor.  The specific options are detailed below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="apirem">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete API</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a confirmation that you want to delete this API.  This action cannot be undone.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Subscription</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This page allows you to edit this subscription.  If you have any questions about the options below please see the individual help topics.<br /><br />

If you want this subscription to manipulate user access masks, make sure you have access masks enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="find">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">View Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of users who have purchased this subscription.  Click the "Edit" button on the right to edit the corresponding subscription.<br /><br />

The "Title" column tells you what subscription the corresponding record is for.<br /><br />

The "User Name" column tells you the user whom the corresponding subscription is for.  You can click on the username to view the user's profile.<br /><br />

The "Start Date" column tells you when the corresponding subscription was purchased.  If the subscription was purchased longer ago than the length of the subscription then the "Status" column will read "Disabled."  Otherwise the subscription is "Active."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Subscription Manager</title>
			<text date="1207908565" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[Below is a list of existing subscriptions (if any).  The "Title" column contains the name of the corresponding subscription.  The title is used to identify a subscription for users on your forums and for you in this subscription manager.<br /><br />

The "Cost" column contains the cost of the corresponding subscription for each of the available currencies.<br /><br />

The "Active" column tells you how many active subscriptions there are for the corresponding subscription.  An active subscription is one that was purchased not longer ago than the length of the subscription.<br /><br />

The "Completed" column shows the number of subscriptions that are inactive for the corresponding subscription.  An inactive subscription is one that was purchased longer ago than the length of the subscription.<br /><br />

The "Total" column shows the sum of active and inactive subscriptions for the corresponding subscription.<br /><br />

The "Controls" column contains a menu of options for each subscription.  The "Edit" option allows you to edit the settings for the subscription including the: title, description, cost, group memberships, and access masks.  The "Delete" option does exactly that.  The "View Users" option shows you all users that have purchased this subscription, whether their subscription is active or inactive.  And finally, the "Add User" option allows you to manually subscribe a user to the corresponding subscription.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Subscription</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this subscription.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="currency">
			<title date="1147123961" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Currency</title>
			<text date="1147123961" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Use this option to narrow the report down to a specific currency.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="end">
			<title date="1147123893" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">End Date</title>
			<text date="1147123893" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select an end date for this report. Select a month, day, and year. The selected transaction must not be newer than this date for it to be included in the report. You can use this setting in conjunction with the "Start Date" setting to create a window of time for this report.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="exact">
			<title date="1147124164" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Exact Match</title>
			<text date="1147124164" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Set this to 'Yes' to search for transaction IDs that are an exact match.  Set this to 'No' to do a partial match, e.g. 'x123' would match 'ABCx123DEF'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="orderby">
			<title date="1147124032" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Order By</title>
			<text date="1147124032" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Use this option to sort the report. You may also change the sort order while viewing the report by clicking on the column names.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="paymentapiid">
			<title date="1147123941" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Processor</title>
			<text date="1147123941" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Use this option to narrow the report down to a specific payment processor.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="scope">
			<title date="1147124266" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Scope</title>
			<text date="1147124266" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Use this option to define what type of report you wish to see.  'Daily' will group together all transactions that occur on a single day. 'Weekly' will group together all transactions that occur within the same week. 'Monthly' will group all transactions that occur within the same month.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="start">
			<title date="1147123869" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Start Date</title>
			<text date="1147123869" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Select a start date for this report. Select a month, day, and year. The selected transaction must be no older than this date for it to be included in the report.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="state">
			<title date="1147123981" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Type</title>
			<text date="1147123981" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Use this option to narrow the report down to only charges or reversals.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="subscriptionid">
			<title date="1147123923" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Subscription</title>
			<text date="1147123923" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Use this option to narrow the report down to a specific subscription.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="transactionid">
			<title date="1147124099" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Transaction ID</title>
			<text date="1147124099" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option is used to search for a specific transaction ID. The transaction ID is the ID assigned to the transaction by the payment processor. This ID is generally included in any email send from the payment processor or in the payment processor's admin center.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="transactions" opt="username">
			<title date="1147123996" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Username</title>
			<text date="1147123996" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Use this option to narrow the report down to a specific user.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="template">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="1161596934" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.3"><![CDATA[About Styles &amp; Templates]]></title>
			<text date="1205942760" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=template&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Styles &amp; Templates</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=css&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Common Templates, StyleVars, and CSS</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=replacement&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Replacement Variables</a><br /><br />

<b>Inheritance:</b><br />
vBulletin's styles use inheritance to manage templates and style settings.  A child style inherits the templates and settings of its parent.  For example, if a template is customized in a parent style then its children will inherit that customized template as their default.<br /><br />

Possible applications of style inheritance include creating variations on a theme.  Let's say you have a style with a customized template set that creates a specific physical layout of your forums, but you want your users to be able to choose from different colors while using the same layout.  In that situation you could create child styles for the style with the customized template set.  The children would inherit all of the parent's templates, thereby keeping the same layout, but they would have their own color settings which would override the colors of the parent.<br /><br />

The power of inheritance can be seen in the above example.  To create variations on a theme without inheritance you would need to duplicate the template set for each style which would make changing the layout very cumbersome as you would need to edit the templates in each style.  With inheritance you only have to edit the parent's template set.<br /><br />

<b>Template Conditionals:</b><br />
vBulletin supports conditionals in its templates.  Conditionals allow you to display code in the templates or not based on a condition that evaluates to boolean true or false.  Here is an example of the syntax:<br /><br />

<i>&lt;if condition="$bbuserinfo[userid]"&gt;<br />
<font color="green">code that is displayed if the user is registered and logged in (not a guest)</font><br />
&lt;else /&gt;<br />
<font color="red">code that is displayed if the user is not registered and/or not logged in (is a guest)</font><br />
&lt;/if&gt;</i><br /><br />

In the above example, the condition checks for whether or not the logged in user is registered by checking their userid (guests have a userid of 0 which evaluates to false).  The <font color="green">green</font> code is included in the page output if the user is logged in (the condition is true).  Else the <font color="red">red</font> code is included if the user is <b>not</b> logged in (the condition is false).  The <i>&lt;else /&gt;</i> tag and <font color="red">red</font> code are optional in the syntax shown above.<br /><br />

The $bbuserinfo array in the above example contains all of the current logged in user's information and is global to all vBulletin templates.  The $vboptions array is another such global array that holds the values for your <a href="options.php?null=0" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.  If you need help creating conditions using vBulletin variables please post on the vBulletin.com forums or the vBulletin.org forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add" opt="dostyleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a quick selection list of all your installed styles. It allows you to quickly switch among them. When editing templates, verify that the style shown is the style you wish to edit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Template Editor</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The template editor is where you modify the actual templates in order to change the look of your forums. Here, you will modify the HTML of individual templates.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the name of your template here. This will become the name of how the template is referenced by the system. This will be prefilled if you are editing an existing template.

Please note: When adding custom templates, in order to have them parsed, you must also write PHP code to call them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="template">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Template</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<p>This is where you actually edit the HTML. Any valid HTML is allowed here. To learn how to use HTML please visit www.w3c.org.</p>

<p>vBulletin also provides some specialized tags that can be used here. These include the &lt;phrase&gt; tag and the &lt;if&gt; tag.  Please see the General Topic named "About vBulletin Styles" by clicking on the help image in a title bar.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addstyle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to create a new style.  For help with the options below please click on their help images to the right.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="addstyle,editstyle,files" opt="parentid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Parent Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This style will inherit the templates, settings, etc of the parent style that is selected here.  Any changes that are made to the parent will be passed down to its children unless the child has customized the settings that are changed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addstyle,editstyle,files" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of the style.  The title is used to identify a style in the Style Manager of the Admin CP and in the Quick Style Chooser at the bottom left of your forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="addstyle,editstyle,files" opt="userselect">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow User Selection</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enable this option to allow the user to select this style to use when viewing your forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="addstyle,editstyle,files" opt="displayorder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Order</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This display order is used to order the listing of styles at this level of styles in the Style Manager in the Admin CP and in the Quick Style Chooser at the bottom left of your forums.<br /><br />

For example, a style tree like this would have the display orders that are listed below:<br /><br />

MASTER STYLE - 1<br />
--Child Style - 1<br />
--Another Child - 2<br />
----Baby Style - 1<br />
----Another Baby - 2<br />
--Yet Another - 3]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="delete">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Template</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to revert this template to its default.  If this template is part of a parent style then the style's children will also be affected by reverting this template.  Child styles inherit the custom templates of their parents.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="deletestyle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to delete this style.  Click the "Yes" button below to delete this style.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editstyle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit the basic settings for this style including the parent style, title, if the user can select this style to use, and the display order.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="files">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Download / Upload Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this page you can download and upload styles using a variety of options.  Please see the individual help topics below for clarification of each option.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="files" opt="dostyleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the style you want to download.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="15" act="files" opt="product">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Product</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the Jelsoft product for which you want to download.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="files" opt="filename">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Filename</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of the file under which this style will be saved.  This name should end with .xml</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="files" opt="mode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Styles inherit the templates, settings, etc from their parent styles.  If you want the downloaded style to stand alone so it appears as it does on your forums right now then you should choose the second option.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="files" opt="stylefile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Upload XML file</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Browse" button to select a vBullein style file to upload from your computer.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="files" opt="serverfile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Import XML File</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a file name complete with a server path that is relative to your main forum directory.<br /><br />

For example, if the name of the style file is vbulletin-style.xml and you uploaded it to the install directory inside your main forum directory then you would enter this value: ./install/vbulletin-style.xml]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="files" opt="overwritestyleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Merge Into Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select a style to merge into or leave alone to create a new style.  If you choose to create a new style don't forget to look over the options below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="files" opt="anyversion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Ignore Style Version</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You might want to ignore the style version if the style file you are uploading is from a different version but you know it to contain only customized templates that are compatible with your current version.  If the style is not compatible you can always upload it with this option enabled and then fix the customized templates using the <a href="template.php?do=findupdates" target="_blank">Find Updated Templates</a> page as a guide.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="findupdates">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Updated Templates</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[vBulletin's default templates are often updated during upgrades.  This page shows you what customized templates may need to be reverted and recustomized as a result of the default templates changing.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="history">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Template History</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page shows a record of changes made to this template.  If the default template has been updated after a custom change was made, then patching may be required (manually apply the changes or revert and recustomize).<br /><br />

You can view a "side by side" comparison of the new and old template by clicking the "Compare Versions" button below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="historysubmit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Compare Versions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page shows all differences between the current template and the default template.  The changes are color coded (see key near bottom of page).  This page is useful in manually updating customized templates with new default functionality.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Style Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[You can manage your styles here.<br /><br />

The checkbox to the left of each style name indicates whether or not the user is allowed to select and use this style on your forums.  Checked = user selectable, unchecked = not user selectable.<br /><br />

To view your forums using a particular style you just click the name of the style on this page.<br /><br />

The number field before the options menu for each style is that style's display order.  You can update display orders on this page by entering the numbers in these fields and clicking the "Save Display Order" button at the bottom of this page.<br /><br />

The menu on the right provides a list of options for each style.<br /><br />

Lastly, the "&laquo; &raquo;" button on the right expands the template listing for each style.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="rebuild">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Rebuild Styles</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page is a report and confirmation of the rebuilding of your styles.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="revertall">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Revert All Templates</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to revert all customized templates for this style.  Below is a list of all templates that will be reverted.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="search">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search In Templates</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can search for strings in templates (useful in finding which templates you need to edit to change something on your forums) and run a "find and replace" search which allows you to replace all instances of a certain string with another string.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="search" opt="searchset">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search in Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the style in which you want to search.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="search" opt="searchstring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search for Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the string of text you want to search for.  This search string is case sensitive.  The search will find any words / phrases containing the string you enter here.  For example, if you search for "bullet" the search will find "vbulletin", "bullets", etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="search" opt="titlesonly">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Titles Only</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enable this option to search only the template titles.  The same search rules apply as are explained <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=template&amp;pageaction=search&amp;option=searchstring">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="search" opt="dostyleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search in Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the style in which you want to search.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="search" opt="replacestring">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Replace with Text</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a replacement string here.  This string will be substituted in for all instances of the search string above.<br /><br />

For example, if you search for "bullet" and your replacement string is "carrot" then "vbulletin" would become "vcarrotin".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="search" opt="test">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Test Replacement Only</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This allows you to see the results of doing a "find and replace" before actually doing it.  It is recommended that you do this before doing the actual replacement since it's very easy to unintentionally mess things up with a "find and replace."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="search" opt="regex">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Use Regular Expressions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The regular expression option is for <b>advanced users only</b>! Setting this option to 'yes' will use <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=preg-replace" target="_blank">preg_replace()</a> instead of <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=str-replace" target="_blank">str_replace()</a> for your find/replace operation. Do not use this option if you are not sure how to use PCRE regular expressions!<br /><br />

Example usage: Find <b>&lt;img (.*)/?&gt;</b> and replace with <b>&lt;img \1 /&gt;</b> would find all &lt;img&gt; tags and make them XHTML compliant by adding the closing slash. The actual command executed from this would be:<br /><br />

preg_replace('#&lt;img (.*)/?&gt;#siU', '&lt;img \1 /&gt;', $template);]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="search" opt="case_insensitive">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Case-Insensitive</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A "case-<b>in</b>sensitive" search will match the search phrase regardless of case.  For example, this search string:<br /><br />

<i>search string</i><br /><br />

...would also match:<br /><br />

<i>sEarcH STRING</i>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="view">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Default</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page shows you the default code for this template.  You can copy code to the clipboard for your use, but you may not edit the default.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="thread">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="1219189890" username="Andy" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Thread Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Managing Threads &amp; Posts:</b><br />
This section of the Admin CP allows you to mass manage threads and posts.  You can mass prune and mass move threads and posts based on several criteria, mass unsubscribe users from threads, strip polls from threads, and see who voted for poll options in polls.<br /><br />

Possible applications for mass pruning threads include removing a spammer's threads and freeing up space in your database by deleting old threads.  Applications for mass moving threads include reorganizing your forums and archiving old threads in an archive forum.  You can unsubscribe users from threads to stop email notifications as a result of current thread subscriptions.  You can strip a poll from a thread if you want to delete a poll but not the thread that contains it.  Lastly, the "Who Voted" feature is useful in checking for "stuffed vote boxes."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dothreads,pruneuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Prune / Move Threads Selectively</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page gives you the option to prune / move all matching threads or to select which threads of the matching threads you want to prune / move.  If you take action on all threads then they will be deleted immediately.  If you choose to selectively take action then you will be taken to a page where you must put a check mark by the threads on which you want to act.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dothreadssel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Selectively Prune / Move</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of all matching threads.  Put a check mark next to the threads on which you want to take action.  Click the "Go" button at the bottom to continue.  You can view a thread in a new window by clicking on its title.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="dovotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Poll Results</title>
			<text date="1204936670" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">This page shows you the poll results and a report on who voted for what options for the poll you selected.  You can view this poll and its thread by clicking on their links in the top bar.  You can view the profiles of the users who voted by clicking on their names.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="killpoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Strip Poll</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to remove a poll from a thread based on the thread's threadid.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="killpoll" opt="threadid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enter a threadid</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the threadid of the thread with the poll you want to remove.  You can get a thread's threadid by looking at its URL.  For example, a thread with this URL - http://www.domain.com/forum/showthread.php?t=5323 - has a thredid of 5323.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="move">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Move Threads Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to mass move threads based on several criterion.  Fill in the options below and click the "Move Threads" button to proceed.  Clicking the "Move Threads" button will not perform the moving, but will instead give you the option to move all matching threads or to selectively move.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="move" opt="destforumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Destination Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the forum to which you want to move the threads matching the criterion below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Prune Threads Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to mass prune threads based on several criterion.  Fill in the options below and click the "Prune Threads" button to proceed.  Clicking the "Prune Threads" button will not perform the pruning, but will instead give you the option to prune all matching threads or to selectively prune.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="prune" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">To prune by username you need to specify a user.  Enter the exact username of the user whose posts you want to prune.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="prune,move" opt="originaldaysolder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Original post date is at least X days ago</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The thread must have been created at least this long ago to be pruned / move.  This is useful in selecting old threads.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="prune,move" opt="originaldaysnewer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Original post date is at most X days ago</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The thread must not have been created before this date in order to be pruned / moved.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the previous setting to create a window of time that you want to be pruned / moved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="prune,move" opt="lastdaysolder">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last post date is at least X days ago</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">No one can have posted in this thread for at least this long in order for it to be pruned / moved.  This is useful for selecting threads that are no longer active.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="prune,move" opt="lastdaysnewer">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last post date is at most X days ago</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">No one can have posted in this thread for longer than this time in order for it to be pruned / moved.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the previous setting to create a window of time that you want to be pruned /  moved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="prune,move" opt="repliesleast">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread has at Least X Replies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The thread must have at least this many replies in order for it to be pruned / moved.  This is useful for pruning / moving large threads.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="prune,move" opt="repliesmost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread has at Most X Replies</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The thread must have no more than this many replies in order for it to be pruned / moved.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the previous setting to create a range of replies you want to be pruned / moved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="prune,move" opt="viewsleast">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread has at Least X Views</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The thread must have this many views or more in order for it to be pruned / moved.  This is useful for pruning / moving popular threads.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="prune,move" opt="viewsmost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread has at Most X Views</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">The thread must have no more than this many views in order for it to be pruned / moved.  You can use this setting in conjunction with the previous setting to create a range of views you want to be pruned / moved.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="prune,move" opt="issticky">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread is sticky</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A sticky thread is one that has been "stuck" by an admin or mod.  Sticky threads stay at the top of their forum listing regardless of their last post date.  You can use this option to select only sticky threads, nonsticky threads, or both.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="92" act="prune,move" opt="state">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread State</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Visible</b>:<br />
A visible thread is one that is not awaiting moderation by an admin or mod.  An invisible thread is one that is awaiting moderation of some kind.  You can use this option to select only visible threads, invisible threads, or both.<br /><br />

<b>Awaiting Moderation</b>:<br />
A thread that is "awaiting moderation" is one that still needs to be approved by an admin or mod before it will show up in the thread listing.<br /><br />

<b>Deleted</b>:<br />
When an admin or mod deletes a thread, they are given the option to "effectively" delete or "physically" delete.  "Effective" deletion will remove the thread from public view and leave a "deletion notice" in its place.  This option refers to "effective" deletion where the thread can still be undeleted.  You can use this option to select only "effectively" deleted threads, nondeleted threads, or both.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="94" act="prune,move" opt="status">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread Status</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Open</b>:<br />
An open thread is one that users can reply to.  You can use this option to select only threads that are open.<br /><br />

<b>Closed</b>:<br />
A closed thread is one that is locked by an admin, mod, or user that has permission.  Users cannot reply to closed threads.  You can use this option to select only threads that are closed.<br /><br />

<b>Redirect</b>:<br />
When an admin or mod moves a thread to another forum, they are given the option to leave a redirection link in its place... that's what a redirect is.  You can use this option to select only redirection threads.<br /><br />

<b>Not Redirect</b>:<br />
See above.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="prune,move" opt="posteduser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A thread must have been posted by this user in order for it to be pruned / moved.  This is useful for dealing with users who post lots of spam threads.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="prune,move" opt="titlecontains">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A thread must contain this string in its title in order for it to be pruned / moved.  This is not case sensitive.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="prune,move" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum</title>
			<text date="1205941360" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Select a forum from which you want to select threads to prune / move.  A thread must be in this forum in order for it to be selected.  Choose "All Forums" to select threads independent of their forum.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="prune,move" opt="subforums">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Include Child Forums</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If you want to include the children of the forum you selected above, enable this option.  For example, if Forum2 is a child of Forum1 and you select Forum1 as a source forum, then Forum2 will be included as a source forum if this option is enabled.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="prune,move" opt="prefixid">
			<title date="1190110079" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Prefix</title>
			<text date="1190110079" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Select a prefix that the matched threads must have. Choose "(no prefix)" to only select threads that do not have a prefix.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="pruneusersel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Selectively Delete Threads and Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of all matching threads and posts.  Put a check mark next to the threads and posts that you want to delete.  Click the "Submit" button at the bottom to continue.  You can view a thread or post in a new window by clicking on its title.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removepoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Poll</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page is a confirmation that you have selected the correct poll before that poll is deleted.  Please make sure the information below is correct.  Click the "Delete" button below to delete this poll.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="tagmerge" opt="tagtext">
			<title date="1216743741" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Add Tag for Merge</title>
			<text date="1216743771" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">The tag that you enter is the tag that all of the selected tags will be merged with.  If this tag does not already exist then it will be created.  If the specified tag is already selected for merging then it will be preserved.  If you have only selected a single tag for merging and specify a new tag that does not exist, then you are essentially renaming the tag.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="tags" opt="tagtext">
			<title date="1191253897" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Tag List</title>
			<text date="1191253897" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Thread tagging is a system that allows user to apply their own keywords (tags) to threads. See <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tag_%28metadata%29" target="_blank">Wikipedia</a> for more information on the ideas behind tagging.<br />
<br />
This area allows you to manage the existing tags and create new ones. Note that you cannot create tags that your normal users would not be able to use. This means that you can't violate the length options or used censored words.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="unsubscribe">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Unsubscribe From Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can unsubscribe all users from a specific thread or remove all of a specific user's thread subscriptions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="unsubscribe" opt="ids">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Enter threadid(s)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[All users who are subscribed to these threads will be unsubscribed from them.  You can get a thread's threadid by looking at its URL.  For example, a thread with this URL - http://www.domain.com/forum/showthread.php?t=5323 - has a threadid of 5323.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="unsubscribe" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the username of the user whose thread subscriptions you want to remove.  This user will be unsubscribed from all threads to which they are currently subscribed.  Leave this field blank to unsubscribe <b>all</b> users from <b>all</b> threads that meet the criteria below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="unsubscribe" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find All Threads Older Than X Days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">A thread must be at least this old for this user to be unsubscribed from it.  This is useful in removing thread subscriptions that serve no use anymore because they are for threads that are no longer active.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="unsubscribe" opt="forumid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Forum</title>
			<text date="1205941374" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[A thread must be in this forum in order for this user to be unsubscribed from it.  Select "All Forums" to unsubscribe this user from threads independent of what forum the threads are in.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="votes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Who Voted</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to see what users voted for what options for any poll on your forums.  Select a poll from the menu below and click the "Who Voted" button to see who voted for what.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="votes" opt="pollid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Poll</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a poll from this menu.  The polls are ordered by pollid and so they are ordered by when they were posted.  Older polls will have a smaller pollid whereas newer polls will have a larger pollid.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="votes" opt="threadtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title of the thread to which the above selected poll belongs.  This is here to help you select the poll you want by making a connection between the poll name and the thread title.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="user">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usertools&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=banning&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=email&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=accessmask&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>Users:</b><br />
vBulletin's user system is made up of several different parts so make sure you read the related help topics above.  Within the "Users" tab of the Admin CP you have the ability to add new users, search for existing users based on several criteria, prune users, and do several other things that are covered in the "User Tools," "User Banning," "Emailing Users," and "Access Masks" help topics that are linked above.<br /><br />

Adding a new user via the Admin CP is the same as some one registering a new account except that the "add form" in the Admin CP is free of the required fields and agreements that are imposed on the registration form.  For example, you can create an account without an email address when using the Admin CP.  Visit the <a href="user.php?do=add" target="_blank">Add New User</a> page to add a user via the Admin CP.<br /><br />

vBulletin's user search system provides you with numerous search criteria and display options.  You can use the user search feature to find and edit users and to run reports showing specific user info and profile fields.  See the <a href="user.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Search for Users</a> page to see the list of search and display options.<br /><br />

vBulletin's user system also allows you to prune / move users based on their usergroup, last visit date, join date, and post count.  Possible applications of the user pruning / moving system include cleaning out inactive users and changing usergroups to manage forum permissions.  The user pruning / moving page can be found <a href="user.php?do=prune" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Adding a User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page can be used to add a new user on your board by configuring the options below</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add" opt="password">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Password</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's password here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="adminavatar">
			<title date="1144687826" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Keep Custom Avatar</title>
			<text date="1144687826" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option allows the user to keep their custom avatar in the event that they lose permission to upload custom avatars.

If the user is moved to an usergroup that doesn't allow custom avatars; the user's avatar will not be visible in posts, their profile, and the member's list unless this option is enabled.

This option does not allow the user to change their avatar. Usergroup permission is required to accomplish that task.

If the admin changes or gives an a user a custom avatar when the user doesn't have usergroup permission to have one, this option will be automatically enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="adminprofilepic">
			<title date="1144687906" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Keep Custom Profile Pic</title>
			<text date="1144687906" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This option allows the user to keep their profile picture in the event that they lose permission to upload profile pictures.

If the user is moved to an usergroup that doesn't allow profile pictures; the user's picture will not be visible in their profile or on the member's list unless this option is enabled.

This option does not allow the user to change their picture. Usergroup permission is required to accomplish that task.

If the admin changes or gives an a user a profile picture when the user doesn't have usergroup permission to have one, this option will be automatically enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="ipoints">
			<title date="1199284165" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Infraction Points</title>
			<text date="1199284165" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The amount of Infraction Points a user has. Leave blank for None.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="vm_enable">
			<title date="1207920279" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Enable Visitor Messaging</title>
			<text date="1207920354" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[If this option is set to "No", Visitor messaging will not be enabled for this user.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="warnings">
			<title date="1199284076" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Warnings</title>
			<text date="1199284220" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The amount of Warnings a user has received. Leave Blank for none.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="infractions">
			<title date="1199284133" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Infractions</title>
			<text date="1199284187" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">The number of Infractions a user has received. Leave Blank for None</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the username of the user here.  A member's username is used when logging in and is displayed next to their posts.
<br /><br />
If you are editing the username of an existing member, you should <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank"><b>update your counters</b></a> afterwards.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="email">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Address</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the email address of the user, this will be used when contact is made with the user by the forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="languageid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Language</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the language in which this user will read the forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="usertitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's title here.  A user's title is displayed next to their name in posts.  If you enter a custom title be sure you select "Yes" for the "Custom User Title" option below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="customtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom User Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When set to "No" the user's title will be set to the default user title of their primary user group.
<br /><br />
When set to "Yes, user set" the user's title will be forced to whatever is in the User Title field above.  HTML code is not allowed and this is the same as if the user set the title themself.  These titles will be reset if the user is not in an usergroup that allows custom titles.
<br /><br />
When set to "Yes, admin set (HTML allowed)" the user's title will be forced to whatever is in the User Title field above.  HTML code in the title will be shown as is and not be parsed. These titles will be maintained if the user is not in an usergroup that allows custom titles.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="homepage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's homepage here (http://www... ).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="birthday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's birthday here.  Select a month and enter a two digit day and four digit year.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="95" act="add,edit" opt="showbirthday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Privacy</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the privacy level for the user's birthday here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="signature">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Signature</title>
			<text date="1206964560" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[Enter the user's signature here.  HTML, BB code, and smilies will be parsed or not depending on your settings <a href="options.php?dogroup=user&amp;do=options" target="_blank"><b>here</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="icq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">ICQ</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's ICQ number here.
<br /><br />
ICQ is a popular instant message service.  Find out more at the <a href="http://web.icq.com/" target="_blank"><b>ICQ homepage</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="aim">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">AIM Screen Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's AIM screen name here.
<br /><br />
AIM is a popular instant message service.  Find out more at the <a href="http://www.aim.com/" target="_blank"><b>AIM homepage</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit" opt="yahoo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Yahoo! Messenger</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's Yahoo! Messenger ID here.
<br /><br />
Yahoo! Messenger is a popular instant message service.  Find out more at the <a href="http://messenger.yahoo.com/" target="_blank"><b>Yahoo! Messenger homepage</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="msn">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">MSN ID</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's MSN ID here.
<br />
<br />
MSN Messenger is a popular instant message service.  Find out more at the <a href="http://messenger.msn.com/" target="_blank"><b>MSN Messenger homepage</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="145" act="add,edit" opt="skype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Skype Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter the user's Skype name here.<br />
<br />
Skype names must be at least 6 characters long and can contain letters, numbers, underscores, hyphens, commas and periods.<br />
<br />
Skype is a popular voice-over-IP and telephony service. Find out more at the <a href="http://www.skype.com" target="_blank"><b>Skype</b> web site</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="coppauser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">COPPA</title>
			<text date="1231760784" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.1"><![CDATA[A COPPA user is under the age of 13.  COPPA is a law that requires children under the age of 13 to get parental consent before they can post.
<br /><br />
For more info about this law, see here: <a href="http://www.example.com/go/coppa" target="_blank"><b>http://www.example.com/go/coppa</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit" opt="parentemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Parent Email Address</title>
			<text date="1231760784" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.1"><![CDATA[Enter the user's parent's email address here.  This only needs to be filled in for COPPA users.
<br /><br />
For more info about this law, see here: <a href="http://www.example.com/go/coppa" target="_blank"><b>http://www.example.com/go/coppa</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="posts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Post Count</title>
			<text date="1205942825" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is the user's post count.  A user's post count can be artificially inflated or deflated by editing this field.
<br /><br />
Keep in mind that if you update your users' post counts <a href="misc.php?do=chooser" target="_blank"><b>here</b></a> then all post counts will be set to their true values, overwriting any changes made here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="referrerid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Referrer</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the userid of the person who referred this user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit" opt="ipaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">IP Address</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the IP address of this user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Primary User Group</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select the user's primary user group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit" opt="membergroupids">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Additional Usergroups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Check all additional user groups this user is a member of.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="add,edit" opt="showreputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This determines whether or not this user's reputation is visible to other forum members.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="add,edit" opt="reputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter this user's current reputation level.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="235" act="add,edit" opt="reputationpower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Power</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This power is computed via the options you set in the Reputation section of the vBulletin Options. Negative comments from non-admins will receive half this power</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit" opt="adminemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Admin Emails</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This option determines if this user will receive emails sent by the Admin through the <a href="email.php?do=start" target="_blank"><b>Admin CP -> Users -> Send Email to Users</b></a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit" opt="showemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Email from Other Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option will determine if the user can receive email sent by other members.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="add,edit" opt="invisible">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Invisible Mode</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If set to "Yes," this option will hide this user from showing on the Who's Online list except to groups who have permission to view invisible users.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="265" act="add,edit" opt="showvcard">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">vCard Download</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Setting this option to Yes will allow users to download a vCard from the profile of this user. vCards can be used with many contact managers and email clients.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="add,edit" opt="receivepm">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Receive Private Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines if the user can receive private messages or not.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="275" act="add,edit" opt="receivepmbuddies">
			<title date="1199283736" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Receive Private Messages only from Contacts and Moderators</title>
			<text date="1199284204" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[If this option is set to "yes" then the user can only receive Private Messages from people on their contact list, or Moderators/Administrators]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="add,edit" opt="emailonpm">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Send Email When a Private Message is Received</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this option is enabled, this user will receive a notification email when they receive a new private message.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="add,edit" opt="pmpopup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Message Popup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this option is enabled, this user will be alerted by a popup window when they have a new private message and are visiting the forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="add,edit" opt="showsignatures">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Signatures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option determines if this user sees signatures when viewing posts.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="add,edit" opt="showavatars">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Avatars</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option determines if this user sees avatars when viewing posts.  Users with slow connections can disable this option to speed up load time on forums where the users have large (file size) avatars.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="add,edit" opt="showimages">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Images</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option determines if this user sees inline images when viewing posts.  Users with slow connections can disable this option to speed up load time on threads with lots of inline images.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="323" act="add,edit" opt="showusercss">
			<title date="1199283907" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Show Other Users' Custom Profile Styles]]></title>
			<text date="1199283907" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[If this option is set to "No" then the user will not see customized Profile Styles on other user's Profiles]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="326" act="add,edit" opt="receivefriendemailrequest">
			<title date="1199283977" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Receive Friend Request Notification</title>
			<text date="1199283977" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[If this option is set to "Yes" then the user will receive an email notification of new friend requests.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="330" act="add,edit" opt="autosubscribe">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatic Thread Subscription Mode</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option determines the default level of subscription when this user makes a post.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="340" act="add,edit" opt="threadedmode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Thread Display Mode</title>
			<text date="1205942524" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This option determines the default format of posts in a thread when this user views a thread.
<br /><br />
Linear mode shows all posts on the page in a top-down expanded format so that you can view the posts without having to click their links.
<br /><br />
Threaded mode shows a tree of links to individual posts within the thread.  The tree shows the threading of the posts by indenting reply posts under the post they are in reply to.  Only one post is viewable at a time.
<br /><br />
Hybrid mode shows the threaded tree of post links as well as the linear expansion of those posts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="add,edit" opt="showvbcode">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Message Editor Interface</title>
			<text date="1206964550" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[This option determines the editor toolbar that is present when this user is composing a post.  The editor toolbar provides shortcuts making it easy to add BB code elements to posts without knowing the codes themselves.
<br /><br />
The standard editor toolbar provides shortcuts to all BB code tags, inserting the final code directly into the post.
<br /><br />
The WYSIWYG editor toolbar provides the same functionality as the standard editor toolbar, plus it shows you what the post will look like instead of just showing you the final code... hence WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="add,edit" opt="styleid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Style</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the style in which this user will view the forums.  Pick one or set this option to "Use Forum Default" to have them use your default style.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="add,edit" opt="timezoneoffset">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Time Zone Offset</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the time zone for this user in terms of GMT.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="add,edit" opt="dstauto">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Automatically detect DST settings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this option is set to "Yes," the times for this user will automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="add,edit" opt="dstonoff">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is DST currently in effect</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Set to "Yes" if Daylight Savings Time is currently in effect for this user's time zone.  This setting can be left alone if the "Automatically detect DST settings" option is enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="add,edit" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Default View Age</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting determines the default age of threads the user sees in the thread listing when they are viewing a forum.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="410" act="add,edit" opt="joindate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the join date for this user here.  Select a month and enter a two digit day and four digit year.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="430" act="add,edit" opt="lastactivity">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the last activity date for this user here.  Select a month and enter a two digit day, four digit year, two digit hour, and two digit minute.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="440" act="add,edit" opt="lastpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the last post date for this user here.  Select a month and enter a two digit day, four digit year, two digit hour, and two digit minute.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="changehistory">
			<title date="1191257642" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">User Change History</title>
			<text date="1191257642" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This page shows the historical values of several pieces of user data, including:

<ul>
<li>User names</li>
<li>Emails</li>
<li>User group membership</li>
</ul>

The user that made the change is also listed.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doips">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can match IP addresses to usernames and usernames to IP addresses.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="doips" opt="ipaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Users by IP Address</title>
			<text date="1199736638" username="admin" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Enter an IP address to search for.  You may enter a full IP address (eg. 11.22.33.44) or a partial IP address (eg. 11 or 11.22 or 11.22.33 or 11.22.3).<br /><br /><dfn><b>Note:</b> If you have a large post table, this process may lock or take an exceedingly long time to complete.</dfn>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="doips" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find IP Addresses for user</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of a member to search for their IP addresses.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="doips" opt="depth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Depth</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A depth setting of 1 will only return the results of the specified search.  A depth setting of 2 will return the results of the specified search, as well as running a search on each of the results.
<br /><br />For example:<br /><br />
A search on 127.0.0.1 with a depth of 1 returns "Freddie" and "Scott". A search on 127.0.0.1 with a depth setting of 2 returns "Freddie" and "Scott", as well as returning all of the ip addresses used by "Freddie" and "Scott".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can edit this user's profile and preferences.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="receivepmbuddies">
			<title date="1196766083" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Receive Private Messages only from Contacts/Moderators</title>
			<text date="1196775359" username="Mike" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This setting restricts a user to only receiving private messages from the user's contacts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit" opt="vm_contactonly">
			<title date="1207920870" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Limit usage of Visitor Messages to Contacts and Moderators</title>
			<text date="1207920870" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">When this option is set to yes, only Contacts of the user, or Moderators and Administrators may post a Visitor Message for this user.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="edit" opt="password">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Password</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you want to change this user's password, enter it here.  Otherwise leave it blank.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="editaccess">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Access</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Here you can edit this user's forum access at the user level (as opposed to the group level).
<br /><br />
Make sure access masks are enabled <a href="options.php?dogroup=general&amp;do=options" target="_blank"><b>here</b></a> or these user-level permissions will not work.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="emailpassword">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Password Reminder to User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Send" button below to email this user their password.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="find">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">These are the results of your user search.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="find2">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">These are the results of your user search.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="moderate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Users Awaiting Moderation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">These are the users that are awaiting moderation.  You have the option of accepting, deleting, or ignoring these registrations.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="moderate" opt="send_validated">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Send email to users who have been accepted</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select "Yes" to send an email to the users whose registrations you are accepting.  Otherwise select "No."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="moderate" opt="send_deleted">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Send email to users who have been deleted</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select "Yes" to send an email to the users whose registrations you are deleting.  Otherwise select "No."]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search for Users</title>
			<text date="1231760784" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.1"><![CDATA[On this page you can search for users based on several different criteria.  The are "Quick Search" options and then there are "Advanced Search" options.<br /><br />

The "Quick Search" table has several options.  "Show All Users" does exactly that... no restrictions on search results.  "List Top Posters" returns all users and orders them according to their post counts, showing the highest post counts first.  "List Visitors in the Last 24 Hours" returns all users who have visited your forums within the last 24 hours.  "List New Registrations" returns all users and orders them by their registration dates, showing the newest registrations first.  "List Users Awaiting Moderation" returns all users who are in the "(COPPA) Users Awaiting Moderation" user group.  "Show All COPPA Users" returns all users who are marked as COPPA users in their profiles.  For more information about COPPA visit <a href="http://www.example.com/go/coppa" target="_blank">this link</a>.<br /><br />

The "Advanced Search" table contains several search options.  Please see the individual help topics below if you have any questions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="modify" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The usernames to be found must contain the phrase entered in this box. By "phrase", we mean a string of characters. They do not have to make a word but they must be exactly how they appear in the user(s) name(s).<br /><br />
For example, the string <i>exam</i> would match <i>example</i>, <i>anexample</i>, and <i>theexam</i>, but not <i>exsiam</i>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="modify" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Primary Usergroup Is</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Users must be in the specified group to be found if you select a usergroup here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="modify" opt="membergroup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Also Belongs to Usergroups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If the users to be found should belong to any other usergroups, check them off here.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="105" act="modify" opt="adminemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Include users that have declined admin emails?</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option allows you to include or exclude users from the search results based on whether or not they have opted to receive admin emails in their user options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="modify" opt="email">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Email Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's email address must contain the string entered here. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="modify" opt="parentemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Parent's Email Contains]]></title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If the user(s) you are looking for are of the COPPA variety, they will have had to enter their parent's email for verification. If this is the case, enter the string to find in their parent's email address here. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="modify" opt="coppauser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Is COPPA User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this is set to Yes, the user(s) found will all be COPPA users; that is, under 13. Set this to No to not find COPPA users, or leave it blank to find both.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="modify" opt="homepage">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Homepage Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's homepage must contain. Users without a homepage URL entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="modify" opt="icq">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">ICQ Number Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Since ICQ Numbers naturally contain only numbers, you must enter a string of number(s) here. Users without an ICQ number entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="modify" opt="aim">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">AIM Handle Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string of characters the user's AIM handle, or screen name, must contain. Users without an AIM screen name are automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="modify" opt="yahoo">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Yahoo Messenger Handle Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's Yahoo Messenger Handle must contain. Users without a Yahoo Messenger Handle entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="175" act="modify" opt="msn">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">MSN ID</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's MSN ID must contain. Users without a MSN ID entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="176" act="modify" opt="skype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Skype Name</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's Skype name must contain.<br />
<br />
Users without a Skype name will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="modify" opt="signature">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Signature Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the string that the user's signature must contain. Users without a signature will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="modify" opt="usertitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title Contains</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the text that the user's title must contain. This is applicable even if you don't allow custom user titles, since the user title of every user is stored with their username, so default group titles would be searched as well. See <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=username">Username Contains</a> for more information on the string matching used here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="modify" opt="joindateafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the date the user must have joined after to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the Join Date is Before criteria to create a finite range of join dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, that this date must be BEFORE the Join Date is Before date, or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=joindatebefore">Join Date is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="modify" opt="joindatebefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have joined before this date to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the Join Date is After criteria to create a finite range of join dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, this date must be AFTER the Join Date is After date, or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=joindateafter">Join Date is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="213" act="modify" opt="lastactivityafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity is After</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have loaded a forum page after this date if they are to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the "Last Activity is Before" criteria to create a range of active dates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="217" act="modify" opt="lastactivitybefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Activity is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[The user must have loaded a forum page before this date if they are to be found. The format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This can work in conjunction with the "Last Activity is After" criteria to create a range of active dates.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="modify" opt="lastvisitafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Visit is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is the date and time the user must have visited after to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 10:15:00 will find all users who visited after August 30, 2002 at 10:15:00 AM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Visit is Before criteria to create a finite range of last visit dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be BEFORE the Last Visit is Before date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=lastvisitbefore">Last Visit is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="modify" opt="lastvisitbefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Visit is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's most recent visit must have been before this date and time to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 10:15:00 would find users who last visited before August 30, 2002 at 10:15:00 AM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Visit is After criteria to create a finite range of last visit dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be AFTER the Last Visit is After date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=lastvisitafter">Last Visit is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="modify" opt="lastpostafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's most recent post must have been made after this date and time to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 15:02:12 would find all users who last posted after August 30, 2002 at 3:02:12 PM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Post is Before criteria to create a finite range of last post dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date and time must be BEFORE the Last Post is Before date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=lastpostbefore">Last Post is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="modify" opt="lastpostbefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Last Post is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user's last post must be before this date and time for the user to be found. The date and time format is yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss; for example, 2002-08-30 20:22:02 would find all users who last posted before August 30, 2002 at 8:22:02 PM. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Last Post is After criteria to create a finite range of last post dates. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this date and time must be AFTER the Last Post is After date and time or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=lastpostafter">Last Post is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="modify" opt="birthdayafter">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday is After</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enter the date that the user's birthday must be after to be found. The date format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. Users without a birthday entered will be automatically excluded from the results of this search. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Birthday is Before criteria to create a finite range of birthday dates. Keep in mind that if you use both, this date must be BEFORE the Birthday is Before date or it will not find any users! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=birthdaybefore">Birthday is Before</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="modify" opt="birthdaybefore">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthday is Before</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This is the date the user's birthday must be before to be found. The date format is yyyy-mm-dd; for example, 2002-08-30. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Birthday is After criteria to create a finite range of birthday dates. Keep in mind that if you use them together, this date must be AFTER the Birthday is After criteria or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=birthdayafter">Birthday is After</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="modify" opt="postslower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have at least this many posts to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Number of Posts is Less Than criteria. Keep in mind that if you use both, this number must be LESS than the Number of Posts is Less Than number for any users to be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=postsupper">Number of Posts is Less Than</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="modify" opt="postsupper">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Number of Posts is Less Than</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have less than this number of posts in order to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To criteria. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be MORE than the Number of Posts is Greater Than number for any users to be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=postslower">Number of Posts is Greater Than or Equal To</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="modify" opt="reputationlower">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have at least this number of reputation points in order to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Reputation is Less Than criteria to create a finite range of reputation points to be found. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be LESS than the Reputation is Less Than number or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=reputationupper">Reputation is Less Than</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="modify" opt="reputationupper">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation is Less Than</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[The user must have less than this many reputation points to be found. This criteria can be used in conjunction with the Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To criteria to create a finite range of reputation points to find. Keep in mind that if you do use both, this number must be MORE than the Reputation is Greater Than number or no users will be found! (see <a href="help.php?do=answer&amp;page=user&amp;pageaction=modify&amp;option=reputationlower">Reputation is Greater Than or Equal To</a>)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="modify" opt="ipaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">IP Address Contains</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a number in this field to search by IP address. It can be a full IP address (such as 24.23.120.15) or a partial (such as 24.23.120). In the case of a partial, it would match users with any number(s) for the last block.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="modify" opt="warningslower">
			<title date="1207659868" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Warnings are greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1207659868" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter the minimum amount of Warnings that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="340" act="modify" opt="warningsupper">
			<title date="1207659890" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Warnings are less than</title>
			<text date="1207659890" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter the maximum amount of Warnings that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="modify" opt="infractionslower">
			<title date="1207659912" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Infractions are greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1207659912" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter the minimum amount of Infractions that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="modify" opt="infractionsupper">
			<title date="1207659934" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Infractions are less than</title>
			<text date="1207659934" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter the maximum amount of Infractions that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="modify" opt="pointslower">
			<title date="1207659992" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Infraction Points are greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1207908457" username="Scott" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4">Enter the minimum amount of Infraction Points that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="modify" opt="pointsupper">
			<title date="1207660011" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Infraction Points are less than</title>
			<text date="1207660011" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter the maximum amount of Infraction Points that a user has received that you wish to search for.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="modify" opt="display[username]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Username</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's username in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="modify" opt="useridlower">
			<title date="1207660072" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">User ID is greater than or equal to</title>
			<text date="1207660072" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Use this option to list users with User IDs greater or equal to the value entered.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="395" act="modify" opt="useridupper">
			<title date="1207660131" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">User ID is less than</title>
			<text date="1207660131" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 3">Enter a number here in order to match users whose User ID is less than the specified value.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="modify" opt="display[options]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Options</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display a menu of options for each user in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="410" act="modify" opt="display[usergroup]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's usergroup in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="420" act="modify" opt="display[email]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Email</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's email address in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="430" act="modify" opt="display[parentemail]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Parent Email Address</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's parent's email address in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="440" act="modify" opt="display[coppauser]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display COPPA User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will label each user in the results as a COPPA user or not.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="450" act="modify" opt="display[homepage]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Homepage</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's homepage in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="460" act="modify" opt="display[icq]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display ICQ UIN</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's ICQ UIN in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="470" act="modify" opt="display[aim]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display AIM Screen Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's AIM handle in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="480" act="modify" opt="display[yahoo]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Yahoo! ID</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's Yahoo! ID in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="490" act="modify" opt="display[msn]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display MSN ID</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's MSN ID in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="500" act="modify" opt="display[signature]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Signature</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's signature in the results (if he/she has one).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="510" act="modify" opt="display[usertitle]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display User Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's user title in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="520" act="modify" opt="display[joindate]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Join Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's join date in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="523" act="modify" opt="display[lastactivity]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Last Activity</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's last activity in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="540" act="modify" opt="display[lastpost]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Last Post</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's last post date in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="550" act="modify" opt="display[posts]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Post Count</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's post count in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="560" act="modify" opt="display[reputation]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's reputation score in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="570" act="modify" opt="display[ipaddress]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display IP Address</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's IP address in the results.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="580" act="modify" opt="display[birthday]">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Display Birthday</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Setting this to "yes" will display each user's birthday in the results (if he/she has entered a birthday into their profile).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="590" act="modify" opt="orderby">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This setting allows you to specify the order of the search results.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="610" act="modify" opt="limitstart">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Starting at Result</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to begin the list of search results at any of the matching records.<br /><br />

For example, if a search finds 50 records and you start the results at record 25, then the results page will show you records 25 - 50.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="620" act="modify" opt="limitnumber">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Max Results</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This setting allows you to limit the number of returned results.<br /><br />

For example, if a search finds 50 matching records and you limit the results to 25 then the results page will only show you 25 results, starting at the record number specified in the previous setting.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="prune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Moving/Pruning System</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can mass-move / prune users based on the conditions below.  Submitting this first page will show you a list of matching users.  You can then deal with each user individually or with all of them as a whole.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="prune" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the usergroup that matching users should be in.  If a user is not in the group selected here then they will not be in the search results on the next page.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="prune" opt="daysprune">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Has not logged on for x days</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Users who have not logged in for at least this number of days and who meet the other search criteria will be listed on the search results page.  This is a good way to find inactive members.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="prune" opt="joindate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Date is Before</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select a month and enter a two digit day and four digit year.  Users who joined before this date and who match the other search criteria will be listed on the search results page.  This is a good way to find old members.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="prune" opt="minposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Posts is less than</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Users who have a post count less than this number and who meet the other search criteria will be listed on the search results page.  This is a good way to find members who don't post a lot.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="prune" opt="order">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Order By</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Specifies the way in which users matching your search criteria will be listed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="pruneusers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete / Move Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of users matching your search criteria.  Here you can choose to delete or move these users.  Put a check mark next to each user on which you want to take action.  Then select an action at the bottom (Delete or Move).  If you select "Move" then be sure to choose a usergroup to which you want to move the selected users.  Click the "Go" button at the bottom to perform the action.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete User</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Yes" button below to delete this user.  If you want to remove this user's posts, private messages, etc you should do so BEFORE deleting their account.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="usergroup">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About Usergroups</title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usergroup&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Usergroups</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=forumpermission&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Forum Permissions</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminpermissions&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">Administrator Permissions</a><br /><br />

<b>Usergroups:</b><br />
vBulletin's usergroup system, like any usergroup system, is used for managing forum permissions.  You can manage forum permissions by putting users into groups and setting permissions for the groups.  In addition, vBulletin takes usergroups to a new level by allowing users to belong to multiple groups and to submit join requests for groups.  On top of this, vBulletin lets you setup group promotions to automatically change a user's group memberships when certain conditions are met.<br /><br />

Usergroup permissions have two levels to them, the first of which is the usergroup permissions that are set in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>.  By default, a user will have these permissions everywhere on your forums.  If you want to set exceptions to default usergroup permissions then you can do so by editing usergroup permissions at the forum-level on the <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a> page.  On the Forum Permissions page you can set group permissions on a per-forum basis.  The <a href="calendarpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Calendar Permissions</a> page provides similar functionality for calendars.  Other usergroup permissions can only be set at the highest usergroup-level in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>.<br /><br />

vBulletin also allows users to belong to multiple usergroups.  There are two kinds of usergroups, primary and secondary (also called member groups).  A user can belong to only one primary group but can belong to any number of secondary groups.  A user's primary group is used to define their base forum permissions; at a minimum, a user will always have their primary group's forum permissions.  Secondary groups, on the other hand, can be used to grant additional permissions that are not granted by a user's primary group.<br /><br />

For secondary groups to be able to affect a user's permissions, the user's primary group needs to have the "Allow Users to have Member Groups" option enabled in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>.  The way the overlapping of primary and secondary permissions works is that the user is always given the "greater" of the multiple settings for the same permission.  For example, if a user's primary group has "Can View Forum" set to No and one of the same user's secondary groups has "Can View Forum" set to Yes, then the user's final setting for that permission will be Yes.  Numeric group permissions overlap in a similar way, except instead of Yes or No the user is given the more lenient of the two numbers.  Possible applications of secondary groups for forum permissions include granting access to a private forum where multiple primary groups can have access.  The primary groups in question would have null access to the private forum set on the <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a> page.  The secondary group would have all permissions set to No in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a> but would have forum-level access to the private forum set on the <a href="forumpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Permissions</a> page.  The result of adding a user to this secondary group would be that its "Yes" permissions for the private forum would override the null access of their primary group.  This is much more convenient than setting up redundant permissions for additional primary groups that have access to the private forum, which is what would need to be done without secondary groups.<br /><br />

If the user's primary group does not have the "Allow Users to have Member Groups" option enabled in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a> then secondary group memberships will have no effect on their permissions.  Secondary groups serve no purpose in this case.  The only reason this option should be disabled in a primary group is if the group is a banned group, in which case you don't want secondary group memberships to override the null access of the banned group.<br /><br />

Another feature of vBulletin's usergroup system is the ability for users to request memberships into groups.  In this way vBulletin allows users to request forum permissions because forum permissions are controlled with group memberships.  Users can request to join a group on the <a href="../profile.php?do=editusergroups" target="_blank">Group Memberships</a> page in their User CP.  Users can only request to join custom groups that have the "Public (Joinable) Custom Usergroups" option enabled in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>.  You can manage join requests on the <a href="usergroup.php?do=viewjoinrequests" target="_blank">Join Requests</a> page.  Optionally, you can appoint group leaders in the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a> that can manage join requests for their group on the <a href="../profile.php?do=editusergroups" target="_blank">Group Memberships</a> page in their User CP.<br /><br />

vBulletin's usergroup system also supports group promotions based on certain conditions.  Promotions are used to change a user's group memberships when they reach a certain reputation level, number of days registered, and / or post count.  Promotions used in conjunction with user reputations can be especially powerful (see the general help topic for <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=adminreputation&amp;pageaction=&amp;option=">User Reputations</a>).  You can manage your promotions on the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modifypromotion" target="_blank">Promotions</a> page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">On this page you can add a new usergroup with the permissions you specify below.  Please see the individual help topics if you have questions about particular permissions and settings.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="750" act="add" opt="ugid_base">
			<title date="1200353630" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Create Permissions Based off of Usergroup</title>
			<text date="1214998438" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting ensures that your newly created usergroup will have the same forum permissions as an existing usergroup. This is especially important when creating new usergroups that won't have permission to all forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="cananimateavatar">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Upload Animated Avatar</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This permission allows animated GIF images to be uploaded.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="cananimateprofilepic">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Upload Animated Profile Picture</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This permission allows animated GIF images to be uploaded.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="canemailmember">
			<title date="1145033153" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Email Members</title>
			<text date="1145033153" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">When enabled this permission allows users to email other members through the forums.  Your forum must have email enabled and each user can still choose to disable the receipt of email from other users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="cangivearbinfraction">
			<title date="1149889255" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2">Can Give Arbitrary Value Infractions</title>
			<text date="1149889255" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This permission allows the user to specify an arbitrary infraction point value and expiration date. The user must also have the "Can Give Infractions to Others" permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="cansearchft_bool">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Boolean Fulltext Search</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to search your forums using the Boolean option. This permission only applies to search performed when your forum's search type is set to Fulltext.  This permission allows Boolean searches, which includes the usage of AND, OR, and NOT to limit results.  This option can be  server intensive for very large forums so its usage is cautioned.  When this permission is disabled, the Fulltext search will use a less intensive relevance based search.<br /><br />For this permission to work you must have the search engine enabled in your vBulletin options and the usergroup must also have search permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="canusefriends">
			<title date="1199282335" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4">Can use Friends List?</title>
			<text date="1199282335" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[If this is set to yes, the user is allowed to use the "Friends" features within the forum (if they are enabled)]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="canviewthreads">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can View Thread Content</title>
			<text date="1197643100" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 2">If this option is disabled then members of this group will not be able to view the content of threads.  They will be limited to only ever seeing the titles of threads.  This permission is useful as a teaser to what can be available to your membership.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add,edit" opt="isnotmoderated">
			<title date="1155823343" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1">Posted Events are Not Moderated</title>
			<text date="1155823343" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.1"><![CDATA[Event moderation can be enabled for an entire calendar by editing that calendar's settings. This permission allows you to make an exception for a specific usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the name of this usergroup.  This name is used to identify this group in the Usergroup Manager and on your forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="description">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Description</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enter a description for this group.  For example, if this group is used to grant special permissions then you might say what those permissions are in the group's description.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="add,edit" opt="usertitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you want users who are members of this group to have a special title to identify them as such, then you can enter a title here.  This title will show up in the user's profile, posts, etc.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="add,edit" opt="htmltags">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Username HTML Markup</title>
			<text date="1169465876" username="Scott" version="3.6.5"><![CDATA[The first field is the opening tag.  The second field is the closing tag.  These tags will be inserted around the user's username like this:<br /><br />

[opening tag]username[closing tag]<br /><br />

Some HTML tags you might want to use here include:<br /><br />

&lt;span style="font-weight: bold;"&gt;username&lt;/span&gt; = <span style="font-weight: bold;">username</span><br />
&lt;span style="font-style: italic;"&gt;username&lt;/span&gt; = <span style="font-style: italic;">username</span><br />
&lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;username&lt;/span&gt; = <span style="text-decoration: underline;">username</span><br />
&lt;span style="color: red;"&gt;username&lt;/span&gt; = <span style="color: red;">username</span><br />
&lt;span style="font: 20px verdana;"&gt;username&lt;/span&gt; = <span style="font: 20px verdana;">username</span><br /><br />

You can also do combinations by using more than one attribute in the style property:<br /><br />

&lt;span style="font: 20px verdana; color: red;"&gt;username&lt;/span&gt; = <span style="font: 20px verdana; color: red;">username</span>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="add,edit" opt="passwordexpires">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Password Expiry</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a number of days after which users in this group will need to change their password.  Enter 0 for no expiry.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="add,edit" opt="passwordhistory">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Password History</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">For example, if this is set to 30 days and the user tries to change their password they will not be able to use any passwords which they have used within the last 30 days.  This setting can be used in conjunction with the previous setting to increase password security.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="add,edit" opt="showgroup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewable on Show Groups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you don't want your users to know who is in this usergroup then you can disable this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="80" act="add,edit" opt="showbirthday">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Birthdays Viewable</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[For birthdays to be displayed on a calendar the "Show Birthdays on this Calendar" option needs to be enabled for that calendar.  See your <a href="admincalendar.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Calendar Mananger</a>.<br /><br />

For birthdays to be displayed on the forumhome page you need to have the "Display Today's Birthdays" option enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=forumhome&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="90" act="add,edit" opt="showmemberlist">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Viewable on the Memberlist</title>
			<text date="1174307144" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.6"><![CDATA[This option refers to <a href="../memberlist.php" target="_blank">this page</a>.  The member list shows all members of your forums.  If you disable this option then members of this group will not show up on the member list.<br />
<br />
<em>Note:</em> By default, due to performance issues, secondary groups cannot override the value of the primary group. If you need this functionality, add the following line to your includes/config.php file:
<pre>define('MEMBERLIST_INCLUDE_SECONDARY', true);</pre>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="100" act="add,edit" opt="allowmembergroups">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Allow Users to have Member Groups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This option must be set to "Yes" if secondary (member) groups are to have any effect on the permissions of users whose primary group is this group.<br /><br />

Secondary groups serve no purpose if this option is set to "No".  The only reason this option should be set to "No" is if this group is a banned group, in which case you don't want secondary group memberships to override the null access of the banned group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="110" act="add,edit" opt="isnotbannedgroup">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This Usergroup is not a 'Banned' Group]]></title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If you make this a banned group then you should probably also set most of the permissions below to "No," depending on what you want banned users to be able to do and not do.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="120" act="add,edit" opt="ispublicgroup">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Public (Joinable) Custom Usergroups</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this option is enabled then users will be able to request membership to this group from their <a href="../profile.php?do=editusergroups" target="_blank">User CP</a>.  Join requests are queued up in the Usergroup Manager where you can handle them all at once.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="130" act="add,edit" opt="canoverride">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can override primary group title/markup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Enable this option if you use this group as a member (secondary) group and you want group members to have this group's user title and username markup instead of the user title and username markup from their primary group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="140" act="add,edit" opt="canseehidden">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can 'See' Users Who Have Chosen to be Invisible While Online]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If their group permissions allow it, users can choose to be invisible in the online list by setting the option in their <a href="../profile.php?do=editoptions" target="_blank">User CP</a>.<br /><br />

Enabling this option will allow members of this group to see invisible users in the online list.  Invisible users have an asterisk (*) next to their name in the online list (for those that can see them).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="150" act="add,edit" opt="canviewmembers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Member Info</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This option refers to user profiles on your forums.  If this option is disabled then members of this group will not be able to view user profiles on your forums.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="160" act="add,edit" opt="canmodifyprofile">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Own Profile</title>
			<text date="1231766203" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.8.1"><![CDATA[Setting this option to "no" will prevent members of this group from editing their:

<ul>
<li>profile</li>
<li>options</li>
<li>signature</li>
<li>avatar</li>
<li>profile picture</li>
<li>profile privacy</li>
<li>profile customizations</li>
<li>public groups memberships</li>
</ul>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="170" act="add,edit" opt="caninvisible">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Set Self to Invisible Mode</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this option is enabled then members of this group will be able to set themselves to invisible in the <a href="../profile.php?do=editoptions" target="_blank">Edit Options</a> section of their User CP.  Invisible users are shown with an asterisk (*) next to their names in the online list (for those that can see them).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="180" act="add,edit" opt="showeditedby">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Show <i>edited by</i> note on edited messages?]]></title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Enabling this option will display an "edited by" note in posts that are edited by members of this group.  This setting works in conjunction with the "Time to Wait Before Starting to Display 'Edited by" setting in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="190" act="add,edit" opt="canseeraters">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can See Who Left User Ratings</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Allows the user to see who left the reputation comments that are displayed in the User CP. Requires that reputation be enabled.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="canjoingroups">
			<title date="1195740034" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Join Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1195740034" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to Join Social Groups (Also requires the "Can View Social Groups" permission).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="200" act="add,edit" opt="canusecustomtitle">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Use Custom Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this option is enabled, members of this usergroup will be able to enter a custom title in the <a href="../profile.php?do=editprofile" target="_blank">Edit Profile</a> section of their User CP.  The custom title will be displayed in the user's posts and profile page in place of any title specified for their group or post count (see <a href="usertitle.php?do=modify" target="_blank">User Title Manager</a>).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="210" act="add,edit" opt="canusesignature">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Use Signatures</title>
			<text date="1152729976" username="freddie" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 2"><![CDATA[Signatures show up at the end of a user's posts.  If this option is enabled then members of this group will be able to set their signatures in the <a href="../profile.php?do=editsignature" target="_blank">Edit Signature</a> section of their User CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="220" act="add,edit" opt="canseeprofilepic">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can View Others' Profile Pictures]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A user's profile picture is displayed on their profile page.  Profile pictures are a way for your users to upload pictures of themselves so everyone else can see what they look like.  This setting determines whether or not members of this usergroup can view those profile pictures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="225" act="add,edit" opt="canseehiddencustomfields">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Private Custom Fields</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Allows the user to view information in custom profile fields that are marked as Private.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="230" act="add,edit" opt="canview">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Forum</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission determines whether or not members of this group can view pages on your forum.  If this permission is set to "No" then members of this usergroup will see a "no permission" screen on all of your forum pages.  Generally this option is used to deny forum access for banned groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="240" act="add,edit" opt="canviewothers">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can View Others' Threads]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">If this option is disabled then members of this group will only be able to see their own threads on forum thread listings.  Threads that were not posted by them will not even show up in the thread listing.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="250" act="add,edit" opt="canseedelnotice">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can See Deletion Notices</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[When an admin or mod deletes a thread they are given the option to "soft delete" or "physically delete."  When a thread is "soft deleted" a deletion notice is left in its place in the forum thread listing.  This permission determines whether or not members of this group can see those deletion notices.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="260" act="add,edit" opt="cansearch">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Search Forums</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to search your forums.  For this permission to work you must have the search engine enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=search&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="270" act="add,edit" opt="canemail">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Use Email to Friend</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission refers to the "Email this Page" link on showthread pages.  This feature allows members of this group to send an email from your forums containing a link to a thread on your forums.  If you don't allow guests to view threads then this feature probably won't be useful.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="280" act="add,edit" opt="cangetattachment">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Download Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to download / view post attachments on your forums.  If a user doesn't have this permission then inline attachments such as images will be displayed as links and clicking those and other attachment links will result in a "no permission" page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="290" act="add,edit" opt="canpostnew">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission is pretty self-explanatory.  If a user doesn't have this permission then they cannot post new threads on your forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="300" act="add,edit" opt="canreplyown">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Reply to Own Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to post replies in their own threads.  If for some reason you don't want thread authors to reply to their threads then you can disable this permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="310" act="add,edit" opt="canreplyothers">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can Reply to Others' Threads]]></title>
			<text date="1205431035" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission is similar to the <a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usergroup&amp;pageaction=add&amp;option=canreplyown">Can Reply to Own Threads</a> permission except it applies to "others'" threads, as in threads that weren't authored by the current logged in user.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="320" act="add,edit" opt="caneditpost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Own Posts</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to edit their own posts.  This permission works in conjunction with the "Time Limit on Editing of Posts" setting in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="330" act="add,edit" opt="candeletepost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Own Posts</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to delete their own posts.  This group must have post editing permissions (see previous permission) if they are to delete a post.<br /><br />

Be careful with allowing post deletion.  If you allow users to edit their posts indefinitely (see "Time Limit on Editing of Posts" setting <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>) as well as allow them to delete their posts, then they can go back into your forum history and delete <b>all</b> of their posts if they want.

Note: Users can only soft-delete their own post. As staff you can undelete them again at any time.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="340" act="add,edit" opt="canmove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Move Own Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this permission is enabled then members of this group will be able to move their own threads to other forums by selecting the "Move / Copy Thread" option from the "Thread Tools" menu on the showthread page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="350" act="add,edit" opt="canopenclose">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Open / Close Own Threads</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this permission is enabled then members of this group will be able to open / close their own threads by selecting the "Open / Close Thread" option from the "Thread Tools" menu on the showthread page.<br /><br />

An open thread is open to replies.  A closed thread is not open to replies, not including admins and mods.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="360" act="add,edit" opt="candeletethread">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Own Threads</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to delete their own threads.  This group must have post editing permissions (see "Can Edit Own Posts" permission above) if they are to delete a thread.  This permission refers to deleting threads by editing the first post in a thread, not by selecting the "Delete Thread" option from the "Thread Tools" menu.<br /><br />

Be careful with allowing thread deletion.  When a thread is deleted all of the posts in it are also deleted.  If you allow users to edit their posts indefinitely (see "Time Limit on Editing of Posts" setting <a href="options.php?dogroup=posting&amp;do=options" target="_blank">here</a>) as well as allow them to delete their threads, then they can go back into your forum history and delete <b>all</b> of their threads if they want.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="370" act="add,edit" opt="followforummoderation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">New Posts Bypass Moderation Queue</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If you disable this option then all posts made by members of this group will go into the <a href="../{$vbulletin->config[Misc][modcpdir]}/moderate.php?do=posts" target="_blank">moderation queue</a>.  You will need to validate their posts before they show up on the forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="371" act="add,edit" opt="cantagown">
			<title date="1195733271" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Tag Own Threads</title>
			<text date="1195733271" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Setting this permission to "yes" allows the user to add tags to their own threads]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="371" act="add,edit" opt="picturefollowforummoderation">
			<title date="1203546867" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 6">New Pictures Bypass Moderation Queue</title>
			<text date="1208787129" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[If you disable this option then all pictures made by members of this group will go into the <a href="../moderation.php?do=viewpics" target="_blank">moderation queue</a>.  You will need to validate their pictures before they show up in their albums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="372" act="add,edit" opt="cantagothers">
			<title date="1195733408" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Can Tag Others' Threads]]></title>
			<text date="1195733408" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Setting this permission to "yes" allows the user to add tags to other users' threads]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="372" act="add,edit" opt="commentfollowforummoderation">
			<title date="1203546910" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 6">New Pictures Bypass Moderation Queue</title>
			<text date="1208787108" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[If you disable this option then all picture comment made by members of this group will go into the <a href="../moderation.php?do=viewpcs&amp;type=moderated" target="_blank">moderation queue</a>.  You will need to validate their comments before they show up.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="373" act="add,edit" opt="candeletetagown">
			<title date="1195733535" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Tags on Own Threads</title>
			<text date="1195733535" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Setting this permission to "yes" allows the user to remove tags from their own threads]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="374" act="add,edit" opt="cancreatetag">
			<title date="1195733584" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Create Tags</title>
			<text date="1195733584" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Setting this permission to "yes" allows the user to create tags]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="380" act="add,edit" opt="canthreadrate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Rate Threads</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to rate threads.  Average thread ratings are shown as a row of stars next to a thread's title.<br /><br />

Thread ratings must also be allowed for the forum in question for this group to be able to rate threads.  Choose the "Edit Forum" option in the <a href="forum.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Forum Manager</a> to view this setting.  Additionally, there are some thread rating options in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=poll&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="390" act="add,edit" opt="canpostattachment">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Upload Attachments</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[vBulletin allows users to upload files to their posts.  This permission will enable that functionality for members of this group.  Users can upload files by clicking the "Manage Attachments" button on the posting form.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="400" act="add,edit" opt="attachlimit">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Space (in bytes) that a user's total attachment usage may consume]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Members of this group cannot exceed this amount of space for all of the attachments they post.  Enter a byte amount.<br /><br />

1048576 bytes = 1 megabyte]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="410" act="add,edit" opt="canpostpoll">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Polls</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission will allow members of this group to post polls when they post a new thread.  Users can post polls by checking the "Yes, post a poll with this thread" option on the new thread posting page.<br /><br />

Additionally, there are some poll options in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=poll&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin Options</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="420" act="add,edit" opt="canvote">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Vote on Polls</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission is self-explanatory.  If this is set to "Yes" then members of this group will be able to vote on polls.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="430" act="add,edit" opt="canuseavatar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Upload Custom Avatars</title>
			<text date="1205430879" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[This permission will allow members of this group to upload a custom avatar on the <a href="../profile.php?do=editavatar" target="_blank">Edit Avatar</a> page in their User CP.  Custom avatars are uploaded from the user's computer or from a URL and are stored on your web server.<br /><br />

Avatars must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=userpix&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this setting to have any effect.  There are also some avatar settings on the same page in your vBulletin options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="440" act="add,edit" opt="avatarmaxwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Avatar Maximum Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum pixel width that a custom avatar can have for members of this usergroup.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="450" act="add,edit" opt="avatarmaxheight">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Avatar Maximum Height</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum pixel height that a custom avatar can have for members of this usergroup.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="460" act="add,edit" opt="avatarmaxsize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Custom Avatar Maximum File Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the maximum file size that a custom avatar can have for members of this group.  Enter a byte value.<br /><br />

1024 bytes = 1 kilobyte<br />
10240 bytes = 10 kilobytes<br />
51200 bytes = 50 kilobytes<br />
102400 bytes = 100 kilobytes]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="465" act="add,edit" opt="cansigpic">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Upload images for Signature</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls whether users can upload a picture to be placed within their signature. This will use some bandwidth as the images are served from your server, but with this method you may control the dimensions and file size of the uploaded image; if the user simply links to an image on a different site, this is not possible.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="470" act="add,edit" opt="cananimatesigpic">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Upload Animated GIF for Signature</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[If users have permission to upload an image with their signature via "Can upload images for signature", you may prevent them from uploading an animated image.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="470" act="add,edit" opt="canprofilepic">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Upload Profile Pictures</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission will allow members of this group to upload a profile picture on the <a href="../profile.php?do=editprofilepic" target="_blank">Edit Profile Picture</a> page in their User CP.  Profile pictures are uploaded from the user's computer or from a URL and are stored on your web server.<br /><br />

Profile pictures must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=userpix&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this setting to have any effect.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="475" act="add,edit" opt="sigpicmaxheight">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Signature Image Maximum Height (pixels)</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If users can upload an image for their signature, this limits the maximum height of the image in pixels. You may use 0 to specify no limit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="475" act="add,edit" opt="sigpicmaxwidth">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Signature Image Maximum Width (pixels)</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">If users can upload an image for their signature, this limits the maximum width of the image in pixels. You may use 0 to specify no limit.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="480" act="add,edit" opt="profilepicmaxwidth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Picture Maximum Width</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum pixel width that a profile picture can have for members of this usergroup.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="485" act="add,edit" opt="sigpicmaxsize">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Signature Image Maximum Filesize (bytes)</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the maximum file size that a signature image can be for members of this group. Enter a byte value. You may use 0 to specify no limit.<br />
<br />
1024 bytes = 1 kilobyte<br />
10240 bytes = 10 kilobytes<br />
51200 bytes = 50 kilobytes<br />
102400 bytes = 100 kilobytes]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="490" act="add,edit" opt="profilepicmaxheight">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Picture Maximum Height</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the maximum pixel height that a profile picture can have for members of this usergroup.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="500" act="add,edit" opt="profilepicmaxsize">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Profile Picture Maximum File Size</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the maximum file size that a profile picture can have for members of this group.  Enter a byte value.<br /><br />

1024 bytes = 1 kilobyte<br />
10240 bytes = 10 kilobytes<br />
51200 bytes = 50 kilobytes<br />
102400 bytes = 100 kilobytes]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="510" act="add,edit" opt="pmquota">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Stored Messages</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission determines how many private messages members of this group can have in their private message folders.  If a user reaches this limit then they will need to delete some PMs before they can receive anymore.<br /><br />

Private Messaging must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=pm&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  Additionally, there are other private message settings on that page in your vBulletin options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="515" act="add,edit" opt="canignorequota">
			<title date="1229013241" username="Scott" version="3.8.0 Release Candidate 2">Can send PMs to users who have reached their quota</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This permission allows this usergroup to send PMs to users who have reached their Maximum Stored Messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="520" act="add,edit" opt="cantrackpm">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Use Message Tracking</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Private message tracking allows users to request read receipts for their PMs.  The sender will know the recipient has read their PM if the recipient chooses to acknowledge the read receipt.<br /><br />

Private Messaging must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=pm&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  The "Maximum Stored Messages" permission above must also be set to a positive number for members of this group to use the PM feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="530" act="add,edit" opt="candenypmreceipts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Deny Private Message Read Receipt Request</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to deny read receipts on PMs.  In this way the recipient can not tell the sender that their message was read.<br /><br />

Private Messaging must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=pm&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  The "Maximum Stored Messages" permission above must also be set to a positive number for members of this group to use the PM feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="540" act="add,edit" opt="pmsendmax">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Maximum Recipients to Send PMs at a time</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission determines this group's "mass PMing" ability.  Members of this group will be able to send PMs to this many people at a time.<br /><br />

Private Messaging must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=pm&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  The "Maximum Stored Messages" permission above must also be set to a positive number for members of this group to use the PM feature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="550" act="add,edit" opt="canviewcalendar">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Calendar</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to view the calendar(s).<br /><br />

This group must also have permission to view a specific calendar in order to view that calendar.  You can check your calendar permissions <a href="calendarpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="560" act="add,edit" opt="canpostevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to post events on the calendar(s).<br /><br />

This group must also have permission to post events on a specific calendar if they are to post events on it.  You can check your calendar permissions <a href="calendarpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="570" act="add,edit" opt="caneditevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Edit Own Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to edit their own events on the calendar(s).<br /><br />

This group must also have permission to edit their own events on a specific calendar if they are to have permission to do so.  You can check your calendar permissions <a href="calendarpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="580" act="add,edit" opt="candeleteevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Delete Own Events</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to delete their own calendar events.<br /><br />

This group must also have permission to delete their events on a specific calendar if they are to have permission to do so.  You can check your calendar permissions <a href="calendarpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="590" act="add,edit" opt="canviewothersevent">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can View Others' Events]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to view other people's events on the calendar(s).  If this permission to disabled then members of this group will only be able to see their own events.<br /><br />

This group must also have permission to view other people's events on a specific calendar if they are to have permission to do so.  You can check your calendar permissions <a href="calendarpermission.php?do=modify" target="_blank">here</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="600" act="add,edit" opt="canwhosonline">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Can View Who's Online]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to view the <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">online.php</a> page.  This page shows a detailed list of currently active users, their locations, etc.  This permission only applies to online.php, not the "Currently Active Users" list on the <a href="../{$vbulletin->options[forumhome]}.php" target="_blank">forumhome</a> page.<br /><br />

Reported locations <b>do</b> take forum permissions into consideration.  For example, if a user in the online list is viewing a forum that the current logged in user doesn't have access to, then online.php will only report that they are viewing a forum and not give the name of the forum.<br /><br />

Who's online must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=online&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  Additionally, there are several Who's online settings on that page in your vBulletin options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="610" act="add,edit" opt="canwhosonlinefull">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Detailed Location Info for Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Allows the user to see detailed information for some forum actions. For example, if the subject is sending a Private Message, the user will be able to see who it is being sent to.  If the subject is viewing the profile of a user, the user will be able to see who it is.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="620" act="add,edit" opt="canwhosonlineip">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission will allow members of this group to view the IP addresses of currently logged in users on the <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">online.php</a> page.<br /><br />

Who's online must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=online&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  The "Can View Who's Online" permission above must also be enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="630" act="add,edit" opt="canwhosonlinebad">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View Detailed Location Info of Users Who Visit Bad / No Permission Locations</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[With this permission disabled, when a subject visits an unknown location or a location they don't have permission to, the user will see the subject as viewing the Forum Home page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="640" act="add,edit" opt="canwhosonlinelocation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can view actual location of user (filepath/url)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If this permission is enabled then members of this group will see a question mark icon next to locations on the <a href="../online.php" target="_blank">online.php</a> page.  They can "mouse over" the image to see the file path of the page each user is visiting.<br /><br />

Who's online must be enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=online&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> for this permission to have any effect.  The "Can View Who's Online" permission above must also be enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="650" act="add,edit" opt="canviewownusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View User Notes About Self</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[User notes can be viewed by clicking the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend.<br /><br />

If a user does not have this permission then they will not see a <i>[View]</i> link in their own profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="660" act="add,edit" opt="canmanageownusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Manage User Notes About Self</title>
			<text date="1205942890" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[To be able to <i>manage</i> user notes means to be able to edit and delete notes.<br /><br />

User notes can be managed through the <i>[View]</i> page for notes.  That page is opened by clicking the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="670" act="add,edit" opt="canpostownusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post User Notes About Self</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A new user note can be posted by first clicking the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend and then clicking the <i>Post New User Note</i> link.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="680" act="add,edit" opt="canviewothersusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can View User Notes About Others</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission determines if members of this group can view user notes posted for other users.<br /><br />

User notes for a user can be viewed by clicking the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="690" act="add,edit" opt="canmanageothersusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Manage User Notes About Others</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to manage (edit / delete) user notes for other users.  You should only grant this permission to users you trust.<br /><br />

User notes can be managed on the screen that lists a user's notes - click the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="700" act="add,edit" opt="canpostothersusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Post User Notes About Others</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to post user notes about other members.<br /><br />

User notes can be posted on the screen that lists a user's notes.  First click the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend, then click the <i>Post New User Note</i> link.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="710" act="add,edit" opt="caneditownusernotes">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Manage Own User Notes</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to manage (edit / delete) notes that they post.  If you want posted user notes to be permanent then don't grant user's this permission.<br /><br />

User notes can be managed on the screen that lists a user's notes.  Click the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="720" act="add,edit" opt="canbeusernoted">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Notes Can Be Posted About This Group</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows members of this group to have user notes posted about them.<br /><br />

User notes can be posted on the screen that lists a user's notes.  First click the <i>User Notes: [View]</i> link when viewing a user's profile page on the frontend, then click the <i>Post New User Note</i> link.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="730" act="add,edit" opt="ismoderator">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Moderate All Forums (is Super Moderator)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission will grant this group moderator powers in all forums.  Super moderators can do everything including edit, delete, move, merge, split, etc.  You should only grant this power to people you trust.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="740" act="add,edit" opt="cancontrolpanel">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Access Control Panel (is Administrator)</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission refers to the Admin Control Panel.  You can do anything in the Admin CP so you should only grant this access to people you trust.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="750" act="add,edit" opt="cannegativerep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Leave Negative Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows users to leave negative reputation.  Negative reputation only has half the effect of positive reputation.  For example, if a user has a reputation power of 20, they would only take 10 away by giving negative reputation. This permission requires that reputation be enabled in the vBulletin Options as well as the user having the "Can Use Reputation" permission enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="750" act="add,edit" opt="canuserep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Use Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows the user to leave reputation comments for other users.  Reputation must also be enabled in the vBulletin Options.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="760" act="add,edit" opt="canseeownrep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can See Own Reputation</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This permission allows the user to see which members left the comments that appear in the user's User CP. If the user has chosen to hide their reputation or the reputation system is disabled, the list of comments will not appear in any case.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="770" act="add,edit" opt="canhiderep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can Hide Reputation</title>
			<text date="1223482250" username="Andy Huang" version="3.8.0 Alpha 2">This permission allows the user to have the option, from their User CP, of not participating in the reputation system.  While the user can still receive reputation comments, their reputation will not be visible to other users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="780" act="add,edit" opt="canseeothersrep">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Can See Reputation Left for Others</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This permission allows the user to view reputation comments left for other users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="800" act="add,edit" opt="sigmaxrawchars">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Maximum Characters in Signature Including BB Code Markup</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This is the maximum number of characters that can a user in this group may use in his or her signature. This includes all markup codes that were used.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="805" act="add,edit" opt="sigmaxchars">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Maximum Characters in Signature Excluding BB Code Markup</title>
			<text date="1206966128" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 2">This is the maximum number of characters users in this group may place in their signatures, not including any BB code used to format the signature. In most cases, this is very close to the number of displayable characters in the signature.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="810" act="add,edit" opt="sigmaxlines">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Lines in Signature</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the maximum number of lines users of this group may have in their signatures. Unfortunately, due to browser and style variations, this is not an exact science and should only be used as a rough guide.<br />
<br />
Soft linewrapping can cause one contiguous string of text to be counted as multiple lines. The number of characters that are allowed before this text is treated as multiple lines is controlled by the &quot;<a href="options.php?do=options&amp;dogroup=user">Signature Soft-Linebreak Character Limit</a>&quot; option. Text that is not the default size is scaled to count as more or less characters than normal.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="815" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcode">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This is the global switch for BB codes in the signatures of users in this group. Individual BB codes may be controlled by the additional permissions displayed below.<br />
<br />
Note that custom BB codes cannot be controlled by any permission; you can only disable their use in signatures by disabling all BB codes in signatures.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="815" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodebasic">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Basic BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [b] (Bold), [i] (Italic), and [u] (Underline) tags may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use any of these and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="820" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodecolor">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Color BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [color] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature. You can not limit them to a specific selection of colors with this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="825" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodesize">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Size BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether users in this group may use the [size] tag in their signature at all. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature. You may limit the maximum size they can use using the option below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="830" act="add,edit" opt="sigmaxsizebbcode">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Maximum Value of x for [SIZE=x] BB Code]]></title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This controls the maximum font size that users in this group may use in their signatures. If they attempt to exceed this size, they will receive an error. The largest size possible is 7; default is 2.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="835" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodefont">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Font BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [font] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature. You can not limit them to a specific selection of fonts with this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="840" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodealign">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Alignment BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [left], [center], and [right] tags may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use any of these and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="840" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodelist">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow List BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [list] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature. You can not control the types of lists allowed with this option.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="850" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodelink">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Link BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [email] and [url] tags may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use any of these and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="855" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodecode">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Code BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [code] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="860" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodephp">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow PHP BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [php] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="865" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodehtml">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow HTML BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [html] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="870" act="add,edit" opt="canbbcodequote">
			<title date="1205493460" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Allow Quote BB Code</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [quote] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", they will receive an error while saving their signature.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="875" act="add,edit" opt="allowimg">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Allow [IMG] Code]]></title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether [img] tag may be used in signatures by users of this group. If they attempt to use this tag and this setting is set to "No", the image will be linked to instead; no error will be issued.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="880" act="add,edit" opt="sigmaximages">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Maximum Number of Images in Signature</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls the maximum number of images that users in this group may use in their signatures. This includes [img] tags, [sigpic] tags (uploaded pictures), and smilies. 0 means no limit.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="885" act="add,edit" opt="allowsmilies">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow Smilies</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether smilies are parsed into images in the signatures of users in this group. If this is set to "No", smilie text will not be converted to images.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="890" act="add,edit" opt="allowhtml">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Allow HTML</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This controls whether HTML is allowed in the signatures of users in this group. <strong>Allowing HTML is a security risk!</strong> Do not set this value to "Yes" unless the users in this group are trusted.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="940" act="add,edit" opt="candeleteownmessages">
			<title date="1197373136" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Own Visitor Messages</title>
			<text date="1204246399" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 6"><![CDATA[This permission allows users to soft delete their own visitor messages, left within their own profile or other users' profiles.<br /><br />This permission can be overridden by the <em>Can Manage Messages within Own Profile</em> permission in regards to messages left within the user's profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1000" act="add,edit" opt="canalbum">
			<title date="1195733676" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Have Album and Upload Pictures</title>
			<text date="1199130982" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Setting this permission to "yes" allows the user to create albums and upload pictures to them<br /><br />Requires the "Can View Albums" Permission]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1010" act="add,edit" opt="canviewalbum">
			<title date="1195733981" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can View Albums</title>
			<text date="1195733981" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Setting this permission to "yes" allows the user to view Albums]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1020" act="add,edit" opt="albumpicmaxwidth">
			<title date="1195734234" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Album Picture Maximum Width (pixels)</title>
			<text date="1195734993" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The maximum width for a Picture. vBulletin will try to scale the Picture down to this size if you have an "Image Processing Library" enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1030" act="add,edit" opt="albumpicmaxheight">
			<title date="1195734301" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Album Picture Maximum Height (pixels)</title>
			<text date="1195735064" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The maximum height for a Picture. vBulletin will try to scale the Picture down to this size if you have an "Image Processing Library" enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1040" act="add,edit" opt="albummaxpics">
			<title date="1195735277" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Maximum Number of Album Pictures</title>
			<text date="1195735277" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The maximum amount of Pictures a user is allowed to upload</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1040" act="add,edit" opt="albumpicmaxsize">
			<title date="1195734373" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Album Picture Maximum File Size (bytes)</title>
			<text date="1195735300" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The Maximum Filesize for a Picture. vBulletin will try to recompress the Picture down to this size if you have an Image Processing Library Enabled.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1050" act="add,edit" opt="albummaxsize">
			<title date="1195735356" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Maximum Total File Size of Album Pictures (bytes)</title>
			<text date="1195735356" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[The maximum total file size for all the User's uploaded Pictures]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1055" act="add,edit" opt="canpiccomment">
			<title date="1205426424" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Can Comment on Pictures</title>
			<text date="1205426424" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If this permission is specified, users in this group will be able to comment on pictures uploaded to any user's album.<br />
<br />
For a user to be able to comment on a picture, he/she must be able to view the picture first. If a user wishes to limit the people who can see a picture, he/she can set the containing album to private.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1060" act="add,edit" opt="caneditownpiccomment">
			<title date="1205426470" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Can Edit Own Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1205426470" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">If this is set to yes, users will be able to edit their own picture comments after they have been submitted.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1065" act="add,edit" opt="candeleteownpiccomment">
			<title date="1205426553" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Can Delete Own Picture Comments</title>
			<text date="1205426749" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Users with this permission will be able to soft-delete picture comments they have posted. A notice will be left in place of the original message.<br />
<br />
This notice, along with the original message, will be viewable to moderators. The picture owner may be able to see the notice (but not the original message).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1070" act="add,edit" opt="canmanagepiccomment">
			<title date="1205426687" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Can Manage Comments on Own Pictures</title>
			<text date="1205426830" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to yes, users will be able to manage the comments that users have posted to their pictures. Specifically, this allows users to:
<ul>
<li>Unapprove comments</li>
<li>Approve comments</li>
<li>Delete comments (soft-delete only)</li>
</ul>
This permission also affects comments the user has posted on his/her own picture. This may allow a user to delete his/her own comment without the 'Can Delete Own Picture Comments' permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1100" act="add,edit" opt="caneditfontfamily">
			<title date="1195737587" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Font Family</title>
			<text date="1195737587" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to edit the Font Family on their profile page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1110" act="add,edit" opt="caneditfontsize">
			<title date="1195737658" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Font Size</title>
			<text date="1198868099" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to edit the Font Size on their profile page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1120" act="add,edit" opt="caneditcolors">
			<title date="1195738004" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Colors</title>
			<text date="1195738004" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to edit the Colors on their profile page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1130" act="add,edit" opt="caneditbgimage">
			<title date="1195738292" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Background Images</title>
			<text date="1195738292" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to edit the Background Images on their profile page.<br /><br /><strong>PLEASE NOTE</strong> This option requires the user to have the Create Album Permissions]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1140" act="add,edit" opt="caneditborders">
			<title date="1195738675" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Borders</title>
			<text date="1195738675" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to edit the Border Style, Width, and Colors on their profile page.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1210" act="add,edit" opt="cancreategroups">
			<title date="1195740476" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Create Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1195740476" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to Create Social Groups (Also requires the "Can View Social Groups" and "Can Join Social Groups" permissions).]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1220" act="add,edit" opt="caneditowngroups">
			<title date="1195740541" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Own Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1211885079" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to edit the details of their own Social Groups.<br />
<br />
If there are no members of this group other than the owner, the owner will be able to edit the settings of this group even if this permission is set to no.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1230" act="add,edit" opt="candeleteowngroups">
			<title date="1195740607" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Delete Own Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1195740607" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to delete their own Social Groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1240" act="add,edit" opt="canviewgroups">
			<title date="1195740760" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can View Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1195740638" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to view Social Groups]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1250" act="add,edit" opt="canmanagemessages">
			<title date="1195740878" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Manage Own Social Group Messages</title>
			<text date="1195740878" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to manage their own Messages within a Social Group]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1260" act="add,edit" opt="canpostnonmembergroup">
			<title date="1195740925" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Post Messages in Groups that User is not a Member of</title>
			<text date="1195740925" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission, when set to "yes" allows the user to post Messages in Groups that they are not a member of.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1270" act="add,edit" opt="canmanageowngroups">
			<title date="1205427073" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Can Manage Own Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1205427073" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[Allowing a user to manage his/her own social groups grants the following options on social groups created by that user:
<ul>
<li>Unapprove messages</li>
<li>Approve messages</li>
<li>Delete messages</li>
<li>Remove pictures from the group (pictures will remain in the owner's album)</li>
<li>Kick members from the group</li>
</ul>
Additionally, if the option 'Allow Groups Owners to Force New Group Messages into Moderation Queue' is enabled, having this permission will allow users to create groups where messages must be approved before becoming visible.<br />
<br />
Regardless of this permission, users will be able to moderate membership requests or invite users to the group.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="addleader">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New Usergroup Leader</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[On this page you can add a new usergroup leader to one of your custom groups.  Select a usergroup below and enter the exact username of the user whom you want to make leader.  Click the "Add" button to continue.<br /><br />

Usergroup leaders can moderate join requests for their group from the <a href="../profile.php?do=editusergroups" target="_blank">Group Memberships</a> section of their User CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="addleader" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the custom usergroup to which you want to add a leader.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="addleader" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Name</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the exact username of the user whom you want to make a leader of this group.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Edit Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This page allows you to edit the permissions and settings for this usergroup.  Please see the individual help topics below if you need help with a specific permission or setting.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canalwayscreatediscussion">
			<title date="1211992891" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Always Create Discussions in Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1225812813" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the user will be able to create new discussions in groups, even if:
<ul>
<li>The user is not a member of the group.</li>
<li>The group is configured with 'Must Join Group to View Content' option.</li>
<li>The group is configured with 'Only Owner Can Create New Discussions' option.</li>
</ul>

Note: If the user has this permission, they will always be able to see the contents of groups configured with 'Invite Only' and 'Users must join to view the content'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canalwayspostmessage">
			<title date="1211992802" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Always Post Message in Social Groups</title>
			<text date="1225812938" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the user will always be able to post messages in social groups, even when:

<ul>
<li>The social group is configured with 'Users must join to view the content'.</li>
<li>The user is not a member of the group.</li>
</ul>

Note: If the user has this permission, they will always be able to see the contents of groups configured with 'Invite Only' and 'Users must join to view the content'.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="cananimategroupicon">
			<title date="1216130125" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Can Upload Animated Group Icons</title>
			<text date="1216130125" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[If the is set to 'yes', users who can upload social group icons will also be able to upload animated gif's as the profile group icon.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="cancreatediscussion">
			<title date="1210937940" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Create New Social Group Discussions</title>
			<text date="1210937940" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the user can create new discussions in social groups where the group is configured to allow it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="caneditprivacy">
			<title date="1218465604" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Can Edit Profile Privacy</title>
			<text date="1218464861" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows the user to customize their profile so that they can hide certain blocks and categories from other users, such as users on their ignored list; unregistered guests; users who are not on their contacts list; and users who are not on their friends list.<br /><br />
Note: When enabled, the 'Profile Privacy' link on the User Control Panel allows users to customize their profile page in this way.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="cangiveinfraction">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Give Infractions to Others</title>
			<text date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">This permission allows user to give infractions to other users.  Having this permission also allows users to view the infractions of other users.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canlimitdiscussion">
			<title date="1210938154" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Limit Discussions in Own Groups to the Group Owner</title>
			<text date="1210938154" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' then the user can configure their social groups where discussions can only be created by the group owner.  This permission only has any effect if the 'Allow Group Owners to Limit New Discussions to Themselves' option is enabled.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canmanagediscussions">
			<title date="1212053344" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Manage Own Social Group Discussions</title>
			<text date="1212053344" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[If set to 'yes' the user can manage discussions that they started.  If this is set to 'no' the user will not be able to delete their own discussions unless it is new and no other users have posted messages to it.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canpostmessage">
			<title date="1210937879" username="Darren" version="3.7.1">Can Post Messages in Groups</title>
			<text date="1210937879" username="Darren" version="3.7.1"><![CDATA[When this is set to 'yes' the user can post messages and in social group discussions.  This permission is also required to create new discussions in social groups.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canreverseinfraction">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1">Can Reverse Infractions</title>
			<text date="1153746203" username="Kier" version="3.6.0 Release Candidate 3">This permission allows users to reverse active or expired infractions.  This permission also allows users to see details on infractions since they must view infractions in order to reverse them.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canseeinfraction">
			<title date="1142519066" username="Jelsoft" version="3.6.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Can See Others' Infraction Level]]></title>
			<text date="1150106793" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.6.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[This permission allows users to see a user's infraction level as well when a post is given an infraction. It does not allow the user to see infraction reasons or comments.  Users must be able to give or remove infractions to view detailed information on infractions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canseethumbnails">
			<title date="1219764597" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Can See Thumbnails</title>
			<text date="1219764597" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'Yes' the user will be able to see thumbnails of attached images in threads, even if the do not have the Can Download Attachments permission.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="canuploadgroupicon">
			<title date="1216130033" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Can Upload Social Group Icons</title>
			<text date="1224674885" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[If this is set to 'yes' the user will be able to upload an icon for the social groups that they create.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="groupiconmaxsize">
			<title date="1216130294" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Maximum File Size of Social Group Icons (bytes)</title>
			<text date="1224675066" username="admin" version="3.8.0 Beta 2"><![CDATA[The maximum filesize of the image that the user can upload as a social group icon.<br /><br />

<strong>Note:</strong> Group Icons are always limited to 200px by 200px.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="maximumsocialgroups">
			<title date="1218710074" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Maximum Created Groups</title>
			<text date="1218710074" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[This setting allows you to specify how many concurrent groups a user can have at any one time.  If the user has reached the limit, they can delete a group in order to create a new one. <br /><br />
Setting this to 0 will remove any limits on the number of Social Groups the user may create.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="pmthrottlequantity">
			<title date="1216395146" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Message Throttle Quantity</title>
			<text date="1216395202" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[Message Throttling.  Select the maximum number of private messages the user can send within the Throttle Check Period.<br />
The Throttle Check Period is defined in the global options.<br />
Set this to 0 to disable throttling for this usergroup.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit,add" opt="requirehvcheck">
			<title date="1216640146" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1">Require Human Verification on Configured Actions</title>
			<text date="1216640146" username="Darren" version="3.8.0 Alpha 1"><![CDATA[If this option is set to 'Yes' then users will be required to pass the Human Verification test for the actions configured with the option <strong>Human Verified Actions</strong>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="900" act="edit,add" opt="canmanageownprofile">
			<title date="1192049894" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Manage Own Profile</title>
			<text date="1197373222" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">This permission allows users to manage the visitor messages that are left within their own profile. They will be able to moderate, edit, and soft delete these messages.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="910" act="edit,add" opt="canmessageownprofile">
			<title date="1197373202" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Post Visitor Messages to Own Profile</title>
			<text date="1197373159" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">This permission allows user to post visitor messages to their own profiles.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="920" act="edit,add" opt="canmessageothersprofile">
			<title date="1197373239" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Can Post Visitor Messages to Others' Profile]]></title>
			<text date="1197373232" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[This permission allows users to post visitor messages to other users' profiles.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="930" act="edit,add" opt="caneditownmessages">
			<title date="1197373214" username="Ed Sullivan" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Can Edit Own Visitor Messages</title>
			<text date="1204246428" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 6"><![CDATA[This permission allows users to edit their own messages, left within their own profile or other users' profiles.<br /><br /><em>Can Manage Messages within Own Profile</em> permission in regards to messages left within the user's profile.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the usergroup manager.  Here you can manage your default, custom, and public custom usergroups.<br /><br />

Default usergroups are those that are created as a part of vBulletin.  Custom usergroups are those that you created.  Public custom usergroups are custom usergroups that your users can request to join because you have enabled the "Public (Joinable) Custom Usergroups" option for those usergroups.<br /><br />

The "Primary Users" column specifies the number of users whose primary usergroup is the corresponding group.  The "Additional Users" column specifies the number of users whose additional usergroup memberships include the corresponding group.  The "Controls" column contains a menu with several options for each usergroup... select an option and click "Go" to continue.<br /><br />

The "Public Custom Usergroups" section has two extra columns, "Join Requests" and "Usergroup Leader."  The "Join Requests" column indicates how many join requests are awaiting approval for the corresponding usergroup; users can submit join requests for usergroups for which you have enabled the "Public (Joinable) Custom Usergroups" option.  The "Usergroup Leader" column lists the current group leaders.  You can delete an existing group leader by clicking the corresponding [Delete] link.  To add a new usergroup leader simply select the "Add Usergroup Leader" options from the group's Controls menu.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modifypromotion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Promotions</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Below is a list of current promotions (if any).  Promotions can be used to grant or take away usergroup permissions and settings based on reputation, number of days registered, and post count.<br /><br />

The promotions on this page are grouped by the usergroups to which they apply.  The long horizontal bars tell you what usergroup the following promotions are for.  The columns underneath tell you what the settings are for each promotion.  The "Usergroup" column tells you to which usergroup users will be promoted.  The "Promotion Type" column tells you if the promotion changes a user's primary usergroup or adds the group membership as an additional usergroup.  The "Promotion Strategy" column tells you which of the following 3 conditions must be met for a user to be promoted.<br /><br />

Click the "Add New Promotion" button to add a new promotion.  Click the [Edit] link to edit the settings for the corresponding promotion.  Click the [Delete] link to delete the corresponding promotion.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this usergroup.  Please confirm the correct usergroup below and click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removeleader">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Usergroup Leader</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this usergroup leader.  Please confirm the correct user below and click the "Yes" button to continue.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removepromotion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Promotion</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this promotion.  Click the "Yes" button below to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="updatepromotion">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add / Edit Promotion</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to add / edit a promotion.  Fill in / update the settings below and click the "Save" button to continue.  Please see the individual help topics below if you need help with specific options.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="5" act="updatepromotion" opt="usergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Select the usergroup to which you want this promotion to apply.  A user must be a member of this usergroup if they are to be considered for this promotion.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="updatepromotion" opt="reputationtype">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Comparison Type</title>
			<text date="1199738264" username="admin" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[This is the comparison operator that is used for the reputation value entered above.<br /><br />

For example, if you want to promote based on reputation level then you would set a reputation level in the field above and set the comparison operator to "Greater or Equal to."  Then when a user reaches the specified minimum reputation level they will be promoted.  On the other hand, if you want to demote based on reputation level then you would set a low reputation level in the field above and set the comparison operator to "Less Than."  Then when a user loses enough reputation points to have a reputation level below the number specified they will be demoted.

This does not demote based on post count.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="updatepromotion" opt="reputation">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Reputation Level</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is the boundary value for reputation level that is used to determine if a user should be promoted.<br /><br />

If a user's reputation level is "Greater or Equal to" or "Less Than" (depending on the "Reputation Comparison Type" you selected above) this number then the user will be promoted.  This value will only be used if "Reputation" is included in the "Promotion Strategy" setting bellow.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="updatepromotion" opt="date">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Days Registered</title>
			<text date="1199985280" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[This is the boundary value for the number of days a user has been registered that is used to determine if a user should be promoted.<br /><br />

This value will only be used if "Date" is included in the "Promotion Strategy" setting below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="updatepromotion" opt="posts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Posts</title>
			<text date="1199985268" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[This is the boundary value for post count that is used to determine if a user should be promoted.<br /><br />

This value will only be used if "Posts" is included in the "Promotion Strategy" setting below.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="50" act="updatepromotion" opt="strategy">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Promotion Strategy</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Select which of the above conditions must be true for this promotion to be invoked.  Conditions inside parenthesis are evaluated first.<br /><br />

For example, if these are your settings:<br /><br />

Reputation Comparison Type = Greater or Equal to<br />
Reputation Level = 1000<br />
Days Registered = 30<br />
Posts = 100<br />
Promotion Strategy = Posts and (Reputation or Date)<br /><br />

...and the user has 1100 reputation, has been registered for 20 days, and has 150 posts then they would be promoted because:<br /><br />

Posts: 150 >= 100 (true)<br />
Reputation: 1100 >= 1000 (true)<br />
Date: 20 >= 30 (false)<br /><br />

...and so using the "Posts and (Reputation or Date)" promotion strategy:<br /><br />

true and (true or false)<br />
= true and (true)<br />
= true]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="60" act="updatepromotion" opt="type">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Promotion Type</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Which promotion type to select depends on how you have your groups and permissions configured.  Generally speaking, if the promotion involves just a few changes to permissions and settings then it is easier to setup a new usergroup that grants the new permissions and settings, and then to have the promotion add membership to that group as an "Additional Usergroup."  If the promotion involves lots of changes then a "Primary Usergroup" change may be called for.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="70" act="updatepromotion" opt="joinusergroupid">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Move User to Usergroup</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[If a user meets the criteria for this promotion then they will be made a member of this usergroup.  Whether the user's primary group is changed or the membership is added as an additional usergroup depends on the "Promotion Type" above.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="viewjoinrequests">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Join Requests</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page allows you to moderate join requests for your custom groups.  Select a custom group from the menu at the top and click the "Go" button to view that group's join requests.  Next select an action to take for each join request (accept, deny, or ignore).<br /><br />

Accepting a join request removes the request from this moderation queue and adds the user to the selected group. Denying a join request does exactly that. Ignoring a join request leaves it in this moderation queue so you can handle it another time.<br /><br />

If you want to accept, deny, or ignore all join requests then you can click the appropriate button at the top which sets all actions appropriately.<br /><br />

Usergroup leaders can also moderate these join requests from the <a href="../profile.php?do=editusergroups" target="_blank">Group Memberships</a> section of their User CP.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="usertitle">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Titles</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>User Titles:</b><br />
User titles are an indication of status on the forums and are displayed below names in posts.  vBulletin's user title system is fairly straight forward.  You can use the <a href="usertitle.php?do=modify" target="_blank">User Title Manager</a> to create a ladder of user titles based on post count.<br /><br />

Note that if a user's usergroup has a "User Title" specified (see the <a href="usergroup.php?do=modify" target="_blank">Usergroup Manager</a>) then that user will have their usergroup's title instead of the ladder of titles in the <a href="usertitle.php?do=modify" target="_blank">User Title Manager</a>.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="add">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Add New User Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can add a new user title based on minimum post count.  When a user reaches the specified minimum post count their title will be changed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="add,edit" opt="title">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the title that will be given to a user that reaches the minimum post count specified below.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="add,edit" opt="minposts">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Minimum Posts</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is the minimum number of posts a user needs to get the title specified above.  When a user reaches this many posts their title will be changed to the title specified above.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="edit">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can edit an existing user title.  When a user reaches the specified minimum post count their title will be changed.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modify">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">User Title Manager</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can specify user titles based on post count.  When a user reaches the specified minimum post count their title will be changed.  User titles are displayed in profiles and in posts.<br /><br />

Click the "Add New User Title" button to create a new user title.  Below is a list of existing user titles.  To the right of each user title there is a menu with an "Edit" and "Delete" option.  Select the "Edit" option to edit the title itself and the minimum post count required to get that title.  Select the "Delete" option to delete that title all together.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="remove">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Delete Title</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a confirmation that you want to delete this title.  Click the "Yes" button to perform the deletion.  This action cannot be undone.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="usertools">
		<helptopic disp="1">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">About User Tools</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[<b>Related General Help Topics:</b><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=user">Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=usertools">User Tools</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=banning">User Banning</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=email">Emailing Users</a><br />
<a href="help.php?s=&amp;do=answer&amp;page=accessmask">Access Masks</a><br /><br />

<b>User Tools:</b><br />
The user tools pages in the Users tab of the Admin CP provide you with the ability to merge users, view and manage private messages, view referral information, and search user IP addresses.<br /><br />

The ability to merge users can be very useful when dealing with users who have multiple accounts.  The "Merge Users" feature literally signs over all of a user's posts, private messages, etc to another user account.  You can see the "Merge Users" page <a href="usertools.php?do=merge" target="_blank">here</a>.<br /><br />

You can view your forum's private message statistics <a href="usertools.php?do=pmstats" target="_blank">here</a>.  This section allows you to view private message statistics for your users according to how many private messages they have stored.  You are also given the option to delete a user's private messages from this section of the Admin CP.<br /><br />

If you have referrals enabled in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&amp;do=options" target="_blank">vBulletin options</a> then users will be able to link to your forums using their referral id to get credit for referring users to your forums.  You can run a report showing referrals on your forums on the <a href="usertools.php?do=referrers" target="_blank">Referrals</a> page.  This is useful in seeing which users are referring people to your forums.<br /><br />

Lastly, you can search for users based on IP address or search for IP addresses based on a username on the <a href="usertools.php?do=doips" target="_blank">Search IP Addresses</a> page.  vBulletin logs the IP addresses of users who visit your forum.  Everyone on the internet has an IP address.  Some internet services assign a new IP address every time a user connects, while some assign just one IP address.  Users with dynamic IPs can be more elusive than those with static IPs, but either way, IP addresses can be used to identify and target users.  Possible applications for searching for IP addresses include identifying other accounts of a person who has a specific IP address and <a href="options.php?dogroup=banning&amp;do=options" target="_blank">IP banning</a> problem users.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="doips">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search IP Addresses</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can match IP addresses to usernames and usernames to IP addresses.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="doips" opt="ipaddress">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find Users by IP Address</title>
			<text date="1199736645" username="admin" version="3.7.0 Beta 4"><![CDATA[Enter an IP address to search for.  You may enter a full IP address (eg. 11.22.33.44) or a partial IP address (eg. 11 or 11.22 or 11.22.33 or 11.22.3).<br /><br /><dfn><b>Note:</b> If you have a large post table, this process may lock or take an exceedingly long time to complete.</dfn>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="30" act="doips" opt="username">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Find IP Addresses for user</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter the username of a member to search for their IP addresses.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="40" act="doips" opt="depth">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Search Depth</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[A depth setting of 1 will only return the results of the specified search.  A depth setting of 2 will return the results of the specified search, as well as running a search on each of the results.
<br /><br />For example:<br /><br />
A search on 127.0.0.1 with a depth of 1 returns "Freddie" and "Scott". A search on 127.0.0.1 with a depth setting of 2 returns "Freddie" and "Scott", as well as returning all of the ip addresses used by "Freddie" and "Scott".]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="domerge">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Confirm Merge</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This page is a confirmation that you want to merge these two users.  Please confirm the correct information below and click "Yes" button to continue.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="gethost">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Get Host</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Here you can view the hostname of the IP address in question.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="merge">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Merge Users</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can combine two users into one.  Possible applications include consolidating a user's posts, threads, etc who has used multiple accounts.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="merge" opt="sourceuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Source Username</title>
			<text date="1196775418" username="Mike" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter the username of the source user.  This user's posts, threads, calendar events, private messages, post count, reputation, contacts, friends and ignore list will be written over to the destination user's account.  The source user's permissions will be thrown out in favor of the destination user's permissions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="merge" opt="destuser">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Destination Username</title>
			<text date="1196775402" username="Mike" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[Enter the username of the destination user.  This user will inherit the posts, threads, calendar events, private messages, post count, reputation, contacts, friends and ignore list of the source user.  The destination user's permissions will remain the same.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="pmfolderstats">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Message Stats</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a report showing this user's private message folders and the number of private messages in each folder.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="pmstats">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Private Message Statistics</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you search for users with <i>X</i> number of private messages.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="pmuserstats">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Users with <i>X</i> number of PMs Stored]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[This is a list of all users with <i>X</i> number of private messages stored.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="referrers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Referrals</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Here you can create a report showing the referrals over a certain time period.
<br /><br />
The referrer system can be toggled <a href="options.php?dogroup=register&amp;do=options" target="_blank"><b>here</b></a>.  Referrals are not logged while the referrer system is off.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="10" act="referrers" opt="startdate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Start Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter a start date for the report here.  Select a month and enter a two digit day, four digit year, two digit hour, and two digit minute.  The report will return all referral information from the start date to the end date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="20" act="referrers" opt="enddate">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">End Date</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">Enter an end date for the report here.  Select a month and enter a two digit day, four digit year, two digit hour, and two digit minute.  The report will return all referral information from the start date to the end date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removepms">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Remove User's PMs]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Yes" button below to remove this user's private messages.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removesentpms">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Remove User's Sent PMs]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Yes" button below to remove all private messages sent by this user.  This will delete private messages from this user that are in other members' inboxes.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="removesubs">
			<title date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Remove User's Subscriptions]]></title>
			<text date="0" username="" version=""><![CDATA[Click the "Yes" button below to remove this user's thread subscriptions.  If this user's subscriptions are removed, they will no longer receive notifications of new replies in subscribed threads.  This action cannot be undone!]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="showreferrals">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Referrals</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a list of all referrals for this user from the specified start date to the specified end date.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="showreferrers">
			<title date="0" username="" version="">Show Referrers</title>
			<text date="0" username="" version="">This is a report showing all referrers from the specified start date to the specified end date.  Click on the usernames below to see each referral for that person.</text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
	<helpscript name="verify">
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro">
			<title date="1205929568" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Human Verification Options</title>
			<text date="1205929568" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<p><strong>Human Verification</strong></p>
<p>The Human Verification system is designed to stop the spamming of forums by automated processes.</p>
<p>It presents visiting users with a task to complete, which is usually simple for humans to do, but requires very complex or costly computing power for a machine to achieve.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro" opt="hv_recaptcha_privatekey">
			<title date="1208796155" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[reCAPTCHA&trade; Private Key]]></title>
			<text date="1208796155" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[In order to use reCAPTCHA&trade; you need to sign up for the service at <a href="http://www.recaptcha.net">recaptcha.net</a>, which will provide you with a public and a private key. You need to enter the private key you are given here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro" opt="hv_recaptcha_publickey">
			<title date="1208796122" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[reCAPTCHA&trade; Public Key]]></title>
			<text date="1208796122" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[In order to use reCAPTCHA&trade; you need to sign up for the service at <a href="http://www.recaptcha.net">recaptcha.net</a>, which will provide you with a public and a private key. You need to enter the public key you are given here.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro" opt="hv_recaptcha_theme">
			<title date="1208796230" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[reCAPTCHA&trade; Theme]]></title>
			<text date="1208796230" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[reCAPTCHA&trade; provides different themes for their CAPTCHA's. This option allows you to select the theme to use within your forums.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro" opt="hv_type">
			<title date="1205929473" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Human Verification Library</title>
			<text date="1205930139" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<p><strong>Image Verification</strong></p>
<p>Image verification presents a series of distorted numbers and letters that the user is required to enter. Either GD2 or ImageMagick support is required from your PHP server in order to use this option. This is the classic option that most users are accustomed to encountering.  Disabled users will be blocked with this option.</p>

<p><strong>Question &amp; Answer</strong></p>
<p>Question &amp; Answer verification employs a random question challenge with a predefined set of appropriate answers.  The questions and answers must be defined by the administrator. This allows the questions to be tailored to the forum content as well as preventing a common set of questions from becoming prevalent across a large section of vBulletin forums. Maintaining unique questions is required for this option to be successful. This option should be accessible to any impaired user that is able to use the Internet.</p>

<p><strong>reCAPTCHA&trade;</strong></p>
<p>reCAPTCHA&trade; employs an image verification provided by <a href="http://recaptcha.net/" target="_blank">recaptcha.net</a>.  Two obscured words are provided for the user to enter.  This feature offers the user the option to choose an audio test.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="intro" opt="regimagetype">
			<title date="1205930455" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Image Verification Library</title>
			<text date="1208657709" username="Mez" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 4"><![CDATA[<p>In order to generate verification images, vBulletin must have access to an image processing library. There are currently two libraries with which vBulletin can work: GD and ImageMagick.</p>

<p>Of these, ImageMagick is generally preferred, but in order to use it you must ensure that it is installed on your server.</p>

<p>If you can see both the GD and the ImageMagick versions of the image, you can choose either library.</p>

<p>If you are unable to see the ImageMagick image, it either means that you do not have ImageMagick available on your server, or that you have not entered a valid path to the ImageMagick binaries in your <a href="options.php?dogroup=imagesettings" target="_blank">Image Settings</a>.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="2" act="intro" opt="regimageoption">
			<title date="1205932491" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1">Image Verification Options</title>
			<text date="1205932621" username="Kier" version="3.7.0 Release Candidate 1"><![CDATA[<p>When generating verification images, vBulletin allows you to control the complexity of the text shown in the images.</p>

<p>The more of these options you enable, the more complex the text will appear. This will cause machines to have more of a problem in cracking the image, but will also cause visitors to have to look more closely and risks genuinely unreadable text.</p>

<p>Experiment with different settings to achieve the balance that is right for your own board.</p>

<p>Hint: Each time you change the options and save the page, when the page reloads the example images for the 'Image Verification Library' setting will reflect the choices you have made.</p>]]></text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modifyanswer" opt="answer">
			<title date="1192812015" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Answer</title>
			<text date="1192812015" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">The answer may be any string that you wish to be matched.  The case of the answer is not evaluated so you can not require the answer to match exactly if you use uppercase within the answer.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modifyquestion" opt="question">
			<title date="1192811060" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Question</title>
			<text date="1192811060" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">A random question will be displayed to the user when a form requiring verification is displayed.  The user must provide an answer that matches an answer that has been associated with the question.  An incorrect answer will require the user to try again with a new randomly selected question.</text>
		</helptopic>
		<helptopic disp="1" act="modifyquestion" opt="regex">
			<title date="1192811889" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1">Regular Expression Match</title>
			<text date="1192811889" username="freddie" version="3.7.0 Beta 1"><![CDATA[You may require the answer to match a PCRE-type regular expression. You are not required to provide answers to a question if you choose to define a regular expression as satisfying the answer.  You may also offer both a regular expression and a list of answers if you wish.
<br /><br />
<span class="smallfont">(Do not start or end the expression with an escape character)</span><br />
<br />
Examples:<br /><br />
<b>^[A-Z]+$</b> - Characters from A-Z only<br />
<b>^[A-Z ]+$</b> - Characters from A-Z including space<br />
<b>^[A-Z0-9 ]+$</b> - Alphanumeric characters including space<br />
<b>^[\x20-\x7E]+$</b> - ASCII characters from 32-127<br />
<br />
See <a href="http://www.php.net/manual-lookup.php?function=preg-match" target="_blank">PHP.net</a> for more information on regular expressions.]]></text>
		</helptopic>
	</helpscript>
</helptopics>
